Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012   Commission file number 333-147871

 

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   13-3523163
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

14 Schoolhouse Road

Somerset, New Jersey

  08873
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (732) 537-6200

 

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ¨     No   x

(Note: As a voluntary filer not subject to the filing requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant has filed all reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months as if it were subject to such filing requirements.)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     x   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “non-accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company in Rule 12b of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

On September 4, 2012 there were 100 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ITEM

        PAGE  
PART I   
  

Special Note Regarding Forward - Looking Statements

  
Item 1.   

Business

     3   
Item 1A.   

Risk Factors

     11   
Item 1B.   

Unresolved Staff Comments

     21   
Item 2.   

Properties

     21   
Item 3.   

Legal Proceedings

     22   
Item 4.   

Mine Safety Disclosures

     24   
PART II   
Item 5.   

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     24   
Item 6.   

Selected Financial Data

     24   
Item 7.   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     26   
Item 7A.   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     48   
Item 8.   

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     49   
Item 9.   

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     107   
Item 9A.   

Controls and Procedures

     107   
  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     107   
Item 9B.   

Other Information

     108   
PART III   
Item 10.   

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     109   
Item 11.   

Executive Compensation

     114   
Item 12.   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     137   
Item 13.   

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     139   
Item 14.   

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     141   
PART IV   
Item 15.   

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     142   
SIGNATURES      148   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements.” All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this Form 10-K are forward-looking statements. In particular, statements that we make regarding future market trends are forward-looking statements. When used in this document, the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “plan,” “should,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “potential” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by our management in light of their experience and their perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate. Any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. We disclaim any duty to update any forward-looking statements.

We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them does, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is the leading global provider of development solutions and advanced delivery technologies for drugs, biologics and consumer health products. Through our extensive capabilities and deep expertise in product development, we help our customers bring more products to market, faster. Our advanced delivery technology platforms, the broadest and most diverse combination of intellectual property and proven formulation, manufacturing and regulatory expertise available to the industry, enable our customers to bring more products and better treatments to the market. Across both development and delivery, our commitment to reliably supply our customers’ needs serves as the foundation for the value we provide. We operate through four businesses: Development & Clinical Services, Softgel Technologies, Modified Release Technologies, and Medication Delivery Solutions. We believe that through our prior and ongoing investments in growth-enabling capacity and capabilities, our entry into new markets, our ongoing focus on operational and quality excellence, our innovation activities, the sales of existing customer products, and the introduction of new customer products, we will continue to benefit from attractive margins in and realize the growth potential from these areas.

We have extensive relationships with industry-leading customers. In Fiscal 2012, we did business with 83 of the top 100 global pharmaceutical marketers, and 41 of the top 50 biotechnology marketers. Selected key customers include Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, GlaxoSmithKline, Eli Lilly, Merck, Novartis and Roche. We have many long-standing relationships with our customers, particularly in advanced delivery technologies, where a prescription pharmaceutical product relationship will often last for nearly two decades, extending from mid-clinical development through the end of the product’s life cycle. We serve customers who require innovative product development, superior quality, advanced manufacturing and skilled technical services to support their development and marketed product needs.

We believe our customers value us because our depth of development solutions and advanced delivery technologies, consistent and reliable supply, geographic reach, and substantial expertise enable us to create a broad range of business and product solutions that can be customized to fit their individual needs. The aim of our offerings is to allow our customers to bring more products to market faster, and develop and market differentiated new products that improve patient outcomes. We believe our leading market position, significant global scale, and diversity of customers, offerings, regulatory categories, products, and geographies reduce our exposure to potential strategic and product shifts within the industry.

Our history of innovation in the advanced delivery of pharmaceutical products formed the foundation of our market-leading business. We have a track record of nearly eight decades of oral dose form innovation, since we first transformed the softgel manufacturing process in the 1930s. We launched the oral dissolving tablet category by commercializing our Zydis ® technology in the 1980s and, in 2001, introduced an advanced softgel capsule shell, VegiCaps ® Soft capsules. Our GPEx ® cell line technology for biologics can help bring innovator, bio-similar and bio-better products to the market more rapidly. Today we employ more than 1,000 scientists and technicians and hold approximately 1,400 patents and patent applications in advanced delivery, drug and biologics formulation and manufacturing. We apply this portfolio to actively support current and future revenue generation, and we may receive license and exclusivity fees and/or royalties for certain technologies.

In recent years we have continued to expand our advanced delivery technology portfolio. In Fiscal 2011, we acquired a novel molecular optimization platform, OptiForm™ from GlaxoSmithKline, providing drug developers a new way to identify the best form of a molecule to take forward into development. In 2011, we also in-licensed a development stage oral

 

3


Table of Contents

dissolving tablet alternative, LyoPan™, which we are progressing towards commercialization. In Fiscal 2012, we licensed the novel OptiDose™ controlled release technology from Sanwa Kagaku Kenkyusho Co., Ltd., a commercially successful platform which enables novel modified release options for oral solid dose forms. We also launched OptiMelt™ hot melt technology capabilities, based on growth investments in capabilities and capital assets, and in April 2012 entered into a broad collaboration with BASF in this area. We also have formed active partnerships to extend our technology reach, including collaborations with Bend Research for multiparticulate oral controlled-release products and with Toyobo Biologics Inc. related to GPEx R and biologics manufacturing, and have active collaborations with research universities around the world. We believe our own internal innovation activities, supplemented by current and future external partnerships and collaborations, will continue to strengthen and extend our leadership position in the industry for delivery of drugs, biologics and consumer health products.

We created our Development & Clinical Services business in Fiscal 2010 which unified all of our existing development activities, to address the needs of our pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers for solutions to increasingly complex product development challenges. We have continued to invest to expend the capabilities and capacity of our development solutions, including substantial expansions of cold-chain capabilities for clinical supplies. In Fiscal 2012, we substantially expanded the scale of this business with the acquisition of the Clinical Trial Supplies (“CTS”) business of Aptuit CTS (See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

History

Catalent was formed in April 2007, when we were acquired by affiliates of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”). Prior to that, we formed the core of the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services (“PTS”) segment of Cardinal Health, Inc. (“Cardinal”). PTS was in turn created by Cardinal through a series of acquisitions, with the intent of creating the world’s leading outsourcing provider of specialized, market-leading solutions to the global pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. In 1998, R.P. Scherer Corporation, the market leader in advanced oral drug delivery technologies, was acquired by Cardinal. In 1999, Cardinal acquired Automated Liquid Packaging, Inc., the market leader in blow-fill-seal technology for respiratory treatments, ophthalmics, and other areas. In 2001, Cardinal purchased International Processing Corporation, a provider of oral solid dose forms. In 2002, PTS entered the fee-for-service development solutions market with the acquisition of Magellan Labs, a leader in the provision of analytical sciences services to the U.S. pharmaceuticals industry. Finally, in 2003, Cardinal acquired Intercare Group PLC, through which we expanded our European injectable manufacturing network. During the period from 1996 through 2006 we also made other selective acquisitions of businesses, facilities and technologies in all segments, including our legacy pharmaceutical packaging segment.

Subsequent to our 2007 acquisition, we have regularly reviewed our portfolio of offerings and operations in the context of our strategic growth plan. As a result of those ongoing assessments, since 2007 we have sold five businesses, including two injectable vial facilities in the U.S., a French oral dose facility, a printed components business (with four facilities), and in Fiscal 2012 our North American commercial packaging business. Concurrent with the sale of the North American commercial packaging business, the Packaging Services segement ceased to be a reportable segment within continuing operations. In addition, the Sterile Technologies segment has been renamed Medication Delivery Solutions. We have also consolidated operations at two other facilities integrating them into the remaining facility network since our acquisition by Blackstone.

As further described above and in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements filed herewith, in Fiscal 2012 we acquired the Clinical Trials Supplies business of Aptuit LLC, combining it into our existing Development & Clinical segment. We also purchased the 49% minority share ownership of our Softgel Technologies business’ German subsidiary.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

Leading Provider of Development Solutions and Advanced Delivery Technologies . We are the leading provider of development solutions and advanced delivery technologies for drugs, biologics and consumer health products. In the last seven years, we have supported the development and launch of nearly half of FDA new chemical entity product approvals. With over 1,000 scientists and technicians worldwide and approximately 1,400 patents and patent applications, we possess substantial expertise in drug development and advanced delivery technologies, and help our customers bring more products and better treatments to market faster.

 

   

Longstanding, Extensive Relationships with Blue Chip Customers . We have longstanding, extensive relationships with leading pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. In Fiscal 2012, we did business with 83 of the top 100 global pharmaceutical marketers and 41 of the top 50 biotechnology marketers, as well as approximately a thousand other customers. Regardless of size, our customers all seek innovative product development, superior quality, advanced manufacturing and skilled technical services to support their development and marketed product needs. We believe our customers value us because our depth of development

 

4


Table of Contents
 

services and advanced delivery technologies, consistent and reliable supply, geographic reach and substantial expertise enable us to create a broad range of tailored solutions, many of which are unavailable from other individual providers.

 

   

Diversified Operating Platform. We are diversified by virtue of our geographic scope, our large customer base, the extensive range of products we produce, our service offerings, and our ability to provide solutions at nearly every stage of product lifecycles. We produce nearly 7,000 distinct items across multiple categories, including brand and generic prescription drugs and biologics, over-the-counter, consumer health, veterinary, and medical device and diagnostics. In Fiscal 2012, our top 20 products represented less than approximately one quarter of total revenue, with no individual product greater than 3%. We serve approximately 1,000 customers in approximately 80 countries, with a majority of our Fiscal 2012 revenues coming from outside the United States. This diversity, combined with long product lifecycles and close customer relationships, has contributed to the stability of our business. It has also allowed us to reduce our exposure to potential strategic, customer and product shifts.

 

   

Deep, Broad and Growing Technology Foundation . We have a long track record of innovation across our offerings, which substantially differentiate us from other industry participants. Our culture of creativity and innovation is grounded in our advanced delivery technologies, our scientists and engineers, and our patents and proprietary manufacturing processes throughout our global network. Our global Innovation & Growth function, created in fiscal 2011, drives focused application of resources to highest priority opportunities for both new customer product introductions and platform technology development. As of June 30, 2012, we have more than 450 product development programs in active development across our businesses.

 

   

Significant Investment in Global Manufacturing Network . We have made significant past investments to establish a global manufacturing network, and today hold 4.7 million square feet of manufacturing and laboratory space across five continents. Recent growth-related investments in facilities, capacity and capabilities across our businesses have positioned us for future growth in areas aligned with anticipated future demand. Through our focus on operational, quality and regulatory excellence, we drive ongoing and continuous improvements in safety, productivity and reliable supply to customer expectations, which we believe further differentiate us. Our manufacturing network and capabilities allow us the flexibility to reliably supply the changing needs of our customers while consistently meeting their quality, delivery and regulatory compliance expectations.

 

   

High Standards of Regulatory Compliance and Operational and Quality Excellence . We operate our plants in accordance with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMP”), following our own high standards which are consistent with those of many of our large global pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. We have approximately 1,000 employees around the globe focused on quality and regulatory compliance. More than half of our facilities are registered with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), with the remaining facilities registered with other applicable regulatory agencies, such as the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”). In some cases, facilities are registered with multiple regulatory agencies. In Fiscal 2012, we underwent more than 60 regulatory audits, as well as hundreds of customer audits.

 

   

Strong and Experienced Management Team . Our executive leadership team has been transformed since 2009, and today has more than 200 years of combined and diverse experience within the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries. With an average of more than 20 years of functional experience, this team possesses deep knowledge and a wide network of industry relationships.

 

   

Principal Shareholder with Proven Healthcare Sector Expertise . Our principal shareholder is an entity controlled by affiliates of The Blackstone Group, a leading global alternative asset manager and financial advisory firm. Current and prior healthcare investments by The Blackstone Group, in addition to the Company, include: Biomet, Emcure, Apria Healthcare, Nycomed, DJO Inc., Independent Clinical Services, Southern Cross Healthcare, Stiefel Labs, TeamHealth and Vanguard Health Systems.

Our Strategy

We believe that we are well situated to leverage our market-leading development solutions offerings, innovative delivery technologies, strong customer relationships, and past and current growth investments to accelerate future growth and earn attractive returns on capital. We are pursuing three key strategic growth accelerators:

 

   

Enhancing the value of our current businesses through expanded capabilities and intellectual property, extended capacity, and targeted market strategies addressing under-served customers/geographies and adjacent markets.

 

   

Proactive market entry into emerging/high-growth geographies and other markets where we are currently only narrowly represented, including but not limited to China, Brazil, and Japan.

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Expanding our proactive development of novel, improved products which leverage our advanced delivery technology portfolio, from idea through initial proof of concept, to enable us to retain a greater share of the value of such products.

To realize these, we will continue to focus on our core competencies: quality and compliance; operational, commercial and new product introduction excellence; market-driven and patient-centric innovation; and talent acquisition, development and retention. We also expect to pursue selected acquisitions of other businesses that are aligned with our growth strategies.

Our Segments

Our offerings and services are summarized below by reporting segment.

 

Segment

  

Offerings and Services

   Fiscal 2012
Revenue*
 
          (in millions)  
Development & Clinical Services   

•      Manufacturing, packaging, storage, distribution and inventory management for global clinical trials of drugs and biologics; analytical and bioanalytical development and testing; scientific and regulatory consulting services; development services and clinical manufacturing for conventional oral dose forms; and development and manufacturing of products.

   $ 268.3   
Oral Technologies   

•      Formulation, development and manufacturing of prescription and consumer health products using our proprietary softgel, LiquiGel ® , Vegicaps ® and Zydis ® technologies; our recently licensed development stage OptiDose™ and Lyopan™ technologies; as well as other proprietary and conventional oral drug delivery technologies.

   $ 1,220.2   
Medication Delivery Solutions   

•      Formulation, development, and manufacturing for prefilled syringes and other injectable formats; blow-fill-seal unit dose development and manufacturing; and biologic cell line development and manufacturing, including our GPEx ® protein expression technology.

   $ 223.9   

 

* Segment Revenue includes inter-segment revenue of $17.6 million.

This table should be read in conjunction with Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Development and Clinical Services

Our Development & Clinical Services segment provides manufacturing, packaging, storage and inventory management for drugs and biologics in clinical trials. We offer customers flexible solutions for clinical supplies production, and provide distribution and inventory management support for both simple and complex clinical trials. This includes dose form manufacturing or over-encapsulation where needed; supplying placebos, comparator drug procurement and clinical packages and kits for physicians and patients; inventory management; investigator kit ordering and fulfillment; and return supply reconciliation and reporting. We support trials in all regions of the world through our facilities and distribution network. In Fiscal 2012 we substantially expanded this business via the Aptuit CTS acquisition in February 2012 (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.)

We also offer analytical chemical and cell-based testing and scientific services, respiratory products formulation and manufacturing, regulatory consulting, and bioanalytical testing for biologic products. Our respiratory product capabilities include development services for inhaled products for delivery via metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers and nasal sprays. Demand for our offerings is driven by the need for scientific expertise and depth and breadth of services offered, as well as by the reliable supply thereof, including quality, execution and performance. We provide global regulatory and clinical support services for our customers’ regulatory and clinical strategies during all stages of development.

Oral Technologies

Our Oral Technologies segment provides advanced oral delivery technologies, including formulation, development and manufacturing of oral dose forms for prescription and consumer health products. These oral dose forms include softgel, modified release and immediate release solid oral technology products. At certain facilities we also provide integrated primary packaging services for the products we manufacture.

 

6


Table of Contents

Through our Softgel Technologies business, we provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for soft gelatin capsules, or “softgels”, which we first commercialized in the 1930s. We are the market leader in overall softgel manufacturing, and hold the leading market position in the prescription arena. Our principal softgel technologies include traditional softgel capsules (in which the shell is made from animal-derived materials) and VegiCaps capsules (in which the shell is made from vegetable-derived materials), which are used in a broad range of customer products including prescription drugs, over-the-counter medications, and vitamins and supplements. Softgel capsules encapsulate liquid, paste or oil-based active compounds in solution or suspension into an outer shell, filling and sealing the capsule simultaneously. Softgels have historically been used to solve formulation challenges or technical issues for a specific drug, to help improve the clinical performance of compounds, to provide important market differentiation, particularly for over-the-counter compounds, and to provide safe handling of hormonal, potent and cytotoxic drugs. We also participate in the softgel vitamin, mineral and supplement business in selected regions around the world. With the 2001 introduction of our vegetable-derived softgel shell, VegiCaps capsules, drug and consumer health manufacturers have been able to extend the softgel dose form to a broader range of active ingredients and serve patient/consumer populations that were previously inaccessible due to religious, dietary or cultural preferences. Our VegiCaps capsules are patent protected in most major global markets. Physician and patient studies we have conducted have demonstrated a preference for softgels versus traditional tablet and hard capsule dose forms in terms of ease of swallowing, real or perceived speed of delivery, ability to remove or eliminate unpleasant odor or taste and, for physicians, perceived improved patient adherence with dosing regimens.

Through our Modified Release Technologies business we provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for fast-dissolve tablets and both proprietary and conventional controlled release products. We launched our orally dissolving tablet business in 1986 with the introduction of Zydis tablets, a unique oral dosage form that is freeze-dried in its package, can be swallowed without water, and typically dissolves in the mouth in less than three seconds. Most often used for indications, drugs and patient groups that can benefit from rapid oral disintegration, the Zydis technology is utilized in a wide range of products and indications, including treatments for a variety of central nervous system-related conditions such as migraines, Parkinsons’ Disease, schizophrenia, and pain-relief. Zydis tablets continue to be used in new ways by our customers as we extend the application of the technology to new categories, such as for immunotherapies, vaccines and biologics delivery. We have recently added two new technology platforms to the Modified Release business portfolio, including the highly flexible OptiDose technology, already commercially proven in Japan, and the development stage LyoPan oral dissolving tablet technology. We plan to continue to expand the development pipeline of customer products for all of our Modified Release technologies. Representative Modified Release Technology business customers include Pfizer, Novartis, Merck, GlaxoSmithKline, Eli Lilly and Johnson & Johnson.

Medication Delivery Solutions

Our Medication Delivery Solutions segment provides formulation, development and manufacturing services for delivery of drugs and biologics, administered via injection, inhalation and ophthalmic routes, using both traditional and advanced technologies. Our range of injectable manufacturing offerings includes filling drugs or biologics into pre-filled syringes and bags, with flexibility to accommodate other formats within our existing network, focused increasingly on complex and difficult products. With our range of technologies we are able to meet a wide range of specifications, timelines and budgets. The complexity of the manufacturing process, the importance of experience and know-how, regulatory compliance, and high start-up capital requirements create significant barriers to entry and, as a result, limit the number of competitors in the market. For example, blow-fill-seal is an advanced aseptic processing technology which uses a continuous process to form, fill with drug, and seal a plastic container in a sterile environment. Blow-fill-seal units are currently used for a variety of pharmaceuticals in liquid form, such as respiratory, ophthalmic and optic products. We are a leader in the outsourced blow-fill-seal market, and operate one of the largest capacity commercial manufacturing blow-fill-seal facilities in the world. Our sterile blow-fill-seal business provides flexible and scalable solutions for unit-dose delivery of complex formulations such as suspensions and emulsions, as well as innovative design and engineering container design and manufacturing solutions. Our regulatory expertise can lead to decreased time to commercialization, and our dedicated development production lines support feasibility, stability and clinical runs. We plan to continue to expand our product line in existing and new markets, and in higher margin specialty products with additional respiratory, ophthalmic, and injectable applications. Representative customers include Pfizer, Sanofi-Aventis, Novartis and Roche.

Our biologics offerings include our formulation development and cell-line manufacturing based on our advanced and patented Gene Product Expression (“GPEx”) technology, which is used to develop stable, high-yielding mammalian cell lines for both innovator and bio-similar biologic compounds. Our GPEx ® technology can provide rapid cell line development, high biologics production yields, flexibility and versatility. We are investing in expanded capability and capacity to produce clinical scale biologic supplies; once complete, combined with offerings from other parts of Catalent and external partners, we can enable a developer of new biologic entities, biosimilars or biobetters to bring a product from gene to market commercialization, faster.

 

7


Table of Contents

Development and Product Supply Chain Solutions

In addition to our proprietary offerings, we are also differentiated in the market by our ability to offer a broad range of innovative development and product supply solutions which can be combined or tailored in many ways to enable our customers take their drugs, biologics and consumer health products from laboratory to market. Once a product is on the market, we can provide comprehensive integrated product supply, from the sourcing of the bulk drug to comprehensive manufacturing and packaging to the testing required for release to distribution. Customer solutions we develop are flexible, scalable and creative, so that they meet the unique needs of both large and emerging companies, and for products of all sizes. We believe that our development and product supply solutions will continue to contribute to our future growth.

Sales and Marketing

Our target customers include large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, mid-size, emerging and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and consumer health companies, along with companies in other selected healthcare market segments. We have longstanding, extensive relationships with leading pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. In Fiscal 2012, we did business with 83 of the top 100 global pharmaceutical marketers, 41 of the top 50 biotechnology marketers, and approximately 1,000 other customers. Faced with access, pricing and reimbursement pressures as well as other market challenges, large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have increasingly sought partners to enhance the clinical competitiveness of their drugs and biologics and improve their R&D productivity, while reducing their fixed cost base. Many mid-size, emerging and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, while facing the same pricing and market pressures, have chosen not to build a full infrastructure, but rather to partner with other companies—through licensing agreements, collaborations or outsourcing—to access the critical skills, technologies and services required to bring their products to market. Consumer health companies require rapidly-developed, innovative dose forms and formulations to keep up in the fast-paced over-the-counter medication and vitamins markets. These market segments are all critically important to our growth, but require distinct solutions, marketing and sales approaches, and market strategy.

We follow a hybrid demand generation organization model, with global and growth account teams offering the full breadth of Catalent’s solutions to selected accounts, and technical specialist teams providing the in-depth technical knowledge and practical experience essential for each individual offering. All business development and field sales representatives ultimately report to a single sales head, and significant investments have been made in enhancing their skills and capabilities. Our sales organization currently consists of more than 160 full-time, experienced sales professionals, supported by inside sales and sales operations. We also have completed building a dedicated strategic marketing team, providing strategic market and product planning and management for our offerings. Supporting these marketing plans, we participate in major trade shows relevant to the offerings globally and ensure adequate visibility to our offerings and solutions through a comprehensive print and on-line advertising, professional training and publicity program.

Global Accounts

We manage selected accounts globally due to their materiality and growth potential by establishing strategic plans, goals and targets. We recorded approximately 47% of our total revenue in Fiscal 2012 from these global accounts. These accounts are assigned a dedicated business development professional with substantial industry experience. These account leaders, along with members of the executive leadership team, are responsible for managing and extending the overall account relationship. Growing sales, profitability, and increasing account penetration are key goals and are directly linked to compensation. Account leaders also work closely with the rest of the sales organization to ensure alignment around critical priorities for the accounts.

Emerging, Specialty and Virtual Accounts

Emerging, specialty and virtual pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are expected to be a critical driver of industry growth globally. Historically, many of these companies have chosen not to build a full infrastructure, but rather partner with other companies to produce their products. We expect them to continue to do so in the future, providing a critical source for future integrated solution demand. We expect to continue to increase our penetration of geographic clusters of emerging companies in North America, Europe, South America and Asia. We regularly use active pipeline screening and customer targeting to identify the optimal candidates for partnering based on product profiles, funding status, and relationships, to ensure that our technical sales specialists and field sales representatives develop custom solutions designed to address the specific needs of customers in the market.

Contractual Arrangements

We generally enter into a broad range of contractual arrangements with our customers, including agreements with respect to feasibility, development, supply, licenses, and quality. The terms of these contracts vary significantly depending on the offering and customer requirements. Some of our agreements may include a variety of revenue arrangements such as fee-for-service, royalties, profit-sharing and fixed fees. We generally secure pricing and contract mechanisms in our supply

 

8


Table of Contents

agreements that allow for periodic resetting of pricing terms and, in some cases, these agreements provide for our ability to renegotiate pricing in the event of certain price increases for the raw materials utilized in the products we make. Our typical supply agreements include indemnification from our customers for product liability and intellectual property matters and caps on Catalent’s contractual liabilities, subject in each case to negotiated exclusions. In addition, our typical manufacturing supply agreement terms range from two to five years with regular renewals of one to three years, although some of our agreements are terminable upon much shorter notice periods, such as 30 or 90 days. For our development solutions offerings, we may enter into master service agreements, which provide for standardized terms and conditions, which make it easier and quicker for customers with multiple development needs to access Catalent’s offerings.

Manufacturing Capabilities

We operate manufacturing facilities, development centers and sales offices throughout the world. We have twenty-seven facilities on five continents with 4.7 million square feet of manufacturing, lab and related space. Our manufacturing capabilities include the full suite of competencies relevant to support each site’s activities, including regulatory, quality assurance and in-house validation at all of the production sites.

We operate our plants in accordance with cGMP. More than half of our facilities are registered with the U.S. FDA, with the remaining facilities being registered with other applicable regulatory agencies, such as the EMA. In some cases certain facilities are registered with multiple regulatory agencies.

We have invested approximately $367 million in our manufacturing facilities since Fiscal 2008 through improvements and expansions in our facilities including approximately $104 million on capital expenditures in Fiscal 2012. We believe that our facilities and equipment are in good condition, are well maintained and are able to operate at or above present levels for the foreseeable future, in all material respects.

Our manufacturing operations are focused on employee health and safety, regulatory compliance, operational excellence, continuous improvement, and process standardization across the organization. Our manufacturing operations are structured around an enterprise management philosophy and methodology that utilizes principles and tools common to a number of quality management programs including Six Sigma and Lean Manufacturing.

Raw Materials

We use a broad and diverse range of raw materials in the design, development and manufacture of products. This includes, but is not limited to key materials such as gelatin, starch, and iota carrageenan for the Oral Technologies segment; packaging films for our and Development & Clinical Services segments, and resin for our blow-fill-seal business in our Medication Delivery Solutions segment. The raw materials that we use are sourced externally on a global basis. Globally, our supplier relationships could be interrupted due to natural disasters and international supply disruptions, including those caused by pandemics, geopolitical and other issues. For example, the supply of gelatin is obtained from a limited number of sources. In addition, much of the gelatin we use is bovine-derived. Past concerns of contamination from Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (“BSE”) have narrowed the number of possible sources of particular types of gelatin. If there were a future disruption in the supply of gelatin from any one or more key suppliers, there can be no assurance that we could obtain an alternative supply from our other suppliers. If future restrictions were to emerge on the use of bovine-derived gelatin from certain geographic sources due to concerns of contamination from BSE, any such restriction could hinder our ability to timely supply our customers with products and the use of alternative non-bovine-derived gelatin for specific customer products could be subject to lengthy formulation, testing and regulatory approval.

We work very closely with our suppliers to assure continuity of supply while maintaining excellence in material quality and reliability, and we have an active and effective supplier audit program. We continually evaluate alternate sources of supply, although we do not frequently pursue regulatory qualification of alternative sources for key raw materials due to the strength of our existing supplier relationships, the reliability of our current supplier base and the time and expense associated with the regulatory process. Although a change in suppliers could require significant effort or investment by us in circumstances where the items supplied are integral to the performance of our products or incorporate specialized material such as gelatin, we do not believe that the loss of any existing supply arrangement would have a material adverse effect on our business. See “Risk Factor”—Our future results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components of the products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw materials.”

Competition

We compete on several fronts both domestically and internationally, including competing with other companies that offer advanced delivery technologies or development services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health companies based in North America, South America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. We also may compete with the internal operations of those pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health manufacturers that choose to source these services internally, where possible.

 

9


Table of Contents

Competition is driven by proprietary technologies and know-how (where relevant), consistency of operational performance, quality, price, value and speed. While we do have competitors who compete with us in our individual technology platforms, we do not believe we have competition from any directly comparable companies.

Employees

We have approximately 8,700 employees in twenty-seven facilities on five continents: ten facilities are in the United States, with certain employees at one of which being represented by a labor organization with their terms and conditions of employment being subject to a collective bargaining agreement. National work councils and/or labor organizations are active at all twelve of our European facilities consistent with labor environments/laws in European countries. Similar relationships with labor organizations or national work councils exist in our plants in Argentina, Brazil and Australia. Our management believes that our employee relations are satisfactory.

 

     North America      Europe      South America      Asia Pacific      Total  

Approximate Number of Employees

     3,300         4,100         700         600         8,700   

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of know how, trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect a number of our offerings, services and intangible assets. These proprietary rights are important to our ongoing operations. We operate under licenses from third parties for certain patents, software and information technology systems and proprietary technologies and in certain instances we license our technology to third parties. We also have a long track record of innovation across our lines of business and, to further encourage active innovation, we have developed incentive compensation systems linked to patent filings and other recognition and reward programs for scientists and non-scientists alike.

We have applied in the United States and certain foreign countries for registration of a number of trademarks, service marks and patents, some of which have been registered and issued, and also hold common law rights in various trademarks and service marks. We hold approximately 1,400 patents and patent applications worldwide in advanced drug delivery and biologics formulations and technologies, and manufacturing and other areas.

We hold patents and license rights relating to certain aspects of our formulations, nutritional and pharmaceutical dosage forms, mammalian cell engineering, and sterile manufacturing services. We also hold patents relating to certain processes and products. We have a number of pending patent applications in the United States and certain foreign countries, and intend to pursue additional patents as appropriate. We have enforced and will continue to enforce our intellectual property rights in the United States and worldwide.

We do not consider any particular patent, trademark, license, franchise or concession to be material to our overall business.

Regulatory Matters

The manufacture, distribution and marketing of the products of our customers in this industry are subject to extensive ongoing regulation by the FDA, other government authorities and foreign regulatory authorities. Certain of our subsidiaries may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, and will be required to comply with operating and security standards of, the Drug Enforcement Agency (“DEA”), the FDA, the Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”), the European Union (“EU”) member states and various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments and/or comparable state agencies as well as foreign agencies, and certain accrediting bodies depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale.

In addition, certain of our subsidiaries may be subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, The Public Health Service Act, the Controlled Substances Act and comparable state and foreign regulations, and the Needlestick Safety and Prevention Act.

Laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of products also exist in most other countries where our subsidiaries conduct business. In addition, the international manufacturing operations are subject to local certification requirements, including compliance with domestic and/or foreign good manufacturing practices and quality system regulations established by the FDA and/or applicable foreign regulatory authorities.

We are also subject to various federal, state, local, foreign and transnational laws, regulations and recommendations, both in the United States and abroad, relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices and the use, transportation and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. In addition, U.S. and international import and export laws and regulations require us to abide by certain standards relating to the importation and exportation of finished goods, raw materials and supplies and the handling of information. We are also subject to certain laws and regulations concerning the conduct of our foreign operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Anti-Bribery Act and other anti-bribery laws and laws pertaining to the accuracy of our internal books and records.

 

10


Table of Contents

The costs associated with complying with the various applicable federal regulations, as well as state, local, foreign and transnational regulations, could be significant and the failure to comply with such legal requirements could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Reference is made to Item 1A Risk Factors for additional discussion of the costs of associated with complying with the various regulations.

Quality Assurance

We are committed to creating and maintaining the highest standard of regulatory compliance while providing high quality products to our customers. To meet these commitments, we have developed and implemented a Catalent wide quality management system throughout the organization that we believe is appropriate. Our senior management team is actively involved in setting quality policies, standards and internal position papers as well as managing internal and external quality performance. Our quality assurance department provides quality leadership and supervises our quality systems programs. An internal audit program monitors compliance with applicable regulations, standards and internal policies. In addition, our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and other equivalent local, state and foreign regulatory authorities and customers. All FDA, DEA and other regulatory inspectional observations have been resolved or are on track to be completed at the prescribed timeframe provided in response to the agency. We believe that our operations are in compliance in all material respects with the regulations under which our facilities are governed. We have more than 1,000 employees around the globe focusing on quality and regulatory compliance.

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those of the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and equivalent state, local and foreign regulatory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the use, handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination and employee health and safety. Our manufacturing facilities use, in varying degrees, hazardous substances in their processes. These substances include, among others, chlorinated solvents, and in the past chlorinated solvents were used at one or more of our facilities, including a number we no longer own or operate. As at our current facilities, contamination at such formerly owned or operated properties can result and has resulted in liability to us, for which we have recorded appropriate reserves as needed.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently believe are immaterial, may also impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under the notes.

We are highly leveraged. The following chart shows our level of indebtedness as of June 30, 2012.

 

11


Table of Contents
          June 30, 2012  
      

Maturity

   (in millions)  

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

     

Term loan facility Dollar-denominated (1)

   September 2016      798.9   

Term loan facility Dollar-denominated (1)

   September 2017      591.2   

Term loan facility Euro-denominated (1)

   April 2014      56.3   

Term loan facility Euro-denominated (1)

   September 2016      257.7   

9  1 / 2 % Senior Toggle Notes

   April 2015      619.1   

9  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Euro-denominated Notes (2)

   April 2017      268.7   

Revolving Credit Agreement

   April 2016      —     

Other Obligations

   2012 to 2032      91.6   
     

 

 

 

Total debt

        2,683.5   

 

(1) We have approximately $1,704.1 million (U.S. dollar equivalent) aggregate principal amount of senior secured term loan facilities, consisting of a $1,390.1 million U.S. dollar-denominated tranche and a €251.7 million Euro-denominated tranche (equal to $314.0 million based on an exchange rate of €1 = $1.2469).
(2) Represents the U.S. dollar-equivalent of the €215.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes based on an exchange rate of €1 = $1.2469.

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for us, including:

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of fluctuations in exchange rates because certain of our borrowings, including our senior secured term loan facilities and the senior subordinated notes, are denominated in euros;

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including the notes, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the indentures governing the notes and the agreements governing such other indebtedness;

 

   

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

Our total interest expense was $183.2 million, $165.5 million and $161.0 million for fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. After taking into consideration our ratio of fixed-to-floating rate debt, a 100 basis point increase in such rates would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $0.5 million.

Current global economic conditions could negatively affect our operating results.

The economies of the United States and the other countries in which the Company produces its products continue to be affected by the economic conditions that began with the financial and credit crisis in late 2008. Although economic conditions have stabilized since then, there continues to be significant uncertainty as to whether global economic improvement is achievable and sustainable. These conditions may result in a further slowdown to the global economy that could affect our business by reducing the prices that consumers, patients, and payors are willing to pay for our customers’ products, or by reducing the demand of our offerings, which could in turn negatively impact our sales and revenue generation and result in a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations, financial position and prospects.

 

12


Table of Contents

Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries will still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indentures governing the notes and the senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. We have approximately $180 million available to us for borrowing, subject to certain conditions, from our $200.3 million revolving credit facility. If new debt is added to our subsidiaries’ existing debt levels, the risks associated with debt we currently face would increase.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness and issue certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay certain dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

   

place limitations on distributions from restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

issue or sell capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

guarantee certain indebtedness;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

sell or exchange assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create certain liens; and

 

   

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross default provisions, and, in the case of the revolving credit facility, permit the lenders to cease making loans to us. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and to terminate all commitments to extend further credit. Such actions by those lenders could cause cross defaults under our other indebtedness. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the senior secured credit facilities. If the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the senior secured credit facilities as well as our unsecured indebtedness, including the notes. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities include other and more restrictive covenants and restrict our ability to prepay our other indebtedness, including the notes. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control.

We utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we are exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments.

We enter into pay-fixed interest rate swaps to limit our exposure to changes in variable interest rates. Such instruments may result in economic losses should exchange rates decline to a point lower than our fixed rate commitments. We are exposed to credit-related losses which could impact the results of operations in the event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps.

Risks Related to our Business

We participate in a highly competitive market and increased competition may adversely affect our business.

We operate in a market that is highly competitive. We compete on several fronts, both domestically and internationally, including competing with other companies that provide similar offerings to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health companies based in North America, Latin America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. We also may compete with

 

13


Table of Contents

the internal operations of those pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health manufacturers that choose to source these offerings internally, where possible.

We face material competition in each of our markets. Competition is driven by proprietary technologies and know-how, capabilities, consistency of operational performance, quality, price, value and speed. Some competitors may have greater financial, research and development, operational and marketing resources than we do. Competition may also increase as additional companies enter our markets or use their existing resources to compete directly with ours. Expanded competition from companies in low-cost jurisdictions, such as India and China, may in the future impact our results of operations or limit our growth. Greater financial, research and development, operational and marketing resources may allow our competitors to respond more quickly with new, alternative or emerging technologies. Changes in the nature or extent of our customer requirements may render our offerings obsolete or non-competitive and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The demand for our offerings depends in part on our customers’ research and development and the clinical and market success of their products. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed if our customers spend less on or are less successful in these activities.

Our customers are engaged in research, development, production and marketing of pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health products. The amount of customer spending on research, development, production and marketing, as well as the outcomes of such research, development, and marketing activities, have a large impact on our sales and profitability, particularly the amount our customers choose to spend on our offerings. Our customers determine the amounts that they will spend based upon, among other things, available resources and their need to develop new products, which, in turn, is dependent upon a number of factors, including their competitors’ research, development and production initiatives, and the anticipated market uptake, clinical and reimbursement scenarios for specific products and therapeutic areas. In addition, consolidation in the industries in which our customers operate may have an impact on such spending as customers integrate acquired operations, including research and development departments and their budgets. Our customers finance their research and development spending from private and public sources. A reduction in spending by our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If our customers are not successful in attaining or retaining product sales due to market conditions, reimbursement issues or other factors, our results of operations may be materially impacted.

We are subject to product and other liability risks that could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows.

We are subject to significant product liability and other liability risks that are inherent in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of our offerings. We may be named as a defendant in product liability lawsuits, which may allege that our offerings have resulted or could result in an unsafe condition or injury to consumers. Such lawsuits could be costly to defend and could result in reduced sales, significant liabilities and diversion of management’s time, attention and resources. Even claims without merit could subject us to adverse publicity and require us to incur significant legal fees.

Furthermore, product liability claims and lawsuits, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business operations, financial condition and reputation and on our ability to attract and retain customers. We have historically sought to manage this risk through the combination of product liability insurance and contractual indemnities and liability limitations in our agreements with customers and vendors. The availability of product liability insurance for companies in the pharmaceutical industry is generally more limited than insurance available to companies in other industries. Insurance carriers providing product liability insurance to those in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries generally limit the amount of available policy limits, require larger self-insured retentions and exclude coverage for certain products and claims. There can be no assurance that a successful product liability claim or other liability claim would be adequately covered by our applicable insurance policies or by any applicable contractual indemnity or liability limitations. In addition, as we seek to expand our participation in marketed products through royalty and profit sharing arrangements, our ability to contractually limit our liability may be restricted.

Failure to comply with existing and future regulatory requirements could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated. We are subject to various local, state, federal, foreign and transnational laws and regulations, which include the operating and security standards of DEA, FDA, various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, the United States DHHS, the EU member states and other comparable agencies and, in the future, any changes to such laws and regulations could adversely affect us. In particular, we are subject to laws and regulations concerning good manufacturing practices and drug safety. Our subsidiaries may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, and may be required to comply with the laws and regulations of the DEA, the FDA, DHHS, foreign agencies including the EMA, and other various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments and/or comparable state agencies as

 

14


Table of Contents

well as certain accrediting bodies depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale.

The manufacture, distribution and marketing of our offerings for use in our customers’ products are subject to extensive ongoing regulation by the FDA, the DEA, the EMA, and other equivalent local, state, federal and foreign regulatory authorities. Failure by us or by our customers to comply with the requirements of these regulatory authorities could result in warning letters, product recalls or seizures, monetary sanctions, injunctions to halt manufacture and distribution, restrictions on our operations, civil or criminal sanctions, or withdrawal of existing or denial of pending approvals, including those relating to products or facilities. In addition, such a failure could expose us to contractual or product liability claims as well as contractual claims from our customers, including claims for reimbursement for lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of which could be significant.

In addition, any new offerings or products must undergo lengthy and rigorous clinical testing and other extensive, costly and time-consuming procedures mandated by the FDA, the EMA and other equivalent local, state, federal and foreign regulatory authorities. We or our customers may elect to delay or cancel anticipated regulatory submissions for current or proposed new products for any number of reasons.

Although we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that a regulatory agency or tribunal would not reach a different conclusion concerning the compliance of our operations with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or renew existing permits, licenses or any other regulatory approvals or obtain, without significant delay, future permits, licenses or other approvals needed for the operation of our businesses. Any noncompliance by us with applicable laws and regulations or the failure to maintain, renew or obtain necessary permits and licenses could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to provide quality offerings to our customers could have an adverse effect on our business and subject us to regulatory actions and costly litigation.

Our results depend on our ability to execute and improve when necessary our quality management strategy and systems, and effectively train and maintain our employee base with respect to quality management. Quality management plays an essential role in determining and meeting customer requirements, preventing defects and improving our offerings. While we have a network of quality systems throughout our business units and facilities which relate to the design, formulation, development, manufacturing, packaging, sterilization, handling, distribution and labeling of our customers’ products which use our offerings, quality and safety issues may occur with respect to any of our offerings. A quality or safety issue could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and may subject us to regulatory actions, including product recalls, product seizures, injunctions to halt manufacture and distribution, restrictions on our operations, or civil sanctions, including monetary sanctions and criminal actions. In addition, such an issue could subject us to costly litigation, including claims from our customers for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of which could be significant.

The services and offerings we provide are highly exacting and complex, and if we encounter problems providing the services or support required, our business could suffer.

The offerings we provide are highly exacting and complex, particularly in our Medication Delivery Solutions segment, due in part to strict regulatory requirements. From time to time, problems may arise in connection with facility operations or during preparation or provision of an offering, in both cases for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, equipment malfunction, sterility variances or failures, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with raw materials, environmental factors and damage to, or loss of, manufacturing operations due to fire, flood or similar causes. Such problems could affect production of a particular batch or series of batches, requiring the destruction of product, or could halt facility production altogether. This could, among other things, lead to increased costs, lost revenue, damage to customer relations, reimbursement to customers for lost active pharmaceutical ingredients, time and expense spent investigating the cause and, depending on the cause, similar losses with respect to other batches or products. Production problems in our drug and biologic manufacturing operations could be particularly significant because the cost of raw materials is often higher than in our other businesses. If problems are not discovered before the product is released to the market, recall and product liability costs may also be incurred. In addition, such risks may be greater at facilities that are new or going through significant expansion.

Our global operations are subject to a number of economic, political and regulatory risks.

We conduct our operations in various regions of the world, including North America, South America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. Global economic and regulatory developments affect businesses such as ours in many ways. Our operations are subject to the effects of global competition, including potential competition from manufacturers in low-cost

 

15


Table of Contents

jurisdictions such as China. Local jurisdiction risks include regulatory risks arising from local laws. Our global operations are also affected by local economic environments, including inflation and recession. Political changes, some of which may be disruptive, can interfere with our supply chain and customers and some or all of our activities in a particular location. While some of these risks can be hedged using derivatives or other financial instruments and some are insurable, such attempts to mitigate these risks are costly and not always successful. Also, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates can impact our consolidated financial results.

If we do not enhance our existing or introduce new technology or service offerings in a timely manner, our offerings may become obsolete over time, customers may not buy our offerings and our revenue and profitability may decline.

The healthcare industry is characterized by rapid technological change. Demand for our offerings may change in ways we may not anticipate because of such evolving industry standards as well as a result of evolving customer needs that are increasingly sophisticated and varied and the introduction by others of new offerings and technologies that provide alternatives to our offerings. Several of our higher margin offerings are based on proprietary technologies. The patents for these technologies will ultimately expire, and these offerings may become subject to competition. Without the timely introduction of enhanced or new offerings, our offerings may become obsolete over time, in which case our revenue and operating results would suffer. For example, if we are unable to respond to changes in the nature or extent of the technological or other needs of our pharmaceutical customers through enhancing our offerings, our competition may develop offering portfolios that are more competitive than ours and we could find it more difficult to renew or expand existing agreements or obtain new agreements. Innovations directed at continuing to offer enhanced or new offerings generally will require a substantial investment before we can determine their commercial viability, and we may not have the financial resources necessary to fund these innovations.

The success of enhanced or new offerings will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

 

   

properly anticipate and satisfy customer needs, including increasing demand for lower cost products;

 

   

enhance, innovate, develop and manufacture new offerings in an economical and timely manner;

 

   

differentiate our offerings from competitors’ offerings;

 

   

achieve positive clinical outcomes for our customers’ new products;

 

   

meet safety requirements and other regulatory requirements of government agencies;

 

   

obtain valid and enforceable intellectual property rights; and

 

   

avoid infringing the proprietary rights of third parties.

Even if we succeed in creating enhanced or new offerings from these innovations, they may still fail to result in commercially successful offerings or may not produce revenue in excess of the costs of development, and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of offerings embodying new technologies or features. Finally, innovations may not be accepted quickly in the marketplace because of, among other things, entrenched patterns of clinical practice, the need for regulatory clearance and uncertainty over third-party reimbursement.

We and our customers depend on patents, copyrights, trademarks and other forms of intellectual property protections, however, these protections may not be adequate.

We rely on a combination of know-how trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect a number of our offerings and intangible assets. These proprietary rights are important to our ongoing operations. There can be no assurance that these protections will prove meaningful against competitive offerings or otherwise be commercially valuable or that we will be successful in obtaining additional intellectual property or enforcing our intellectual property rights against unauthorized users. Our exclusive rights under certain of our offerings are protected by patents, some of which are subject to expire in the near term. When patents covering an offering expire, loss of exclusivity may occur and this may force us to compete with third parties, thereby affecting our revenue and profitability. We do not currently expect any material loss of revenue to occur as a result of the expiration of any patent.

Our proprietary rights may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. We have in the past been subject to patent oppositions before the European Patent Office and we may in the future be subject to patent oppositions in Europe or other jurisdictions in which we hold patent rights. In addition, in the future, we may need to take legal actions to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. The outcome of any such legal action may be unfavorable to us.

 

16


Table of Contents

These legal actions regardless of outcome might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our proprietary and confidential information, there can be no assurance that our confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements will not be breached, our trade secrets will not otherwise become known by competitors or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary information. Even if the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property is upheld, a court might construe our intellectual property not to cover the alleged infringement. In addition, intellectual property enforcement may be unavailable in some foreign countries. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology or that third parties will not design around our patent claims to produce competitive offerings. The use of our technology or similar technology by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales or otherwise harm our business.

We have applied in the United States and certain foreign countries for registration of a number of trademarks, service marks and patents, some of which have been registered or issued, and also claim common law rights in various trademarks and service marks. In the past, third parties have opposed our applications to register intellectual property and there can be no assurance that they will not do so in the future. It is possible that in some cases we may be unable to obtain the registrations for trademarks, service marks and patents for which we have applied and a failure to obtain trademark and patent registrations in the United States or other countries could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and proprietary technologies and impede our marketing efforts in those jurisdictions.

Our use of certain intellectual property rights is also subject to license agreements with third parties for certain patents, software and information technology systems and proprietary technologies. If these license agreements were terminated for any reason, it could result in the loss of our rights to this intellectual property, our operations may be materially adversely affected and we may be unable to commercialize certain offerings.

In addition, many of our branded pharmaceutical customers rely on patents to protect their products from generic competition. Because incentives exist in some countries, including the United States, for generic pharmaceutical companies to challenge these patents, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are under the ongoing threat of a challenge to their patents. If our customers’ patents were successfully challenged and as a result subjected to generic competition, the market for our customers’ products could be significantly impacted, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our future results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components of the products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw materials.

We depend on various active pharmaceutical ingredients, components, compounds, raw materials, and energy supplied primarily by others for our offerings. This includes, but is not limited to, gelatin, starch, iota carrageenan, petroleum-based products and resin. Also, frequently our customers provide their active pharmaceutical or biologic ingredient for formulation or incorporation in the finished product. It is possible that any of our or our customer supplier relationships could be interrupted due to natural disasters, international supply disruptions caused by pandemics, geopolitical issues or other events or could be terminated in the future.

For example, gelatin is a key component in our Oral Technologies segment. The supply of gelatin is obtained from a limited number of sources. In addition, much of the gelatin we use is bovine-derived. Past concerns of contamination from Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (“BSE”) have narrowed the number of possible sources of particular types of gelatin. If there were a future disruption in the supply of gelatin from any one or more key suppliers, we may not be able to obtain an alternative supply from our other suppliers. If future restrictions were to emerge on the use of bovine-derived gelatin due to concerns of contamination from BSE, any such restriction could hinder our ability to timely supply our customers with products and the use of alternative non-bovine-derived gelatin could be subject to lengthy formulation, testing and regulatory approval.

Any sustained interruption in our receipt of adequate supplies could have an adverse effect on us. In addition, while we have processes intended to reduce volatility in component and material pricing, we may not be able to successfully manage price fluctuations and future price fluctuations or shortages may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Changes in healthcare reimbursement in the United States or internationally could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The healthcare industry has changed significantly over time, and we expect the industry to continue to evolve. Some of these changes, such as ongoing healthcare reform, adverse changes in government or private funding of healthcare products and services, legislation or regulations governing the patient access to care and privacy, or the delivery or pricing of pharmaceuticals and healthcare services or mandated benefits, may cause healthcare industry participants to change the

 

17


Table of Contents

amount of our offerings they purchase or the price they are willing to pay for our offerings. Changes in the healthcare industry’s pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or supply policies or practices could also significantly reduce our revenue and results of operations. Particularly, volatility in individual product demand may result from changes in public or private payer reimbursement or coverage.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and results of operations.

As a company with many international entities, certain revenues, costs, assets and liabilities, including a portion of our senior secured credit facilities and the senior subordinated notes, are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these currencies or any other applicable currencies to the U.S. dollar will affect our revenues, earnings and cash flows and could result in unrealized and realized exchange losses despite any efforts we may undertake to manage or mitigate our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations.

Tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are a large multinational corporation with operations in the United States and international jurisdictions, including North America, South America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. As such, we are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the United States federal, state and local governments and of many international jurisdictions. From time to time, various legislative initiatives may be proposed that could adversely affect our tax positions. There can be no assurance that our effective tax rate or tax payments will not be adversely affected by these initiatives. In addition, United States federal, state and local, as well as international tax laws and regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. There can be no assurance that our tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in any such challenge.

We are dependent on key personnel.

We depend on senior executive officers and other key personnel, including our technical personnel, to operate and grow our business and to develop new enhancements, offerings and technologies. The loss of any of these officers or other key personnel combined with a failure to attract and retain suitably skilled technical personnel could adversely affect our operations. Although an equity-based compensation plan is in place, we do not have the ability to compensate employees with publicly traded equity, which may have a negative impact on our ability to recruit and retain professionals, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks generally associated with our information systems could adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely on information systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and manage data to:

 

   

facilitate the manufacture and distribution of thousands of inventory items to and from our facilities;

 

   

receive, process and ship orders on a timely basis;

 

   

manage the accurate billing and collections for thousands of customers;

 

   

manage the accurate accounting and payment for thousands of vendors; and

 

   

schedule and operate our global network of development, manufacturing and packaging facilities.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected if these systems are interrupted, damaged by unforeseen events or fail for any extended period of time, including due to the actions of third parties.

We may in the future engage in acquisitions and other transactions that may complement or expand our business or divest of non-strategic businesses or assets. We may not be able to complete such transactions and such transactions, if executed, pose significant risks and could have a negative effect on our operations.

Our future success may be dependent on opportunities to buy other businesses or technologies and possibly enter into joint ventures that could complement, enhance or expand our current business or offerings and services or that might otherwise offer us growth opportunities. We may face competition from other companies in pursuing acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. Our ability to acquire targets may also be limited by applicable antitrust laws and other regulations in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. To the extent that we are successful in making acquisitions, we may have to expend substantial amounts of cash, incur debt and assume loss-making divisions. We may not be able to complete such transactions, for reasons including, but not limited to, a failure to secure financing. Any transactions that we are able to identify and complete may involve a number of risks, including the diversion of management’s attention to integrate the acquired businesses or joint ventures, the possible adverse effects on our operating results during the integration process, the potential loss of customers or employees in connection with the acquisition, delays

 

18


Table of Contents

or reduction in realizing expected synergies and our potential inability to achieve our intended objectives for the transaction. In addition, we may be unable to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies, and this may lead to operational inefficiencies.

To the extent that we are not successful in completing divestitures, as such may be determined by future strategic plans and business performance, we may have to expend substantial amounts of cash, incur debt and continue to absorb loss-making or under-performing divisions. Any divestitures that we are unable to complete may involve a number of risks, including diversion of management’s attention, a negative impact on our customer relationships, costs associated with retaining the targeted divestiture, closing and disposing of the impacted business or transferring business to other facilities.

Our offerings and our customers’ products may infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties.

From time to time, third parties have asserted intellectual property infringement claims against us and our customers and there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against either us or our customers in the future. While we believe that our offerings do not infringe in any material respect upon proprietary rights of other parties and/or that meritorious defenses would exist with respect to any assertions to the contrary, there can be no assurance that we would not be found to infringe on the proprietary rights of others. Patent applications in the United States and some foreign countries are generally not publicly disclosed until the patent is issued or published, and we may not be aware of currently filed patent applications that relate to our offerings or processes. If patents later issue on these applications, we may be found liable for subsequent infringement. There has been substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries with respect to the manufacture, use and sale of products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights.

Any claims that our offerings or processes infringe these rights (including claims arising through our contractual indemnification of our customers), regardless of their merit or resolution, could be costly and may divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. We may not prevail in such proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If such proceedings result in an adverse outcome, we could, among other things, be required to:

 

   

pay substantial damages (potentially treble damages in the United States);

 

   

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing offerings or processes;

 

   

discontinue the use of the infringing technology;

 

   

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology;

 

   

license technology from the third party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or may not be available at all; and

 

   

lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others.

In addition, our customers’ products may be subject to claims of intellectual property infringement and such claims could materially affect our business if their products cease to be manufactured and they have to discontinue the use of the infringing technology which we may provide.

Any of the foregoing could affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which could increase our costs and restrict our operations in the future.

Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those of EPA and equivalent local, state, and foreign regulatory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the use, handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination and employee health and safety. Any failure by us to comply with environmental, health and safety requirements could result in the limitation or suspension of production or subject us to monetary fines or civil or criminal sanctions, or other future liabilities in excess of our reserves. We are also subject to laws and regulations governing the destruction and disposal of raw materials and non-compliant products, the handling of regulated material that are included in our offerings, and the disposal of our offerings at the end of their useful life. In addition, compliance with environmental, health and safety requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, incur other significant expenses or modify our manufacturing processes. Our manufacturing facilities may use, in varying degrees, hazardous substances in their processes. These substances include, among others, chlorinated solvents, and in the past chlorinated solvents were used at one or more of our facilities, including a number we no longer own or operate. As at our current facilities, contamination at such formerly

 

19


Table of Contents

owned or operated properties can result and has resulted in liability to us. In the event of the discovery of new or previously unknown contamination either at our facilities or at third-party locations, including facilities we formerly owned or operated, the issuance of additional requirements with respect to existing contamination, or the imposition of other cleanup obligations for which we are responsible, we may be required to take additional, unplanned remedial measures for which no reserves have been recorded. We are conducting monitoring and cleanup of contamination at certain facilities currently or formerly owned or operated by us. We have established accounting reserves for certain contamination liabilities but cannot assure you that such liabilities will not exceed our reserves.

We are subject to labor and employment laws and regulations, which could increase our costs and restrict our operations in the future.

We employ approximately 8,700 employees worldwide, including approximately 3,300 employees in North America, 4,100 in Europe, 700 in South America and 600 in the Asia/Pacific region. Certain employees at one of our North American facilities are represented by a labor organization, and national work councils and/or labor organizations are active at all twelve of our European facilities consistent with labor environments/laws in European countries. Similar relationships with labor organizations or national work councils exist in our plants in Argentina, Brazil and Australia. Our management believes that our employee relations are satisfactory. However, further organizing activities or collective bargaining may increase our employment-related costs and we may be subject to work stoppages and other labor disruptions. Moreover, as employers are subject to various employment-related claims, such as individual and class actions relating to alleged employment discrimination, wage-hour and labor standards issues, such actions, if brought against us and successful in whole or in part, may affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our pension plans are underfunded, and additional cash contributions we may be required to make will reduce the cash available for our business, such as the payment of our interest expense.

Certain of our employees in the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Japan and Australia are participants in defined benefit pension plans which we sponsor. As of June 30, 2012, the underfunded amount of our pension plans on a worldwide basis was approximately $135.0 million, primarily related to our plans in the United Kingdom and Germany. Included within this obligation is an estimate of approximately $36.0 million related to our Fiscal 2012 withdrawal from a multiemployer pension plan which we participated in. In general, the amount of future contributions to the underfunded plans will depend upon asset returns and a number of other factors and, as a result, the amount we may be required to contribute to such plan in the future may vary. Such cash contributions to the plans will reduce the cash available for our business to pursue strategic growth initiatives or the payment of interest expense on the notes or our other indebtedness.

Blackstone controls us and our Investors may have conflicts of interest with us or our note holders in the future.

Blackstone controls approximately 86% of BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., with the other Investors (as defined in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) controlling the remainder. By virtue of this controlling interest and BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C.’s ownership of all the outstanding membership interests of our indirect parent company, Phoenix Charter LLC, we are controlled by Blackstone. Blackstone controls us and all of our subsidiaries and is entitled to elect all of our directors, to appoint new management and to approve actions requiring the approval of our stockholder, including approving or rejecting proposed mergers or sales of all or substantially all of our assets, regardless of whether note holders believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests.

The interests of the Investors may differ from holders of our notes in material respects. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of the Investors as equity holders might conflict with the interests of our note holders. The Investors also may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings (including financings that are secured and/or senior to the senior subordinated notes) or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to our note holders. Additionally, the indentures governing the notes permit us to pay advisory fees, dividends or make other restricted payments under certain circumstances, and the Investors or their affiliates and/or advisors may have an interest in our doing so. See Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement” for a discussion of certain payments affiliates of Blackstone in connection with the 2007 acquisition from Cardinal and related financings.

Members of the Investors or their affiliates or advisors are in the business of making or advising on investments in companies and may, from time to time in the future, acquire interests in businesses or provide advice that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. They may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. You should consider that the interests of these holders may differ from yours in material respects. See Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” and Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

20


Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal executive offices are located at 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey. We also operate manufacturing operations, development centers and sales offices throughout the world. We have twenty-seven facilities on five continents with approximately 4.7 million square feet of manufacturing, lab and related space. Our manufacturing capabilities encompass a full suite of competencies including regulatory, quality assurance and in-house validation at all of the production sites. The following table sets forth our manufacturing and laboratory facilities by area and region:

 

    

Facility Sites

   Country    Region   

Segment

   Total Square
Footage
     Owned/Leased

1

  

Kakegawa

   Japan    Asia Pacific    Oral Technologies      107,300       Owned

2

  

Braeside

   Australia    Asia Pacific    Oral Technologies      163,100       Owned

3

  

Beinheim

   France    Europe    Oral Technologies      78,100       Owned

4

  

Eberbach

   Germany    Europe    Oral Technologies      370,580       Leased

5

  

Aprilia

   Italy    Europe    Oral Technologies      72,000       Owned

6

  

Swindon

   United Kingdom    Europe    Oral Technologies      164,687       Owned

7

  

Swindon

   United Kingdom    Europe    Oral Technologies      253,314       Owned

8

  

Somerset, NJ

   USA    North America    Oral Technologies      265,000       Owned

9

  

Winchester, KY

   USA    North America    Oral Technologies      120,000       Owned

10

  

St. Petersburg, FL

   USA    North America    Oral Technologies      328,073       Owned

11

  

Buenos Aires

   Argentina    South America    Oral Technologies      265,000       Owned

12

  

Sorocaba

   Brazil    South America    Oral Technologies      88,993       Owned

13

  

Schorndorf

   Germany    Europe    Oral Technologies      166,027       Owned

14

  

Brussels

   Belgium    Europe    Medication Delivery Solutions      313,725       Owned

15

  

Limoges

   France    Europe    Medication Delivery Solutions      179,000       Owned

16

  

Woodstock, IL

   USA    North America    Medication Delivery Solutions      421,665       Owned

17

  

Middleton, WI

   USA    North America    Medication Delivery Solutions      43,600       Leased

18

  

Schorndorf

   Germany    Europe    Development & Clinical Services      54,693       Owned

19

  

Bolton

   United Kingdom    Europe    Development & Clinical Services      46,700       Owned

20

  

Philadelphia, PA

   USA    North America    Development & Clinical Services      140,716       Leased/owned

21

  

Morrisville, NC

   USA    North America    Development & Clinical Services      186,406       Leased

22

  

Allendale, NJ

   USA    North America    Development & Clinical Services      70,632       Leased

23

  

Kansas City, MO

   USA    North America    Development & Clinical Services      410,000       Owned

24

  

Mount Laurel, NJ

   USA    North America    Development & Clinical Services      94,185       Leased

25

  

Deeside

   United Kingdom    Europe    Development & Clinical Services      127,533       Leased

26

  

Bathgate

   United Kingdom    Europe    Development & Clinical Services      191,000       Owned

27

  

Singapore

   Singapore    Asia Pacific    Development & Clinical Services      7,942       Leased

TOTAL

              4,729,971      

 

 

21


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Legal Matters

Beginning in November 2006, the Company, along with several pharmaceutical companies, has been named in civil lawsuits filed by individuals allegedly injured by their use of the prescription acne medication Amnesteem ® , a branded generic form of isotretinoin, and in some instances of isotretinoin products made and/or sold by other firms as well. Currently, the Company is a named defendant in one hundred and thirty-nine pending isotretinoin lawsuits. Plaintiffs allege that they suffer from inflammatory bowel disease and other disorders as a result of their ingestion of Amnesteem. The geographic distribution of these one hundred and thirty-nine lawsuits is as follows: one in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina that has been transferred to the Accutane (isotretinoin) federal Multi-District Litigation (“Accutane MDL”) in the Middle District of Florida; two in the Court of Common Pleas, Washington County, Pennsylvania; two cases filed in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Francisco have been moved to the Middle District of Northern California; and one hundred and thirty-four in the Superior Court, Atlantic County, New Jersey. The New Jersey cases and several of the other cases have been brought by a consortium of plaintiffs’ law firms, including Seeger Weiss LLP. The following discussion contains more detail about the lawsuits.

One hundred and thirty-four lawsuits are pending in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Atlantic County by individual plaintiffs who claim to have ingested Amnesteem, and, in some cases, one or more competing branded generic isotretinoin products, including Sotret ® (Ranbaxy) and/or Claravis ® (Barr), as well as Accutane (the innovator isotretinoin product sold by Hoffmann-La Roche). One hundred and eight of these cases allegedly involve the use of both Accutane and one or more of the branded generic forms of isotretinoin. Such cases, which include one or more Roche entities as defendants, are filed as part of the New Jersey consolidated mass tort proceeding set up in 2005 for all Accutane lawsuits pending in New Jersey state courts. The remaining twenty-six cases do not involve the use of Accutane, but allegedly involve the use of one or more branded generic isotretinoin products, including Amnesteem. These cases are not part of the Accutane mass tort litigation; these non-mass tort, generics-only cases have been consolidated for discovery purposes but not for trial. All one hundred and thirty-four of the cases pending in New Jersey, both mass tort and non-mass tort, are assigned to the same judge. In addition to the Company, these lawsuits name the pharmaceutical companies whose respective isotretinoin products each plaintiff allegedly ingested.

Two lawsuits involving only Amnesteem use are pending in the Court of Common Pleas, Washington, County, Pennsylvania. One lawsuit was filed in the General Court of Justice, Superior Court Division, Durham County, North Carolina, but was removed to the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina, Durham Division. Pursuant to a tolling agreement, the case had been dismissed without prejudice pending the outcome of the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit’s review of the decision of the Accutane MDL Court to exclude plaintiff’s general causation expert. On August 26, 2008, the Eleventh Circuit affirmed the exclusion of plaintiff’s expert, and a subsequent petition for rehearing was denied. Plaintiffs have since re-filed the case in the Middle District of North Carolina and the Company successfully moved to transfer the case to the Accutane MDL in the Middle District of Florida.

On June 26, 2012, a motion to Dismiss with Prejudice was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Atlantic County, Law Division, dismissing two hundred and twenty-nine of the Accutane Litigation Group cases filed against the Company. To date, a total of two hundred and thirty-six cases have been dismissed against the Company.

Although expressed in various terms, generally speaking, all one hundred and thirty-nine lawsuits set forth some or all of the standard array of product liability claims, including strict liability for defective design, strict liability for failure to warn, negligence (in both design and warnings), fraud and misrepresentation, and breach of warranty. The lawsuits seek unspecified amounts of compensatory and punitive damages. The Company believes it has valid defenses to these lawsuits and intends to vigorously defend them.

From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, inquiries and claims concerning environmental contamination as well as litigation and allegations in connection with acquisitions, product liability, manufacturing or packaging defects and claims for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of which could be significant. Based on advice of counsel and available information, including current status or stage of proceeding, and taking into account accruals for matters where we have established them, we currently believe that any liabilities ultimately resulting from these ordinary course claims and proceedings will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the healthcare industry is highly regulated and government agencies continue to scrutinize certain practices affecting government programs and otherwise.

 

22


Table of Contents

From time to time, we receive subpoenas or requests for information from various government agencies, including from state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice relating to the business practices of customers or suppliers. We generally respond to such subpoenas and requests in a timely and thorough manner, which responses sometimes require considerable time and effort and can result in considerable costs being incurred by us. We expect to incur additional costs in the future in connection with existing and future requests.

 

23


Table of Contents
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

None.

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

There is no established public trading market for our common stock. PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, which is wholly owned by PTS Holdings Corp., owns 100% of our issued and outstanding common stock. We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock over the past five fiscal years and we do not expect to pay cash dividends in the next twelve months. The agreements governing our indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends and our ability to obtain funds from certain of our subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical financial and operating data for, or as of the end of, each of the five years ended June 30, 2012. This table should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto.

 

(in millions, except as noted)   

Year

Ended

June 30,

   

Year

Ended

June 30,

   

Year

Ended

June 30,

   

Year

Ended

June 30,

   

Year

Ended

June 30,

 
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  

Statement of Operations Data:

          

Net revenue

   $ 1,531.0      $ 1,398.8      $ 1,480.4      $ 1,531.8      $ 1,694.8   

Cost of products sold

     1,111.7        1,018.1        1,039.5        1,029.7        1,136.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     419.3        380.7        440.9        502.1        558.6   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     269.5        241.4        270.1        288.3        348.1   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     28.5        139.4        214.8        3.6        1.8   

Restructuring and other

     23.1        15.4        17.7        12.5        19.5   

Property and casualty (gain)/losses, net *

     —          —          —          11.6        (8.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings/(loss)

     98.2        (15.5     (61.7     186.1        198.0   

Interest expense, net

     202.5        182.0        161.0        165.5        183.2   

Other (income)/expense, net

     142.7        (17.0     (7.3     26.0        (3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (247.0     (180.5     (215.4     (5.4     18.6   

Income tax expense/(benefit)

     (82.6     17.0        21.9        23.7        16.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     (164.4     (197.5     (237.3     (29.1     2.1   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (371.8     (111.2     (49.7     (21.0     (41.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss)

     (536.2     (308.7     (287.0     (50.1     (39.2

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax

     3.5        (0.6     2.6        3.9        1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

   $ (539.7   $ (308.1   $ (289.6   $ (54.0   $ (40.4

 

* In March 2011 a U.K. based packaging facility was damaged by fire. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

24


Table of Contents
     June 30,  
     2008      2009      2010     2011     2012  
(in millions)                                 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end)

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 72.4       $ 63.9       $ 164.0      $ 205.1      $ 139.0   

Goodwill

     1,475.0         1,071.0         848.9        906.0        1,029.9   

Total assets

     3,704.3         3,131.8         2,727.4        2,831.2        3,139.0   

Long term debt, including current portion and other short term borrowing

     2,409.5         2,345.8         2,268.9        2,346.6        2,683.5   

Total liabilities

     3,112.2         3,051.3         2,990.9        3,041.1        3,489.7   

Total shareholder’s equity (deficit)

   $ 592.1       $ 80.5       $ (263.5   $ (209.9   $ (350.7

 

(in millions)    Year
Ended
June 30,
    Year
Ended
June 30,
    Year
Ended
June 30,
    Year
Ended
June 30,
    Year
Ended
June 30,
 
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  

Other Financial Data:

          

Capital expenditures

   $ 74.0      $ 75.9      $ 70.5      $ 87.3      $ 104.2   

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)

     —          —          —          —          1.1x   

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:

          

Operating activities

     80.9        62.2        231.5        111.6        87.7   

Investing activities

     (73.5     (74.0     (70.2     (83.3     (538.2

Financing activities

     (20.3     7.2        (56.7     (26.1     352.9   

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations:

     (9.5     3.7        5.8        21.0        43.9   

Effect of foreign currency on cash

     12.1        (7.6     (10.3     17.9        (12.4

 

(1) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated by dividing the sum of earnings from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) from non-consolidated investments and fixed charges, by fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expenses, capitalized interest and imputed interest on our leased obligations. For fiscal years 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $244.5 million, $178.1 million, $214.3 and $4.0 million, respectively. For fiscal year 2012, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges was 1.1x.

 

25


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion together with our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein and the information set forth under “Item 6. Selected Financial Data”.

The discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. For additional information regarding some of the risks and uncertainties that affect our business and the industry in which we operate, please read “Item 1A.—Risk Factors” included elsewhere herein. Our actual results may differ materially from those estimated or projected in any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are the leading global provider of development solutions and advanced delivery technologies for drugs, biologics and consumer health products. Through our extensive capabilities and deep expertise in product development, we help our customers bring more products to market, faster. Our advanced delivery technology platforms, the broadest and most diverse combination of intellectual property and proven formulation, manufacturing and regulatory expertise available to the industry, enable our customers to bring more products and better treatments to the market. Across both development and delivery, our commitment to reliably supply our customers’ needs serves as the foundation for the value we provide. We operate through four businesses: Development & Clinical Services, Softgel Technologies, Modified Release Technologies, and Medication Delivery Solutions. We believe that through our prior and ongoing investments in growth-enabling capacity and capabilities, our entry into new markets, our ongoing focus on operational and quality excellence, our innovation activities, the sales of existing customer products, and the introduction of new customer products, we will continue to benefit from attractive margins and realize the growth potential from these areas.

For financial reporting purposes, we present three distinct financial reporting segments based on criteria established by U.S. GAAP: Development & Clinical Services, Oral Technologies and Medication Delivery Solutions. The Oral Technologies segment includes the Softgel Technologies and Modified Release Technologies businesses.

 

   

Development & Clinical Services . We provided manufacturing, packaging, storage and inventory management for drugs and biologics in clinical trials. We offer customers flexible solutions for clinical supplies production, and provide distribution and inventory management support for both simple and complex clinical trials. This includes dose form manufacturing or over-encapsulation where needed, supplying placebos, comparator drug procurement, clinical packages and kits for physicians and patients, inventory management, investigator kit ordering and fulfillment, and return supply reconciliation and reporting. We support trials in all regions of the world through our facilities and distribution network. In Fiscal 2012 we substantially expanded this business via the Aptuit CTS acquisition in February 2012 (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.)

We also offer analytical chemical and cell-based testing and scientific services, respiratory products formulation and manufacturing, regulatory consulting, and bioanalytical testing for biologic products. Our respiratory product capabilities include development services for inhaled products for delivery via metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers and nasal sprays. Demand for our offerings is driven by the need for scientific expertise and depth and breadth of services offered, as well as by the reliable supply thereof (including quality, execution and performance). We provide global regulatory and clinical support services for our customers’ regulatory and clinical strategies during all stages of development. We have ten facilities, including five in North America, four in Europe and one in the Asia Pacific region. Our Development & Clinical Services segment represented approximately 16% of total net revenue for Fiscal 2012 on a combined basis before inter-segment eliminations.

 

   

Oral Technologies . We provide advanced oral delivery technologies, including formulation, development and manufacturing of oral dose forms for prescription and consumer health products. These oral dose forms include softgel, modified release and immediate release solid oral technology products. At certain facilities we also provide integrated primary packaging services for the products we manufacture.

Through our Softgel Technologies business, we provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for soft gelatin capsules, or “softgels”, which we first commercialized in the 1930s. We are the market leader in overall softgel manufacturing, and hold the leading market position in the prescription arena. Our principal softgel technologies include traditional softgel capsules (in which the shell is made from animal-derived materials) and VegiCaps capsules (in which the shell is made from vegetable-derived materials), which are used in a broad range of customer products, including prescription drugs, over-the-counter medications, and vitamins and supplements. Softgel capsules encapsulate liquid, paste or oil-based active compounds in solution or suspension into an outer shell, filling and sealing the capsule simultaneously. Softgels have historically been used to solve formulation challenges or technical issues for

 

26


Table of Contents

a specific drug, to help improve the clinical performance of compounds, to provide important market differentiation, particularly for over-the-counter compounds, and to provide safe handling of hormonal, potent and cytotoxic drugs. We also participate in the softgel vitamin, mineral and supplement business in selected regions around the world. With the 2001 introduction of our vegetable-derived softgel shell, VegiCaps capsules, drug and consumer health manufacturers have been able to expand extend the compatibility of the softgel dose form with to a broader range of active ingredients, as well as and serve patient/consumer populations that were previously inaccessible due to religious, dietary or cultural preferences. Our VegiCaps capsules are patent protected in most major global markets. Physician and patient studies we have conducted have demonstrated a preference for softgels versus traditional tablet and hard capsule dose forms in terms of ease of swallowing, real or perceived speed of delivery, ability to remove or eliminate unpleasant odor or taste and, for physicians, perceived improved patient adherence with dosing regimens.

Through our Modified Release Technologies business we provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for fast-dissolve tablets and both proprietary and conventional controlled release products. We launched our orally dissolving tablet business in 1986 with the introduction of Zydis tablets, a unique oral dosage form that is freeze-dried in its package, can be swallowed without water, and typically dissolves in the mouth in less than three seconds. Most often used for indications, drugs and patient groups that can benefit from rapid oral disintegration, the Zydis technology is utilized in a wide range of products and indications, including treatments for a variety of central nervous system-related conditions such as migraines, Parkinsons’ Disease, schizophrenia, and pain-relief. Zydis tablets continue to be used in new ways by our customers as we extend the application of the technology to new categories, such as for immunotherapies, vaccines and biologics delivery. We have recently added two new technology platforms to the Modified Release business portfolio, including the highly flexible OptiDose technology, already commercially proven in Japan, and the development stage LyoPan oral dissolving tablet technology. We plan to continue to expand the development pipeline of customer products for all of our Modified Release technologies. Representative Modified Release Technology business customers include Pfizer, Novartis, Merck, GlaxoSmithKline, Eli Lilly and Johnson & Johnson.

We have thirteen Oral Technologies facilities in nine countries, including three in North America, six in Europe, two in South America and two in the Asia-Pacific region. Our Oral Technologies segment represented approximately 71% of total net revenue for Fiscal 2012 on a combined basis before inter-segment eliminations.

 

   

Medication Delivery Solutions. We provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for advanced delivery of drugs and biologics, including products administered via for injection, inhalation and ophthalmic routes, using both traditional and advanced technologies. Our range of injectable manufacturing offerings includes filling drugs or biologics into pre-filled syringes, and bags and other delivery formats, with flexibility to accommodate other formats within our existing network, focused increasingly on complex and difficult products. With our range of injectable solutions technologies we are able to meet a wide range of specifications, timelines and budgets. The complexity of the manufacturing process, the importance of experience and know-how, regulatory compliance, and the high start-up capital requirements create significant barriers to entry and, as a result, limit the number of competitors in the market. For example, blow-fill-seal is an advanced aseptic processing technology which uses a continuous process to form, fill with drug, and seal a plastic container in a sterile environment. Blow-fill-seal units typically cost less than traditional sterile forms on a per-unit basis and are currently used primarily for non-injectable a variety of pharmaceuticals in liquid form, such as respiratory, ophthalmic and otic products. We are a leader in the outsourced blow-fill-seal market, and operate one of the largest capacity commercial manufacturing blow-fill-seal facilities in the world. Our sterile blow-fill-seal manufacturing has the capacity and flexibility of manufacturing configurations and business provides flexible and scalable solutions for unit-dose delivery of complex formulations such as suspensions and emulsions, products that are temperature, light and/or oxygen-sensitive. We also provide as well as innovative design and engineering container design and manufacturing solutions related to complex container design and manufacturing. Our regulatory expertise can leads to decreased time to commercialization, and our dedicated development production lines support feasibility, stability and clinical runs. We plan to continue to expand our product line in existing and new markets, and in higher margin specialty products with additional respiratory, ophthalmic, and injectable and nasal applications. Representative customers include Pfizer, Sanofi-Aventis, Novartis and Roche.

Our biologics offerings include our formulation development and cell-line manufacturing based on our advanced and patented Gene Product Expression (“GPEx”) technology, which is used to develop stable, high-yielding mammalian cell lines for both innovator and bio-similar biologic compounds. Our GPEx ® technology can provide rapid cell line development, high biologics production yields, flexibility and versatility. We are investing in expanded capability and capacity to produce clinical scale biologic supplies; once complete, combined with offerings from other

 

27


Table of Contents

parts of Catalent and external partners, we can enable a developer of new biologic entities, biosimilars or biobetters to bring a product from gene to market commercialization, faster.

We have four Medication Delivery Solutions manufacturing facilities, including two in North America and two in Europe. Our Medication Delivery Solutions segment represented approximately 13% of total net revenue for Fiscal 2012 on a combined basis before inter-segment eliminations.

Recent Developments

On February 17, 2012, the Company completed its acquisition of the Clinical Trial Supplies business (the “CTS Business”) of Aptuit, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Aptuit”), by purchasing the outstanding shares of capital stock of Aptuit Holdings, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aptuit (the “CTS Acquisition”). The acquisition was completed in connection with the pursuit of our strategic growth initiatives. Catalent purchased the outstanding shares of capital stock of the CTS Business from Aptuit for a purchase price of approximately $400.0 million. Aptuit Holdings, Inc. is now a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Catalent. Catalent financed the CTS Acquisition and related fees and expenses using the proceeds from a new $400.0 million incremental term loan facility and cash on hand. During the year ended June 30, 2012, Catalent incurred approximately $14.1 million in transaction related costs in connection with the acquisition of the CTS Business. These costs are reflected in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In February 2012, the Company acquired the remaining 49% minority share of the R.P. Scherer business in Eberbach, Germany from Gelita AG. The purchase was comprised of a cash payment and a note which is payable over a three year period. The cash paid is reflected in the investing section of our statement of cash flows within the caption ‘cash paid for acquisitions’. The transaction was accounted for as a transaction between shareholders and is reflected as such within our statement of stockholders equity.

In June 2012, the Company sold its North American commercial packaging operation in a cash transaction. Concurrent with the completion of the sale, the Company reached a conclusion that the extinguishment of cash flows resulted in the North American commercial packaging operation being classified as a discontinued operation. Accordingly, all current and prior period financial information have been reclassified within the Consolidated Financial Statements to discontinued operations captions within the statements of operations and cash flow. The U.S. commercial packaging operations were previously reported in the Company’s Packaging Services segment. Concurrent with the sale, the operations and financial results of the commercial packaging operations outside the U.S. were reclassified to the Oral Technologies reporting segment. The Packaging Services segement ceased to be a reportable segment within continuing operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The following disclosure is provided to supplement the descriptions of the Company’s accounting policies contained in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in regard to significant areas of judgment. Management was required to make certain estimates and assumptions during the preparation of its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These estimates and assumptions impact the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. They also impact the reported amount of net earnings during any period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Because of the size of the financial statement elements to which they relate, some of our accounting policies and estimates have a more significant impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements than others. What follows is a discussion of some of our more significant accounting policies and estimates.

Revenues and Expenses

Net Revenue

We sell products and services directly to our pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health customers. The majority of our business is conducted through supply or development agreements. Revenue is recognized net of sales returns and allowances. The majority of our revenue is charged on a price-per-unit basis and is recognized either upon shipment or delivery of the product or service. Revenue generated from research and development arrangements are generally priced by project and are recognized either upon completion of the required service or achievement of a specified project phase or milestone.

Our overall net revenue is generally impacted by the following factors:

 

   

Fluctuations in overall economic activity within the geographic markets in which we operate;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

Sales trends for our customers’ products, the level branded and generic product competition they experience, the levels of their outsourcing, and the impact of regulation and healthcare reimbursement upon their products and the timing and uptake of their product launches;

 

   

Change in the level of competition we face from our competitors;

 

   

Mix of different products or services that we sell and our ability to provide offerings that meet our customers’ requirements;

 

   

New intellectual property we develop and expiration of our patents;

 

   

Changes in prices of our products and services, which are generally relatively stable due to our long-term contracts; and

 

   

Fluctuations in exchange rates between foreign currencies, in which a substantial portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated, and the U.S. dollar.

Operational Expenses

Cost of products sold consists of direct costs incurred to manufacture and package products and costs associated with supplying other revenue-generating services. Cost of products sold includes labor costs for employees involved in the production process and the cost of raw materials and components used in the process or product. Cost of products sold also includes labor costs of employees supporting the production process, such as production management, quality, engineering, and other support services. Other costs in this category include the external research and development costs, depreciation of fixed assets, utility costs, freight, operating lease expenses and other general manufacturing expenses.

Selling, general and administration expenses consist of all expenditures incurred in connection with the sales and marketing of our products, as well as administrative expenses to support our businesses. The category includes salaries and related benefit costs of employees supporting sales and marketing, finance, human resources, information technology, research and development costs and costs related to executive management. Other costs in this category include depreciation of fixed assets, amortization of our intangible assets, professional fees, marketing and other expenses to support selling and administrative areas.

Direct expenses incurred by a segment are included in that segment’s results. Shared sales and marketing, information technology services and general administrative costs are allocated to each segment based upon the specific activity being performed for each segment or are charged on the basis of the segment’s respective revenues or other applicable measurement. Certain corporate expenses are not allocated to the segments. We do not allocate the following costs to the segments:

 

   

Impairment charges; and (gain)/loss on sale of assets;

 

   

Equity compensation;

 

   

Restructuring expenses and other special items;

 

   

Sponsor advisory fee

 

   

Noncontrolling interest; and

 

   

Other income/(expense), net.

Our operating expenses are generally impacted by the following factors:

 

   

The utilization rate of our facilities: as our utilization rate increases, we achieve greater economies of scale as fixed manufacturing costs are spread over a larger number of units produced;

 

   

Production volumes: as volumes change, the level of resources employed also fluctuate, including raw materials, component costs, employment costs and other related expenses, and our utilization rate may also be affected;

 

   

The mix of different products or services that we sell;

 

   

The cost of raw materials, components and general expense;

 

   

Implementation of cost control measures and our ability to effect cost savings through our Operational Excellence, Lean Manufacturing and Lean Six Sigma program;

 

   

Fluctuations in exchange rates between foreign currencies, in which a substantial portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated, and the U.S. dollar.

 

29


Table of Contents

Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence

The Company writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected, additional inventory write-downs may be required resulting in a charge to income in the period such determination was made.

Long-lived and Other Definite Lived Intangible Assets

We allocate the cost of an acquired company to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities acquired, with the remaining amount being recorded as goodwill. Certain intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life.

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

 

   

Significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

 

   

Significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy of the overall business;

 

   

Significant negative industry or economic trends; and

 

   

Recognition of goodwill impairment charges.

If we determine that the carrying value of intangibles and/or long-lived assets may not be recoverable based on the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure any impairment based on fair value, which we derive either by the estimated cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition or on assumptions we believe marketplace participants would utilize and comparable marketplace information in similar arms length transactions. We then compare weighted values to the asset’s carrying amount. Any impairment loss recognized would represent the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value. Significant estimates and judgments are required when estimating such fair values. If it is determined that these assets are impaired, an impairment charge would be recorded and the amount could be material. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 350 Goodwill, Intangible and Other Assets . Under ASC 350, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment at least annually utilizing both qualitative and quantitative assessments. In September 2011, the FASB issued guidance that simplified how entities test for goodwill impairment. This guidance permits entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a two-step goodwill impairment test. We early adopted this guidance for our annual goodwill impairment test that was conducted as of April 1, 2012. In performing the 2012 goodwill impairment test, we assessed the relevant qualitative factors and concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair values of our reporting units are greater than their carrying amounts. After reaching this conclusion, no further testing was performed. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Risk Management

The Company uses derivative instruments as part of its overall strategy to manage its exposure to market risks primarily associated with fluctuations in interest rates. As a matter of policy, the Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

All derivatives are recorded at fair value either as assets or liabilities. Changes in fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized currently in earnings in the statements of operations. The effective portion of changes in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion, if any, is reported in the statements of operations. Amounts included in other comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged cash flows affect earnings.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

As required by ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging (ASC 815), the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular

 

30


Table of Contents

risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under ASC 815.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718 Compensation- Stock Compensation (ASC 718), which requires companies to recognize compensation expense using a fair-value based method for costs related to share-based payments including stock options and employee stock purchase plans. The expense is determined using the fair value of the award at its grant date based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest, and recorded over the applicable requisite service period. In the absence of an observable market price for a share-based award, the fair value is based upon a valuation methodology that takes into consideration various factors, including the exercise price of the award, the expected term of the award, the current price of the underlying shares, the expected volatility of the underlying share price based on peer companies, the expected dividends on the underlying shares and the risk-free interest rate. The Company’s parent, PTS Holdings Corp., has a stock incentive plan for the purposes of retaining certain key employees and directors.

Income Taxes

In accordance with the provisions of ASC 740 Income Taxes (ASC 740), the Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in which the Company operates. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside of the U.S. when it is expected that these earnings are permanently reinvested. The Company has not made any provision for U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as those earnings are considered permanently reinvested in the operations of those foreign subsidiaries.

ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. Elements of this standard also provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. The Company recognized no material adjustment in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had a total of $39.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued interest as applicable.

On February 17, 2012, Catalent completed its acquisition of Aptuit Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries for a purchase price of approximately $400.0 million. The acquisition was a taxable stock acquisition and was made with no Section 338 election. The acquisition created significant intangible value for book purposes, which gave rise to a large deferred tax liability (“DTL”), as there was no corresponding step-up for tax purposes. Overall, the acquisition resulted in a net DTL of about $39 million. Under the acquisition accounting rules, an amount of Goodwill equal to the $39 million net DTL was recorded on the opening balance sheet. As part of the purchase agreement the Company is indemnified for tax liabilities which may arise in the future relating to periods prior to the acquisition date.

Critical and New Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of critical accounting policies and recent accounting pronouncements.

Trends Affecting Our Business

We participate in the market for development solutions and advanced delivery technologies for drugs, biologics, and consumer health products. We estimate this size of this market to be approximately $15 billion currently, and expect key current and future trends to both sustain and drive additional growth for this market.

Continued strengthening in early stage development pipelines for drugs and biologics, compounded by increasing clinical trial breadth and complexity, sustain our belief in the attractive growth prospects for development solutions. Large companies are in many cases reconfiguring their R&D resources, increasingly involving appointment of strategic partners for

 

31


Table of Contents

key outsourced functions. Additionally, an increasing portion of compounds in development are from companies who less frequently have full R&D infrastructure, and thus are more likely to need strategic development solutions partners.

Aging population demographics in developed countries, combined with health care reforms in many global markets which are expanding access to treatments to a greater proportion of their populations, will continue to drive strong increases in demand for both prescription and consumer health product volumes. Increasing economic affluence in key developing regions will further increase demand for health care treatments, and we are taking active steps to ensure we participate effectively in these key growth regions and product categories.

Finally, we believe reimbursement pressures, supply chain complexity, and the increasing range of treatment options will continue to escalate the need for product differentiation, improved outcomes and treatment cost reduction, all of which can often be addressed using our advanced delivery technologies.

Results of Operations

Use of EBITDA from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA

Management measures operating performance based on consolidated earnings from continuing operations before interest expense, expense/(benefit) for income taxes and depreciation and amortization and is adjusted for the income or loss attributable to noncontrolling interest (“EBITDA from continuing operations”). EBITDA from continuing operations is not defined under U.S. GAAP and is not a measure of operating income, operating performance or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP and is subject to important limitations.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA from continuing operations enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe this measure is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business and use this measure for business planning purposes. In addition, given the significant investments that we have made in the past in property, plant and equipment, depreciation and amortization expenses represent a meaningful portion of our cost structure. We believe that EBITDA from continuing operations will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures because it eliminates depreciation and amortization expense. We present EBITDA from continuing operations in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of the Consolidate Financial Statements, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede U.S. GAAP measures. Our definition of EBITDA from continuing operations may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

In addition, the Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on segment earnings before minority interest, other (income)/expense, impairments, restructuring costs, interest expense, income tax expense/(benefit), and depreciation and amortization (“Segment EBITDA”).

 

32


Table of Contents

Under the indentures governing the notes, the Company’s ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments and paying certain dividends is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “EBITDA” in the indentures). Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the Company’s indentures, is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. We have included the calculations of Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented. Adjusted EBITDA is the covenant compliance measure used in certain covenants under the indentures governing the notes, particularly those governing debt incurrence and restricted payments. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the Company’s presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA from continuing operations and Adjusted EBITDA is earnings/(loss) from continuing operations. Included in this report is a reconciliation of earnings/(loss) from continuing operations to EBITDA from continuing operations and to Adjusted EBITDA.

Use of Constant Currency

As exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, we believe the presentation of results on a constant currency basis in addition to reported results helps improve investors’ ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Constant currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period-over-period. We use results on a constant currency basis as one measure to evaluate our performance. In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we calculate constant currency by calculating current-year results using prior-year foreign currency exchange rates. We generally refer to such amounts calculated on a constant currency basis as excluding the impact of foreign exchange. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Results on a constant currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not measures of performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012 compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011

Results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 are as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,

2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,

2011
   

 

Increase/(Decrease)

 

(in millions)

       Change
$
    Change
%
 

Net revenue

   $ 1,694.8      $ 1,531.8      $ 163.0        11

Cost of products sold

     1,136.2        1,029.7        106.5        10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     558.6        502.1        56.5        11

Selling, general and administrative expense

     348.1        288.3        59.8        21

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     1.8        3.6        (1.8     *   

Restructuring and other

     19.5        12.5        7.0        56

Property and casualty gain/(losses), net

     (8.8     11.6        (20.4     *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings/(loss)

     198.0        186.1        11.9        6

Interest expense, net

     183.2        165.5        17.7        11

Other (income)/expense, net

     (3.8     26.0        (29.8     *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     18.6        (5.4     24.0        *   

Income tax expense/ (benefit)

     16.5        23.7        (7.2     -30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     2.1        (29.1     31.2        -107

Earnings /(loss) from discontinued operations

     (41.3     (21.0     (20.3     97
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss)

     (39.2     (50.1     10.9        -22

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     1.2        3.9        (2.7     -69
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

   $ (40.4   $ (54.0   $ 13.6        -25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Percentage not meaningful

Net Revenue

Net revenue increased $163.0 million, or 11%, compared to the same period a year ago. The stronger U.S. dollar unfavorably impacted revenue by 1%, or $17.2 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net revenue increased by $180.2 million, or 12%, as compared to fiscal year 2011. The increase was primarily due to increased demand within the Development & Clinical Services and the Oral Technologies segments, partially offset by decreases within Medication

 

33


Table of Contents

Delivery Solutions. The Oral Technologies increase was a result of stronger demand for prescription and consumer health softgels within multiple geographies, as well as an increase for controlled release products within North America and Europe. Increased market demand for customer products using the Zydis ® technology also contributed to the segment’s favorability. The Development & Clinical Services volume increase was primarily related to strong demand for clinical and analytical services within North America and Europe, as well as due to the acquisition of Aptuit’s CTS business which closed in mid-February of the current fiscal year and contributed approximately $67.9 million to the revenue increase. Within the Medication Delivery Solutions segment, revenue was lower compared to the prior fiscal year due to decreased demand within our European injectable facilities, partially offset by increased demand for products within our blow-fill-seal offering.

Gross Margin

Gross margin increased $56.5 million, or 11%, compared to the prior fiscal year. The stronger U.S. dollar unfavorably impacted gross margin by approximately 2%, or $7.7 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, gross margin increased by $64.2 million, or 13%, primarily due to favorable product mix related to the revenue increases within the Oral Technologies segment and the increased demand for analytical and clinical services within the Development and Clinical Services segment. The aforementioned acquisition of Aptuit’s CTS business contributed approximately $18 million to the increase in gross margin.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $59.8 million, or 21%, compared to prior fiscal year. The increase from the prior fiscal year is primarily related to transaction related expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition of the CTS business, the recognition of a multi-employer pension plan obligation related to an ongoing operation, incentive-based variable employee related costs and continued investments in our sales and marketing function across the global network. In addition, the acquisition of the Aptuit CTS business resulted in $15.0 million additional selling, general and administrative expenses.

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

In fiscal year 2012, in conjunction with the Company’s routine review of its long-lived asset portfolio we recorded an impairment charge related to property, plant and equipment of approximately $1.8 million, net of any gains on sale of equipment. During fiscal years 2012 and 2011, no goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges were recorded.

Restructuring and Other

Restructuring and other charges of $19.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 increased $7.0 million compared to the prior fiscal year. The charges for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 primarily include costs to consolidate and streamline our manufacturing footprint and employee related charges resulting from organizational changes and workforce reductions to adjust the capacity of our workforce within our business units. During fiscal year 2011, restructuring and special charges of $12.5 million were primarily related to asset impairments of facilities expected to be consolidated and additional costs associated with real estate exited in a prior period.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net of $183.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 increased $17.7 million, primarily driven by the incremental term loan borrowing of $400 million entered into in the third fiscal quarter and the increased interest associated with the extension of approximately 80% of our original U.S. dollar and Euro denominated term loans.

Other (Income)/Expense, net

Other income, net increased to $3.8 million of income in the current year as compared to a loss of $26.0 million in the prior fiscal year. This fluctuation primarily resulted from the non-cash unrealized foreign currency transaction losses recognized in the prior year while no such losses were recognized in the current fiscal year.

Income Tax Provision/(Benefit)

The income tax provision/(benefit) rate relative to earnings/(loss) before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations was 88.8% in fiscal 2012 and an amount in excess of 100 % in fiscal 2011, respectively. Generally, fluctuations in the effective tax rate are primarily due to changes in our geographic pretax income resulting from our business mix and changes in the tax impact of permanent differences, restructuring, other special items and other discrete tax items, which may have unique tax implications depending on the nature of the item. Key drivers in permanent differences year over year include the reversal of intercompany dividend income which is not includible for tax purposes, disallowed interest expense as well as a non-deductible asset impairment.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our Fiscal 2012 provision for income taxes was $16.5 million, relative to income before income taxes of $18.6 million, and resulted in an effective tax rate of 88.8%. Our fiscal 2011 provision for income taxes was $23.7 million and relative to losses before income taxes of ($5.4) million resulted in an effective tax rate of in excess of 100% due to the mix of profits and losses in various jurisdictions.

Segment Review

The Company’s results on a segment basis for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 are as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
    Increase/(Decrease)  

(in millions)

   2012     2011     Change $     Change %  

Oral Technologies

        

Net revenue

   $ 1,220.2      $ 1,159.0      $ 61.2        5

Segment EBITDA

     334.6        308.4        26.2        8

Medication Delivery Solutions

        

Net revenue

     223.9        238.6        (14.7     -6

Segment EBITDA

     27.5        33.5        (6.0     -18

Development and Clinical Services

        

Net revenue

     268.3        157.0        111.3        71

Segment EBITDA

     53.0        30.1        22.9        76

Inter-segment revenue elimination

     (17.6     (22.8     5.2        -23

Unallocated Costs (1)

     (84.8     (100.3     15.5        -15

Combined Total

        

Net revenue

     1,694.8        1,531.8        163.0        11

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 330.3      $ 271.7      $ 58.6        22

 

(1) Unallocated costs includes U.S. GAAP restructuring and other, equity-based compensation, impairment charges, certain other corporate directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the segments as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June  30,
 

(in millions)

   2012     2011  

Impairment charges and gain/(loss) on sale of assets

   $ (1.8   $ (3.6

Equity compensation

     (3.7     (3.9

Restructuring and other items

     (45.8     (24.9

Property and casualty losses

     8.8        (11.6

Sponsor advisory fee

     (11.8     (10.6

Noncontrolling interest

     (1.2     (3.9

Other income/(expense), net

     3.8        (26.0

Non-allocated corporate costs, net

     (33.1     (15.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unallocated costs

   $ (84.8   $ (100.3

Provided below is a reconciliation of earnings/ (loss) from continuing operations to EBITDA:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
 

(in millions)

   2012     2011  

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

   $ 2.1      $ (29.1

Depreciation and amortization

     129.7        115.5   

Interest expense, net

     183.2        165.5   

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     16.5        23.7   

Noncontrolling interest

     (1.2     (3.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 330.3      $ 271.7   

 

35


Table of Contents

Oral Technologies segment

Net revenues increased by 5%, or $61.2 million, compared to the same period a year ago. The stronger U.S. dollar unfavorably impacted the segment’s revenue by 1%, or $13.3 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, net revenue increased by 6%, or $74.5 million. This increase was primarily driven by increase demand for controlled release, prescription and consumer health softgel offerings, and increased demand of our customers’ products which utilize our Zydis technology platform.

Segment EBITDA increased by 8%, or $26.2 million. Oral Technologies’ EBITDA was unfavorably impacted by foreign exchange rate movements by 2%, or $6.2 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, the increase was 10%, or $32.4 million, which was primarily related to the previously mentioned sales volume increases as well as favorable product mix and improved productivity and fixed manufacturing cost management within the segment.

Medication Delivery Solutions segment

Net revenues decreased by 6%, or $14.7 million, compared to the prior fiscal year. The stronger U.S. dollar negatively impacted the segment’s revenue by approximately 1%, or $2.0 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, net revenues decreased 5%, or $12.7 million, which was primarily driven by decreased demand for both flu and non-flu pre-filled syringe products within our European injectable facilities as well as lower year over year revenue from our biologics offering. These revenue declines were partially offset by increased demand for products utilizing our blow-fill-seal platform.

Segment EBITDA decreased by 18%, or $6.0 million. The stronger U.S. dollar negatively impacted Medication Delivery Solutions’ EBITDA by approximately 2%, or $0.5 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, the $5.5 million, or 17%, decrease was primarily due to the decreased demand for both flu and non-flu pre-filled syringe products within our European injectable facilities, as discussed above, and were partially offset by favorable product mix and manufacturing efficiency improvements within our blow-fill-seal operation.

Development and Clinical Services segment

Net revenues increased by 71%, or $111.3 million. The stronger U.S. dollar negatively impacted the segment’s revenue by 1%, or $2.0 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, net revenues increased by 72%, or $113.3 million. The CTS Acquisition which closed in the third quarter of the current fiscal year contributed approximately $67.9 million of the revenue increase. The remaining increase was primarily related to strong demand for analytical and clinical services within North America and Europe.

Segment EBITDA increased by $22.9 million, primarily due to the previously mentioned stronger demand within the Company’s clinical services and analytical offerings, as well as due to the acquisition of Aptuit’s CTS business which contributed approximately $13.5 million of the EBITDA increase. The segment’s EBITDA was immaterially impacted by foreign exchange rates.

 

36


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011 compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2010

Results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 are as follows:

 

     Fiscal  Year
Ended

June 30,
2011
    Fiscal  Year
Ended

June 30,
2010
   

 

Increase/(Decrease)

 

(in millions)

       Change
$
    Change
%
 
        

Net revenue

   $ 1,531.8      $ 1,480.4      $ 51.4        3

Cost of products sold

     1,029.7        1,039.5        (9.8     -1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     502.1        440.9        61.2        14

Selling, general and administrative expense

     288.3        270.1        18.2        7

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     3.6        214.8        (211.2     -98

Restructuring and other

     12.5        17.7        (5.2     -29

Property and casualty gain/(losses), net

     11.6        —          11.6        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings/(loss)

     186.1        (61.7     247.8        *   

Interest expense, net

     165.5        161.0        4.5        3

Other (income)/expense, net

     26.0        (7.3     33.3        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (5.4     (215.4     210.0        -97

Income tax expense/ (benefit)

     23.7        21.9        1.8        8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     (29.1     (237.3     208.2        -88

Earnings /(loss) from discontinued operations

     (21.0     (49.7     28.7        -58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss)

     (50.1     (287.0     236.9        -83

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     3.9        2.6        1.3        50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

   $ (54.0   $ (289.6   $ 235.6        -81
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Percentage not meaningful

Net Revenue

Net revenue increased $51.4 million, or 3%, compared to the same period a year ago. The weaker U.S. dollar favorably impacted revenue by less than 1%, or $6.0 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net revenue increased by $45.4 million, or 3%, during the fiscal year 2011. The increase was primarily due to increased demand within the Oral Technologies and Development & Clinical Services segments. The Oral Technologies increase was a result of stronger demand for prescription and consumer health softgels within multiple geographies, as well as an increase for controlled release products within North America and Europe, partially offset by decreased market demand for customer products using the Zydis ® technology realized in the first half of the year. The Development & Clinical Services volume increase was primarily related to strong demand for clinical services within North America and Europe. The Medication Delivery Solutions segment was modestly ahead of the prior fiscal year due to strong demand within one of our European injectable facilities.

Gross Margin

Gross margin increased $61.2 million, or 14%, compared to the same period a year ago. The weaker U.S. dollar favorably impacted gross margin by less than 1%, or $1.6 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, gross margin increased by $59.6 million, or 14%, primarily due to favorable product mix related to the revenue increases within the Oral Technologies segment, as well as the increased demand for clinical services within the Development and Clinical Services segment. Improved productivity and fixed manufacturing cost management within our segments also contributed to the margin expansion.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling, general and administrative expense increased by $18.2 million, or 7%, compared to Fiscal 2010. The increase from the prior fiscal year is primarily related to an increase in research and development spending within our segments and investments in expanding our sales and marketing function across our global network.

 

37


Table of Contents

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

In fiscal year 2011 we recorded an impairment charge related to property, plant and equipment of approximately $3.6 million, net of any gains on sale of equipment, in conjunction with the Company’s routine review of its long-lived asset portfolio. During fiscal year 2011, no goodwill or intangible asset impairment charges were recorded.

During fiscal year 2010, the Company concluded that goodwill impairment indicators existed in the Medication Delivery Solutions segment and recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $158.3 million, charges related to the impairment of other definite-lived intangible assets under ASC 350 of $15.8 million and $3.1 million of impairment charges related to property, plant and equipment.

Impairment charges are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment charges and gain/(loss) on sale of assets.

Restructuring and Other

Restructuring and other charges of $12.5 million for Fiscal 2011 decreased $5.2 million compared to the prior fiscal year. The charges for Fiscal 2011 included asset impairment and real estate charges related to facility consolidations announced in prior periods, employee related charges resulting from organizational changes and workforce reductions to adjust the capacity of our workforce within our business units. During Fiscal 2010, restructuring and special charges of $17.7 million were primarily related to asset impairments of facilities expected to be consolidated and additional costs associated with real estate exited in a prior period.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net of $165.5 million for the Fiscal 2011 increased $4.5 million, primarily driven by the higher average foreign exchange rates compared to the Fiscal 2010 and the full year impact interest expense associated with our senior toggle notes as compared to a partial year impact in the prior year.

Other (Income)/Expense, net

Other expense, net increased by $33.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year. This fluctuation primarily resulted from recording non-cash unrealized foreign currency transaction losses of $13.2 million during the fiscal year 2011 compared with $28.4 million of non-cash unrealized foreign currency transaction gains in the comparable prior year period. In addition, Euro hedge losses recorded in the prior year period totaled $3.3 million as compared to $0.2 million gain during the fiscal period ended June 30, 2011 due to the designation of the financial instrument for hedge accounting purposes effective October 1, 2010. These amounts were offset by a decrease in realized foreign currency losses of approximately $5.5 million associated with inter-company loan activity.

Income Tax Provision/(Benefit)

The income tax provision/(benefit) rate relative to earnings/(loss) before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations was in excess of 100% in fiscal 2011 and 10.2% in fiscal 2010. Generally, fluctuations in the effective tax rate are primarily due to changes in our geographic pretax income resulting from our business mix and changes in the tax impact of permanent differences, restructuring, other special items and other discrete tax items, which may have unique tax implications depending on the nature of the item. Our fiscal 2011 provision for income taxes was $23.7 million, relative to losses before income taxes of ($5.4) million, and resulted in an effective tax rate in excess of 100% due to the mix of profits and losses in various jurisdictions. Our fiscal 2010 provision for income taxes was $21.9 million and relative to losses before income taxes of ($215.4) million resulted in an effective tax rate of 10.2%.

Segment Review

Our results on a segment basis for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010.

 

38


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
    Increase/(Decrease)  

(in millions)

   2011     2010     Change $     Change %  

Oral Technologies

        

Net revenue

   $ 1,159.0      $ 1,120.3      $ 38.7        3

Segment EBITDA

     308.4        274.3        34.1        12

Medication Delivery Solutions

        

Net revenue

     238.6        234.7        3.9        2

Segment EBITDA

     33.5        30.0        3.5        12

Development and Clinical Services

        

Net revenue

     157.0        144.9        12.1        8

Segment EBITDA

     30.1        23.5        6.6        28

Inter-segment revenue elimination

     (22.8     (19.5     (3.3     17

Unallocated Costs (1)

     (100.3     (267.1     166.8        -62

Combined Total

        

Net revenue

     1,531.8        1,480.4        51.4        3

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 271.7      $ 60.7      $ 211.0        *   

 

* Percentage not meaningful
(1) Unallocated costs includes U.S. GAAP restructuring and other, equity-based compensation, impairment charges, certain other corporate directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the segments as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
 

(in millions)

   2011     2010  

Impairment charges and gain/(loss) on sale of assets

   $ (3.6   $ (214.8

Equity compensation

     (3.9     (2.6

Restructuring and other items

     (24.9     (29.4

Property and casualty losses

     (11.6     —     

Sponsor advisory fee

     (10.6     (10.0

Noncontrolling interest

     (3.9     (2.6

Other income/(expense), net

     (26.0     7.3   

Non-allocated corporate costs, net

     (15.8     (15.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total unallocated costs

   $ (100.3   $ (267.1

 

39


Table of Contents

Provided below is a reconciliation of earnings/(loss) from continuing operations to EBITDA:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
 

(in millions)

   2011     2010  

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

   $ (29.1   $ (237.3

Depreciation and amortization

     115.5        117.7   

Interest expense, net

     165.5        161.0   

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     23.7        21.9   

Noncontrolling interest

     (3.9     (2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 271.7      $ 60.7   

Oral Technologies segment

Net revenues increased by 3%, or $38.7 million, compared to the same period a year ago. The weaker U.S. dollar positively impacted the segment’s revenue by 1%, or $9.5 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, revenues increased by 3%, or $29.2 million. This increase was primarily driven by sales increases within the segment’s controlled release, prescription and consumer health softgel offerings, partially offset by declines for demand of our customers’ products which utilize our Zydis technology platform.

Segment EBITDA increased by 12%, or $34.1 million. Oral Technologies’ EBITDA was favorably impacted by foreign exchange rate movements by 1%, or $2.7 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, the increase was $31.4 million, or 11%, which was primarily related to the previously mentioned sales volume increases as well as favorable product mix and improved productivity and fixed manufacturing cost management.

Medication Delivery Solutions segment

Net revenues increased by 2% or $3.9 million. The stronger U.S. dollar negatively impacted Medication Delivery Solutions’ revenue by approximately 1%, or $2.8 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, net revenues increased 3%, or $6.7 million, which was primarily driven by an increased demand for non-flu pre-filled syringes products within one of our European injectable facilities.

Segment EBITDA increased by 12%, or $3.5 million. The stronger U.S. dollar negatively impacted Medication Delivery Solutions’ EBITDA growth by approximately 2%, or $0.6 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, the increase was 14%, or $4.1 million, primarily due to increased demand for non-flu pre-filled syringe products within one of the Company’s European injectable facilities, as discussed above, as well as favorable product mix and manufacturing efficiency improvements within the Company’s blow-fill-seal operation.

Development and Clinical Services segment

Net revenues increased by 8%, or $12.1 million. Foreign exchange rates had an immaterial impact on the segment’s results. The increase was primarily related to strong demand for clinical services within North America and Europe. The company’s analytical science services business was modestly ahead of the prior fiscal year.

Segment EBITDA increased by 28%, or $6.6 million, primarily due to the previously mentioned stronger demand within the company’s clinical services offering, as well as the implementation of fixed manufacturing cost saving efficiencies across many of the segment’s facilities. The segment’s EBITDA was immaterially impacted by foreign exchange rates.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Use of Cash

The Company’s principal source of liquidity has been cash flow generated from operations. The principal uses of cash are to fund planned operating and capital expenditures, interest payments on debt and any mandatory or discretionary principal payments on debt issuances. In February, the Company used the proceeds from a $400.0 million incremental senior secured term loan facility due 2017, along with cash on hand, to finance the acquisition of the Aptuit CTS Business. As of June 30, 2012, the Company’s financing needs were supported by an approximately $200.3 million revolving credit agreement, which is reduced by $20.8 million of outstanding letters of credit. The revolving credit agreement matures April 10, 2016. The April 10, 2016 maturity date is subject to certain conditions regarding the refinancing or repayment of the Company’s term loans, the senior toggle notes, the senior subordinated notes and certain other unsecured debt. As of June 30, 2012, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit agreement.

 

40


Table of Contents

We continue to believe that the Company’s cash from operations and available borrowings under the revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet the Company’s future liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months.

Cash Flows

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011

The following table summarizes our statement of cash flows from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
       

(in millions)

   2012     2011     $ Change  

Net cash provided by/(used in):

      

Operating activities

   $ 87.7      $ 111.6      $ (23.9

Investing activities

     (538.2     (83.3     (454.9

Financing activities

   $ 352.9      $ (26.1   $ 379.0   

Operating activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, cash provided by operating activities was $87.7 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of $111.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011. The decrease was primarily driven by changes in working capital accounts and the cash payments made in connection with costs associated the sale of North American Commerical Packaging operations and the CTS Acquisition. In addition, cash flow computations are impacted by changes in our interest rate swaps, foreign exchange rates impacting our liability accounts and the impact of our income tax provision on our accrued income tax payable balance.

 

41


Table of Contents

Investing activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, cash used in investing activities was $538.2 million, an increase of $454.9 million compared to the year ending June 30, 2011. The increased cash used in investing activities was mainly driven by the acquisition of the CTS business and purchase of the remaining non-controlling interested in the joint venture in Eberbach Germany. Cash utilized for the purchase of property, equipment and other productive assets increased by $16.9 million as compared to the prior year, however, this increased cash outflow was offset by the collection of insurance proceeds related to capital purchases subsequent to the fire in Corby, U.K.

Financing activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $352.9 million compared to cash used in financing activities of $26.1 million in the same period a year ago. The year-over-year fluctuation was primarily attributable to the proceeds from borrowing on a term loan of $393.3 million, which was offset by repayments of certain long term obligations during the year.

Cash Flows

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2011 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2010

The following table summarizes our statement of cash flows from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30,
       

(in millions)

   2011     2010     $ Change  

Net cash provided by/(used in):

      

Operating activities

   $ 111.6      $ 231.5      $ (119.9

Investing activities

     (83.3     (70.2     (13.1

Financing activities

   $ (26.1   $ (56.7   $ 30.6   

Operating activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, cash provided by operating activities was $111.6 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of $231.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010. The reduction was primarily driven by our election to cease using the PIK feature of the Senior Toggle Notes in fiscal 2011 and to pay cash interest for the interest period ending on October 15, 2010. In addition, cash flow computations are impacted by changes in our interest rate swaps, foreign exchange rates impacting our liability accounts and the impact of our income tax provision on our accrued income tax payable balance.

 

42


Table of Contents

Investing activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, cash used in investing activities was $83.3 million, an increase of $13.1 million compared to the year ending June 30, 2010. The fluctuation was the result of higher fiscal year 2011 capital expenditures of $87.3 million as compared to the same prior fiscal year period, offset by an increase in the cash proceeds from the sale of assets.

Financing activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, cash used in financing activities was $26.1 million compared to cash used in financing activities of $56.7 million in the same period a year ago. The year-over-year fluctuation was primarily attributable to the repayments of $36.0 million of borrowings from our revolving credit facility during Fiscal 2010, with no such payment being made in the Fiscal 2011 period.

Debt and Financing Arrangements

At June 30, 2012, the Company had four outstanding interest rate swaps, which expire on April 10, 2013 and May 15, 2013, as derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with the Company’s floating rate debt. The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage the economic effect of variable rate interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans so that the interest payable on the term loans effectively becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest rate changes on our future interest expense. As of June 30, 2012, we had four interest rate swap agreements that have the economic effect of modifying the variable interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans. These agreements include two U.S dollar-denominated, one Euro-denominated and one Yen-denominated interest rate swap agreements.

The current Japanese Yen interest rate swap was designed as an effective economic hedge but not designated as effective for financial reporting purposes and is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Other (Income)/Expense. Conversely, unrealized gains/losses on the U.S. Dollar and Euro interest rate swaps are designated as effective hedges and are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) and the corresponding payables are included in other current and non-current liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The unrealized losses on our interest rate swaps that are designated as effective cash flow hedges for accounting purposes were $36.9 million, net of tax and are recorded within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss on our balance sheet at June 30, 2012. The unrealized gains on our interest rate swaps, which are effective economic hedges but not designated as effective for financial reporting purposes were $0.2 million and are recorded in other expense, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.

As of June 30, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all restrictive covenants related to its long-term obligations.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a $1.8 billion senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Agreement”) consisting of: (i) an approximately $1.4 billion term loan facility consisting of Dollar Term-1 Loans (the “Dollar Term-1 Loans”) and Euro Term Loans (the “Euro Term Loans”) and (ii) a $350 million revolving credit facility. We are required to repay the term loans in quarterly installments equal to 1% per annum of the original funded principal amount for the first six years and nine months, with the remaining amount payable on April 10, 2014. These repayments commenced on September 28, 2007.

The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings. Borrowings under the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to an applicable margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest per annum published by The Wall Street Journal from time to time, as the “prime lending rate” and (2) the federal funds rate plus   1 / 2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The weighted-average interest rates during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately 3.08% and 2.51% for the Euro-denominated and US-dollar denominated term loans, respectively and approximately 2.5% for the revolving credit facility.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under our senior secured credit facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to the unutilized commitments there under. The initial commitment fee is 0.5% per annum. The commitment fee may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

 

43


Table of Contents

The senior secured credit facilities are subject to amortization and prepayment requirements and contain certain covenants, events of default and other customary provisions.

On June 1, 2011, the Company and certain lenders amended the Credit Agreement in order to extend the maturity for certain Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments. In particular, the Company converted $200.25 million of Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into new Revolving Tranche-2 Commitments and Revolving Tranche -2 Loans. The amendment set the applicable margin for the Revolving Tranche -2 Loans to a percentage per annum equal to (i) in the case of euro currency rate loans, 3.75%, and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 2.75%, which may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios. In addition, the Company extended the final maturity date of the converted facility to the ninth anniversary or April 10, 2016, subject to certain conditions regarding the refinancing or repayment of the Company’s term loans, the senior toggle notes, the senior subordinated notes and certain other unsecured debt which would cause the final maturity date to be an earlier date.

On February 17, 2012, in connection with the acquisition of the CTS Business, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement. The amendment provided senior secured financing consisting of a $400 million incremental term loan facility (the “Dollar Term-2 Loans”) pursuant to the exercise of the accordion feature under the Credit Agreement. The Dollar Term-2 Loans have substantially similar terms as the Dollar Term-1 Loans. The Company used the proceeds from the Dollar Term-2 Loans, along with cash on hand, to finance the acquisition of the CTS Business. The amendment set the applicable margin for the Dollar Term-2 Loans to a percentage per annum equal to (i) in the case of euro currency rate loans, 4.00%, subject to a floor of 1.25% and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 3.00%, subject to a floor of 2.25%. The Dollar Term-2 Loans will mature on the earlier of (i) September 15, 2017 and (ii) the 91st day prior to the maturity of Company’s Senior Subordinated Notes or any permitted refinancing thereof; provided such Senior Subordinated Notes have an outstanding aggregate principal amount in excess of $100.0 million. The Company is required to repay installments on the Dollar Term-2 Loans in quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of their funded total principal amount, with the remaining amount payable on the date of maturity.

On February 24, 2012, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement to convert $796.8 million of Dollar Term-1 Loans into new Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans (the “Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans”) and €207.7 million of Euro Term Loans into new Extended Euro Term Loans (the “Extended Euro Term Loans”) with the consent solely of those lenders that agreed to convert their Dollar Term-1 Loans and/or Euro Term Loans, respectively. The Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans and the Extended Euro Term Loans have substantially similar terms as the Dollar Term-1 Loans and Euro Term Loans. The amendment set the applicable margin for the Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans and Extended Euro Term Loans to a percentage per annum equal to (i) in the case of euro currency rate loans, 4.00% and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 3.00%. The final maturity date of the Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans and Extended Euro Term Loans was extended to the earlier of (i) September 15, 2016 and (ii) the 91 day prior to the maturity of the Company’s Senior Notes or any permitted refinancing thereof; provided such Senior Notes have an outstanding aggregate principal amount in excess of $100.0 million. On March 1, 2012, the Company entered into the Extension Amendment to the Credit Agreement in order to extend the maturity of an additional $11.0 million of Dollar Term-1 Loans into new Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans. In addition, the borrowing capacity of the $350.0 million revolving credit facility was reduced to $200.25 million in order to maintain a cost effective debt structure which is appropriate for our financing needs.

On April 27, 2012, the Company entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement in order to permit the Company to borrow an aggregate principal amount of up to $205 million of Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans (the “Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans”) with the consent of only the lenders agreeing to provide such Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans. The proceeds from the Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans were used to prepay in full all outstanding non-extended Dollar Term-1 Loans under the Credit Agreement. The Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans have identical terms with, and the same rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as, the outstanding Dollar Term-2 Loans.

Senior Notes

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued $565.0 million of 9.5%/10.25 % senior PIK-election fixed rate notes due 2015 (“Senior Toggle Notes”). The Senior Toggle Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, which commenced on October 15, 2007. The PIK election feature expired with the interest period ended April 15, 2011. Therefore all remaining interest payments on the Senior Toggle Notes are to be paid entirely in cash at the cash interest rate of 9.5%. On and after April 15, 2011, we may redeem the Senior Toggle Notes at par plus specified declining premiums set forth in the indenture plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

44


Table of Contents

Senior Subordinated Notes

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued €225.0 million 9 3/4 % Euro-denominated ($300.3 million dollar equivalent at the exchange rate effective on the issue date) Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company (including the senior credit facilities and the Senior Toggle Notes). Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, which commences on October 15, 2007. We may redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes at par plus specified declining premiums set forth in the senior subordinated indenture plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement, the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes (together, the “notes”) are unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Company’s existing U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, other than the Company’s Puerto Rico subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all of the following assets of the Company and each guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:

 

   

a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of the Company and 100% of the equity interests directly held by the Company and each guarantor in any wholly-owned material subsidiary of the Company or any guarantor (which pledge, in the case of any non-U.S. subsidiary, will not include more than 65% of the voting stock of such non-U.S. subsidiary); and

 

   

a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Company and of each guarantor, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Debt Covenants

The senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s (and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on assets; engage in mergers and consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; repay subordinated indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make investments, loans or advances; make certain acquisitions; in the case of the Company’s senior credit agreement, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, amend material agreements governing the Company’s subordinated indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Notes) and change the Company’s lines of business.

The senior credit facility and indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes also contain change of control provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. As of June 30, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to its long-term obligations. The Company’s long-term debt obligations do not contain any financial maintenance covenants.

Subject to certain exceptions, the senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes will permit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. None of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries or Puerto Rico subsidiaries is a guarantor of the loans or notes.

As market conditions warrant and subject to the Company’s contractual restrictions and liquidity position, the Company, the Company’s affiliates and/or the Company’s major equity holders, including Blackstone and its affiliates, may from time to time repurchase the Company’s outstanding debt securities, including the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and/or the Company’s outstanding bank loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender or otherwise. Any such repurchases may be funded by incurring new debt, including additional borrowings under the Company’s existing credit facility. Any new debt may also be secured debt. We may also use available cash on the Company’s balance sheet. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. Further, since some of the Company’s debt may trade at a discount to the face amount, any such purchases may result in the Company’s acquiring and retiring a substantial amount of any particular series, with the attendant reduction in the trading liquidity of any such series.

Under the indentures governing the notes, the Company’s ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments and paying certain dividends is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “EBITDA” in the indentures).

 

45


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the Company’s indentures, is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. We have included the calculations of Adjusted EBITDA for the period presented below as Adjusted EBITDA is the covenant compliance measure used in certain covenants under the indentures governing the notes, particularly those governing debt incurrence and restricted payments. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the Company’s presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

Historical and Adjusted EBITDA

In calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we add back certain non-cash, non-recurring and other items that are included in the definitions of EBITDA and consolidated net income as required in the indentures governing the notes. Adjusted EBITDA, among other things:

 

   

does not include non-cash stock-based employee compensation expense and certain other non-cash charges;

 

   

does not include cash and non-cash restructuring, severance and relocation costs incurred to realize future cost savings and enhance our operations;

 

   

adds back noncontrolling interest expense, which represents minority investors’ ownership of certain of our consolidated subsidiaries and is, therefore, not available to us; and

 

   

includes estimated cost savings which have not yet been fully reflected in our results.

Our Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 based on the definitions in our indentures is calculated as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Last Twelve Months Ended
June 30, 2012
 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

   $ 2.1   

Interest expense, net

     183.2   

Income tax (benefit)/provision

     16.5   

Depreciation and amortization

     129.7   

Noncontrolling interest

     (1.2
  

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

     330.3   

Equity compensation (1)

     3.7   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets (2)

     1.9   

U.S. GAAP Restructuring (3)

     19.5   

Acquisition, integration and other special items (4)

     33.1   

Property and casualty losses, net (5)

     (8.8

Foreign Exchange loss/(gain) (included in other, net) (6)

     (4.6

Other adjustments

     1.4   

Sponsor monitoring fee (7)

     11.9   
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

     388.4   

Estimated cost savings

     —     
  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 388.4   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects non-cash stock-based compensation expense under the provisions of ASC 718 Compensation – Stock Compensation.
(2) Reflects non-cash asset impairment charges and losses from the sale of assets not included in U.S. GAAP Restructuring discussed below.

 

46


Table of Contents
(3) Reflects U.S. GAAP restructuring charges which were primarily attributable to activities which focus on various aspects of operations, including consolidating certain operations, rationalizing headcount and aligning operations in a more strategic and cost-efficient structure to optimize our business.
(4) Primarily reflects acquisition and integration related costs attributable to discreet transactions occurring during Fiscal 2012 including the acquisition of the Aptuit CTS business and the purchase of the remaining 49% non-controlling interest in our joint venture in Eberbach Germany.
(5) Primarily reflects property and casualty (gains)/losses resulting from fire damage to a U.K. packaging services operation and the associated insurance reimbursements.
(6) Reflects ($3.7) million of unrealized foreign currency translation recorded on inter-company loans denominated in a currency different from the functional currency of either the borrower or the lender. These unrealized gains were increased by the exclusion of realized foreign currency exchange rate gains from the non-cash and cash settlement of inter-company loans of ($0.9) million. Inter-company loans are between Catalent entities and do not reflect the ongoing results of the companies trade operations.
(7) Represents amount of sponsor advisory fee. See Related Party Transactions (Note 11) of the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Risk Management

A portion of the debt used to finance the Company’s operations is exposed to interest rate fluctuations. We may use various hedging strategies and derivative financial instruments to create an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate assets and liabilities. The primary interest rate exposure as of June 30, 2012 is to interest rate fluctuations in the United States and Europe, especially USD LIBOR and EURIBOR interest rates. We currently use interest rate swaps as the derivative instruments in these hedging strategies. The derivatives used to manage the risk associated with the Company’s floating USD LIBOR and EURIBOR rate debt were designated as effective cash flow hedges. The derivative used to manage the risk associated with the Company’s floating TIBOR (Tokyo inter-bank Domestic Yen Offered rate) rate debt is an effective economic hedge but is not designated as an effective cash flow hedge for financial reporting purposes.

Currency Risk Management

Periodically, we may utilize forward currency exchange contracts to manage the Company’s exposures to the variability of cash flows primarily related to the foreign exchange rate changes of future foreign currency transaction costs. In addition, we may utilize foreign currency forward contracts to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets and liabilities. Currently, we do not utilize foreign currency exchange contracts. We expect to continue to evaluate hedging opportunities for foreign currency in the future.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our future contractual obligations as of June 30, 2012:

 

(in millions)

   2013      2014 -2015      2016 -2017      Thereafter      Total  

Long–term debt obligations (1)

   $ 40.4       $ 718.5       $ 1,310.3       $ 556.5       $ 2,625.7   

Capital lease obligations (2)

     2.8         3.9         4.6         46.5         57.8   

Operating leases (3)

     9.1         9.6         4.3         3.7         26.7   

Purchase obligations (4)

     44.2         3.4         0.3         —           47.9   

Other long-term liabilities (5)

     3.8         4.3         4.2         36.8         49.1   

Total financial obligations

   $ 100.3       $ 739.7       $ 1,323.7       $ 643.5       $ 2,807.2   

 

(1) Represents maturities of our long-term debt obligations excluding capital lease obligations.
(2) Represents maturities of our capital lease obligations included within long-term debt on our balance sheet.
(3) Represents minimum rental payments for operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms.
(4) Purchase obligations includes agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding which specify all significant terms, including the following: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations disclosed above may include estimates of the time period in which cash outflows will occur. Purchase orders entered into in the normal course of business and authorizations to purchase that involve no firm commitment from either party are excluded from the above table. In addition, contracts that can be unilaterally cancelled with no termination fee or with proper notice are excluded from our total purchase obligations except for the amount of the termination fee or the minimum amount of goods that must be purchased during the requisite notice period.
(5) Primarily related to liabilities associated with long term employee incentive and deferred compensation plans.

 

47


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

With the exception of operating leases we do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2012.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations as a result of certain market risks. These market risks primarily relate to changes in interest rates associated with our long-term debt obligations and foreign exchange rate changes. We utilize derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, in order to mitigate risk associated with our variable rate debt.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage the economic effect of variable rate interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans and so that the interest payable on the term loans effectively becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest rate changes on our future interest expense. As of June 30, 2012, we had four interest rate swap agreements that have the economic effect of modifying the variable interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans due in April and May 2013. These agreements include two U.S dollar-denominated, one Euro-denominated and one Yen-denominated interest rate swap agreements.

As of June 30, 2012, the Company had three outstanding interest rate derivatives which were effective for financial accounting purposes as of June 30, 2012 with a combined notional value of $760.0 million and €240.0 million. These instruments are designated for financial accounting purposes as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. Amounts reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. In addition, the Company has a Japanese Yen interest rate swap which is economically effective but is not designated as an effective hedge for financial reporting and is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Other (Income)/Expense. After taking into consideration our ratio of fixed-to-floating rate debt, a 100 basis point increase in such rates would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $0.5 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

By nature of our global operations, we are exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations resulting from foreign exchange rate variation. These exposures are transactional and translational in nature. Since we manufacture and sell our products throughout the world, our foreign currency risk is diversified. Principal drivers of this diversified foreign exchange exposure include the European Euro, British pound, Argentinean peso, Brazilian real, Japanese Yen and Australian dollar. Our transactional exposure arises from the purchase and sale of goods and services in currencies other than the functional currency of our operational units. We also have exposure related to the translation of financial statements of our foreign divisions into U.S. dollars, the functional currency of the parent. The financial statements of our operations outside the U.S. are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate the assets and liabilities of these foreign operations in U.S. dollars are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income utilizing period-end exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses calculated by utilizing weighted average exchange rates for the period are included in the statements of operations in “other expense, net”. Such foreign currency transaction gains and losses include inter-company loans denominated in non-U.S. dollar currencies.

 

48


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      50   
Consolidated Statements of Operations      51   
Consolidated Balance Sheets      52   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity      53   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      54   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements      55   

 

49


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholder

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries at June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

MetroPark, New Jersey

September 4, 2012

 

50


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in millions)

 

     Year Ended
June 30, 2012
    Year Ended
June 30, 2011
    Year Ended
June 30, 2010
 

Net revenue

   $ 1,694.8      $ 1,531.8      $ 1,480.4   

Cost of products sold

     1,136.2        1,029.7        1,039.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     558.6        502.1        440.9   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     348.1        288.3        270.1   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     1.8        3.6        214.8   

Restructuring and other

     19.5        12.5        17.7   

Property and casualty (gain)/losses, net

     (8.8     11.6        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings/(loss)

     198.0        186.1        (61.7

Interest expense, net

     183.2        165.5        161.0   

Other (income)/expense, net

     (3.8     26.0        (7.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     18.6        (5.4     (215.4

Income tax expense/(benefit)

     16.5        23.7        21.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     2.1        (29.1     (237.3

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (41.3     (21.0     (49.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss)

     (39.2     (50.1     (287.0

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax

     1.2        3.9        2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

   $ (40.4   $ (54.0   $ (289.6

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except shares)

 

     June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 139.0      $ 205.1   

Trade receivables, net

     338.3        262.1   

Inventories

     118.7        130.8   

Prepaid expenses and other

     108.7        93.5   

Assets held for sale

     —          66.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     704.7        757.7   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     809.7        721.3   

Other assets:

    

Goodwill

     1,029.9        906.0   

Other intangibles, net

     417.7        286.7   

Deferred income taxes

     135.2        114.8   

Other

     41.8        44.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,139.0      $ 2,831.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings

   $ 43.2      $ 28.6   

Accounts payable

     134.2        123.7   

Other accrued liabilities

     261.9        221.6   

Liabilities held for sale

     —          11.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     439.3        385.5   

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     2,640.3        2,318.0   

Pension liability

     140.3        78.5   

Deferred income taxes

     219.9        192.7   

Other liabilities

     49.9        66.4   

Commitment and contingencies (see Note 14)

    

Shareholder’s deficit:

    

Common stock $0.01 par value; 1,000 shared authorized, 100 shares issued

    

Additional paid in capital

     1,023.9        1,082.0   

Accumulated deficit

     (1,382.1     (1,341.7

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

     7.5        46.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Catalent shareholder’s deficit

     (350.7     (213.7

Noncontrolling interest

     —          3.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s deficit

     (350.7     (209.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit

   $ 3,139.0      $ 2,831.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity

(in millions)

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss)/Income
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Shareholder’s
Deficit
 

Balance at June 30, 2009

   $ —         $ 1,071.0      $ (998.1   $ 4.5      $ 3.1      $ 80.5   

Equity contribution

        0.6              0.6   

Equity compensation

        2.6              2.6   

Comprehensive loss:

             

Net income (loss)

          -289.6          2.6        -287   

Distribution related to noncontrolling interest

              -1.7        -1.7   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            -21.5          -21.5   

Net change in minimum pension liability, net of $1.8 million tax

            -1.3        -5.5        -6.8   

Deferred compensation, net of tax

            -0.3          -0.3   

Change in unrealized loss on derivatives, net of $0 million tax

            -29.9          -29.9   
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

                -347.2   
             

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2010

   $ —         $ 1,074.2      $ (1,287.7   $ (48.5   $ (1.5   $ (263.5

Equity contribution

        3.9              3.9   

Equity compensation

        3.9              3.9   

Net income (loss)

          -54          3.9        -50.1   

Distribution related to noncontrolling interest

              -2.6        -2.6   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            62.4        -0.4        62   

Net change in minimum pension liability, net of $6.8 million tax

            18.7        4.4        23.1   

Deferred compensation, net of tax

            0.9          0.9   

Change in unrealized loss on derivatives, net of $0 million tax

            12.5          12.5   
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

                45.8   
             

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011

   $ —         $ 1,082.0      $ (1,341.7   $ 46.0      $ 3.8      $ (209.9

Equity contribution

        1.1              1.1   

Equity compensation

        3.7              3.7   

Acquisition of Noncontrolling Interest

        (62.9         (1.9     (64.8

Comprehensive loss:

             

Net earnings/(loss)

          (40.4       1.2        (39.2

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            (27.3     —          (27.3

Net change in minimum pension liability, net of tax

            (26.5     (3.1     (29.6

Deferred compensation, net of tax

            0.1          0.1   

Change in unrealized loss on derivatives, net of tax

            15.2          15.2   
             

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income /(loss)

                (80.8
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

   $ —         $ 1,023.9      $ (1,382.1   $ 7.5        —        $ (350.7 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     For the Year Ended June 30,  
     2012     2011     2010  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net earnings/(loss)

     (39.2     (50.1     (287.0

Net earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

     (41.3     (21.0     (49.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations

     2.1        (29.1     (237.3

Adjustments to reconcile (loss)/earnings from continued operations to

      

Net cash from operations:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     129.7        115.5        117.8   

Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gains)/losses, net

     (3.7     13.2        (28.3

Amortization of debt financing costs

     14.7        10.0        9.6   

Deferral of interest through utilization of PIK

     —          —          59.4   

Asset impairments and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     9.8        3.6        214.8   

Proceeds from insurance related to long lived assets

     (21.3     —          —     

Equity compensation

     3.7        3.9        2.6   

Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes

     (2.8     6.5        (10.2

Provision for bad debts and inventory

     9.5        9.5        13.8   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

     —          —          —     

Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables

     (64.9     (18.9     2.8   

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

     1.4        (2.0     12.9   

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable

     7.7        (3.5     10.9   

Other accrued liabilities and operating items, net

     1.8        2.9        62.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by /(used in) operating activities from continuing operations

     87.7        111.6        231.5   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

     0.2        (11.9     2.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

     87.9        99.7        233.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

       —       

Acquisition of property, equipment and other productive assets

     (104.2     (87.3     (70.5

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     2.2        4.0        0.3   

Proceeds from insurance related to long lived assets

     21.3        —          —     

Payment for acquisitions, net

     (457.5     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities from continuing operations

     (538.2     (83.3     (70.2

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities from discontinued operations

     43.7        32.9        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     (494.5     (50.4     (66.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

       —       

Change in short-term borrowings

     (2.9     (3.3     1.1   

Payments related to revolver credit facility fees

     (1.6     —          —     

Repayments of revolver credit facility

     —          —          (36.0

Borrowings from revolver credit facility

     —          —          —     

Proceeds from Borrowing on term loan

     393.3        —          —     

Repayments of long-term obligations

     (37.0     (24.1     (20.7

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

     —          (2.6     (1.7

Equity contribution/(redemption)

     1.1        3.9        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     352.9        (26.1     (56.7

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities from discontinued operations

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     352.9        (26.1     (56.7

Effect of foreign currency on cash

     (12.4     17.9        (10.3

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

     (66.1     41.1        100.1   

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     205.1        164.0        63.9   

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

     139.0        205.1        164.0   

SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

Interest paid

   $ 172.4      $ 157.6      $ 98.6   

Income taxes paid, net

   $ 23.9      $ 20.6      $ 20.9   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in millions, except shares)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Catalent”, or the “Company”) is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC (“Intermediate Holdings”). Intermediate Holdings is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of PTS Holdings Corp. (“Parent”) and Parent is 100% owned by Phoenix Charter LLC (“Phoenix”) and certain members of the Company’s senior management. Phoenix is wholly-owned by BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., an entity controlled by affiliates of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”), a global private investment and advisory firm.

We are the leading global provider of development solutions and advanced delivery technologies for drugs, biologics and consumer health products. Through our extensive capabilities and deep expertise in product development, we help our customers bring more products to market, faster. Our advanced delivery technology platforms, the broadest and most diverse combination of intellectual property and proven formulation, manufacturing and regulatory expertise available to the industry, enable our customers to bring more products and better treatments to the market. Across both development and delivery, our commitment to reliably supply our customers’ needs serves as the foundation for the value we provide. We operate through four businesses: Development & Clinical Services, Softgel Technologies, Modified Release Technologies, and Medication Delivery Solutions. We believe that through our prior and ongoing investments in growth-enabling capacity and capabilities, our entry into new markets, our ongoing focus on operational and quality excellence, our innovation activities, the sales of existing customer products, and the introduction of new customer products, we will continue to benefit from attractive margins and realize the growth potential from these areas.

For financial reporting purposes, we present three distinct financial reporting segments based on criteria established by U.S. GAAP: Development & Clinical Services, Oral Technologies and Medication Delivery Solutions. The Oral Technologies segment includes the Softgel Technologies and Modified Release Technologies businesses.

 

   

Development & Clinical Services . We provided manufacturing, packaging, storage and inventory management for drugs and biologics in clinical trials. We offer customers flexible solutions for clinical supplies production, and provide distribution and inventory management support for both simple and complex clinical trials. This includes dose form manufacturing or over-encapsulation where needed, supplying placebos, comparator drug procurement, clinical packages and kits for physicians and patients, inventory management, investigator kit ordering and fulfillment, and return supply reconciliation and reporting. We support trials in all regions of the world through our facilities and distribution network. In Fiscal 2012 we substantially expanded this business via the CTS Acquisition in February 2012 (see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion).

We also offer analytical chemical and cell-based testing and scientific services, respiratory products formulation and manufacturing, regulatory consulting, and bioanalytical testing for biologic products. Our respiratory product capabilities include development services for inhaled products for delivery via metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers and nasal sprays. Demand for our offerings is driven by the need for scientific expertise and depth and breadth of services offered, as well as by the reliable supply thereof (including quality, execution and performance). We provide global regulatory and clinical support services for our customers’ regulatory and clinical strategies during all stages of development.

 

   

Oral Technologies . We provide advanced oral delivery technologies, including formulation, development and manufacturing of oral dose forms for prescription and consumer health products. These oral dose forms include softgel, modified release and immediate release solid oral technology products. At certain facilities we also provide integrated primary packaging services for the products we manufacture.

Through our Softgel Technologies business, we provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for soft gelatin capsules, or “softgels”, which we first commercialized in the 1930s. We are the market leader in overall softgel manufacturing, and hold the leading market position in the prescription arena. Our principal softgel technologies include traditional softgel capsules (in which the shell is made from animal-derived materials) and VegiCaps capsules (in which the shell is made from vegetable-derived materials), which are used in a broad range of customer products, including prescription drugs, over-the-counter medications, and vitamins and supplements. Softgel capsules encapsulate liquid, paste or oil-based active compounds in solution or suspension into an outer shell, filling and sealing the capsule simultaneously. Softgels have historically been used to solve formulation challenges or technical issues for a specific drug, to help improve the clinical performance of compounds, to provide important market differentiation, particularly for over-the-counter compounds, and to provide safe handling of hormonal, potent and cytotoxic drugs. We

 

55


Table of Contents

also participate in the softgel vitamin, mineral and supplement business in selected regions around the world. With the 2001 introduction of our vegetable-derived softgel shell, VegiCaps capsules, drug and consumer health manufacturers have been able to expand extend the compatibility of the softgel dose form with to a broader range of active ingredients, as well as and serve patient/consumer populations that were previously inaccessible due to religious, dietary or cultural preferences. Our VegiCaps capsules are patent protected in most major global markets. Physician and patient studies we have conducted have demonstrated a preference for softgels versus traditional tablet and hard capsule dose forms in terms of ease of swallowing, real or perceived speed of delivery, ability to remove or eliminate unpleasant odor or taste and, for physicians, perceived improved patient adherence with dosing regimens.

Through our Modified Release Technologies business we provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for fast-dissolve tablets and both proprietary and conventional controlled release products. We launched our orally dissolving tablet business in 1986 with the introduction of Zydis tablets, a unique oral dosage form that is freeze-dried in its package, can be swallowed without water, and typically dissolves in the mouth in less than three seconds. Most often used for indications, drugs and patient groups that can benefit from rapid oral disintegration, the Zydis technology is utilized in a wide range of products and indications, including treatments for a variety of central nervous system-related conditions such as migraines, Parkinsons’ Disease, schizophrenia, and pain-relief. Zydis tablets continue to be used in new ways by our customers as we extend the application of the technology to new categories, such as for immunotherapies, vaccines and biologics delivery. We have recently added two new technology platforms to the Modified Release business portfolio, including the highly flexible OptiDose technology, already commercially proven in Japan, and the development stage LyoPan oral dissolving tablet technology. We plan to continue to expand the development pipeline of customer products for all of our Modified Release technologies. Representative Modified Release Technology business customers include Pfizer, Novartis, Merck, GlaxoSmithKline, Eli Lilly and Johnson & Johnson.

 

   

Medication Delivery Solutions. We provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for advanced delivery of drugs and biologics, including products administered via for injection, inhalation and ophthalmic routes, using both traditional and advanced technologies. Our range of injectable manufacturing offerings includes filling drugs or biologics into pre-filled syringes, and bags and other delivery formats, with flexibility to accommodate other formats within our existing network, focused increasingly on complex and difficult products. With our range of injectable solutions technologies we are able to meet a wide range of specifications, timelines and budgets. The complexity of the manufacturing process, the importance of experience and know-how, regulatory compliance, and the high start-up capital requirements create significant barriers to entry and, as a result, limit the number of competitors in the market. For example, blow-fill-seal is an advanced aseptic processing technology which uses a continuous process to form, fill with drug, and seal a plastic container in a sterile environment. Blow-fill-seal units typically cost less than traditional sterile forms on a per-unit basis and are currently used primarily for non-injectable a variety of pharmaceuticals in liquid form, such as respiratory, ophthalmic and otic products. We are a leader in the outsourced blow-fill-seal market, and operate one of the largest capacity commercial manufacturing blow-fill-seal facilities in the world. Our sterile blow-fill-seal manufacturing has the capacity and flexibility of manufacturing configurations and business provides flexible and scalable solutions for unit-dose delivery of complex formulations such as suspensions and emulsions, products that are temperature, light and/or oxygen-sensitive. We also provide as well as innovative design and engineering container design and manufacturing solutions related to complex container design and manufacturing. Our regulatory expertise can leads to decreased time to commercialization, and our dedicated development production lines support feasibility, stability and clinical runs. We plan to continue to expand our product line in existing and new markets, and in higher margin specialty products with additional respiratory, ophthalmic, and injectable and nasal applications. Representative customers include Pfizer, Sanofi-Aventis, Novartis and Roche.

Our biologics offerings include our formulation development and cell-line manufacturing based on our advanced and patented Gene Product Expression (“GPEx”) technology, which is used to develop stable, high-yielding mammalian cell lines for both innovator and bio-similar biologic compounds. Our GPEx ® technology can provide rapid cell line development, high biologics production yields, flexibility and versatility. We are investing in expanded capability and capacity to produce clinical scale biologic supplies; once complete, combined with offerings from other parts of Catalent and external partners, we can enable a developer of new biologic entities, biosimilars or biobetters to bring a product from gene to market commercialization, faster.

Basis of Presentation

These financial statements include our parent company and all subsidiaries, including those operating outside the United States (U.S) and are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). All significant transactions among our businesses have been eliminated.

 

56


Table of Contents

Reclassifications

We made certain reclassifications to conform the prior periods’ consolidated financial statements and notes to the current period presentation including classification of the U.S. based commercial packaging operations financial results within discontinued operations. The U.S. based commercial packaging operations were previously classified in the Packaging Services segment; which, concurrent with the sale, ceased being reported as a reportable segment. In addition, the current and historical financial results of the non U.S. commercial packaging services operation, formerly generated from the U.K. based packaging facility which was destroyed by fire, have been reclassified to the Oral Technology segment. In addition, we reclassified certain assets recorded as current in the prior year ended June 30, 2011 balance sheet to non-current to properly reflect the long term nature of the asset.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory and long-lived asset valuation, goodwill and other intangible asset valuation and impairment, equity-based compensation, income taxes, derivative financial instruments and pension plan asset and liability valuation. Actual amounts may differ from these estimated amounts.

Translation and Transaction of Foreign Currencies

The financial statements of the Company’s operations outside the U.S. are generally measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate the assets and liabilities of these foreign operations into U.S. dollars are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income utilizing period-end exchange rates. In addition, the currency fluctuation associated with the Company’s Euro-denominated debt is included as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses calculated by utilizing weighted average exchange rates for the period are included in the statements of operations in “other expense, net”. Such foreign currency transaction gains and losses include inter-company loans that are not permanently reinvested.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 605 Revenue Recognition, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product delivery has occurred or the services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized net of sales returns and allowances.

Manufacturing and packaging revenue is recognized either upon delivery of the product, in accordance with the terms of the contract, which specify when transfer of title and risk of loss occurs. Some of the Company’s manufacturing contracts with its customers have annual minimum purchase requirements. At the end of the contract year, revenue is recognized for the remaining purchase obligation in accordance with the contract terms.

Non-product revenue includes service related fees, royalty fees, annual exclusivity fees, option fees to extend exclusivity agreements and milestone payments for attaining certain regulatory approvals and are recognized at fair value. Exclusivity payments are paid by customers in return for the Company’s commitment to manufacture certain products for those customers only. The revenue related to these agreements is recognized over the term of the exclusivity agreement or the term of the option agreement unless a particular milestone is designated, in which case revenue is recognized when service obligations or performance have been completed. Service revenue is primarily driven by our Development and Clinical Services business. Within this segment we recognized $268.3 million, $157.0 million and $144.9 million in service revenue for the fiscal years ended 2012, 2011, 2010, respectively. Cost of services associated with this revenue was $183.9 million, $103.7 million and $97.4 million for the fiscal years ended 2012, 2011, 2010, respectively. The remaining segments recorded an ancillary amount of service revenue for all periods presented.

Arrangements containing multiple revenue generating activities, including service arrangements, are accounted for in accordance with applicable accounting guidance included within the framework of U.S. GAAP. If the deliverable meets the criteria of a separate unit of accounting, the arrangement revenue is allocated to each element based upon its relative fair value. Generally, in cases where we have multiple contracts with the same customer we treat such contracts as separate arrangements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash and equivalents. The carrying value of these cash equivalents approximates fair value.

 

57


Table of Contents

Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade receivables are primarily comprised of amounts owed to the Company through its operating activities and are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company monitors past due accounts on an ongoing basis and establishes appropriate reserves to cover probable losses. An account is considered past due on the first day after its due date. We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances when it is assessed that all or a portion of the receivable will not be collected. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the specific customer’s ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the customer’s industry. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers

Concentration of credit risk, with respect to accounts receivable, is limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across different geographic areas. The customers are primarily concentrated in the pharmaceutical and healthcare industry. The Company normally does not require collateral or any other security to support credit sales. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and maintains reserves for credit losses. Such losses historically have been within the Company’s expectations. During fiscal year 2012 and 2010 no single customer exceeded 10% of revenue or accounts receivable as of June 30, 2012. During fiscal year 2011 the Company provided products and services to two customers who accounted for 10.4% and 10.8% of the Company’s revenue.

Inventories

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. The Company provides reserves for excess, obsolete or slow-moving inventory based on changes in customer demand, technology developments or other economic factors. Inventory consists of costs associated with raw material, labor and overhead.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with Codification Statement ASC 350 Intangibles -Goodwill and Other (ASC 350). Under ASC 350, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with finite lives, primarily including customer relationships and patents and trademarks, continue to be amortized over their useful lives. In September 2011, the FASB issued guidance that simplified how entities test for goodwill impairment. This guidance permits entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a two-step goodwill impairment test. We early adopted this guidance for our annual goodwill impairment test that was conducted as of April 1, 2012. In performing the 2012 goodwill impairment test, we assessed the relevant qualitative factors and concluded that it is more likely than not that the fair values of our reporting units are greater than their carrying amounts. After reaching this conclusion, no further testing was performed. The use of alternative estimates or adjusting the discount rate used could affect the estimated fair value of the assets and potentially result in more or less impairment. Any identified impairment would result in an adjustment to the Company’s results of operations. The Company has elected to perform its annual impairment analysis during its fourth fiscal quarter.

Property and Equipment and Other Definite Lived Intangible Assets

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, including capital lease assets that are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of the respective leases. The Company generally uses the following range of useful lives for its property and equipment categories: buildings and improvements—5 to 50 years; machinery and equipment—3 to 20 years; and furniture and fixtures—3 to 10 years. Depreciation expense was $95.7 million, $86.7 million and $87.8 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010, respectively. The Company charges repairs and maintenance costs to expense as incurred. The amount of capitalized interest was immaterial for all periods presented.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its other long-lived assets, including amortizing intangible assets, if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred pursuant to Codification Standard ASC 360 Property, Plant and Equipment (ASC 360). This analysis is performed by comparing the respective carrying values of the assets to the current and expected future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, to be generated from such assets. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, the carrying value of such assets is reduced to fair value through a charge to the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Fair value is determined based on assumptions the Company believes marketplace participants would utilize and comparable marketplace information in similar arms length transactions.

 

58


Table of Contents

Post-Retirement and Pension Plans

The Company sponsors various retirement and pension plans, including defined benefit retirement plans and defined contribution retirement plans. The measurement of the related benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit costs recorded each year are based upon actuarial computations, which require management’s judgment as to certain assumptions. These assumptions include the discount rates used in computing the present value of the benefit obligations and the net periodic benefit costs, the expected future rate of salary increases (for pay-related plans) and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets (for funded plans). The discount rates are derived based on a hypothetical yield curve represented by a series of annualized individual discount rates. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on the target asset allocation and the average expected rate of growth for the asset classes invested. The average expected rate of growth is derived from a combination of historic returns, current market indicators, the expected risk premium for each asset class and the opinion of professional advisors. The Company uses a measurement date of June 30 for all its retirement and postretirement benefit plans.

Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

We classify long-lived assets or a component entity as assets held for sale when the criteria have been met, in accordance with ASC 360. Further, we classify component entities as operations which have been discontinued when the criteria of ASC 205-20, Discontinued Operations (ASC 205) are met and the operations and cash flows have been or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations and we have no significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal transaction. During fiscal year 2012, we completed the sale of our domestic commercial packaging operations and concluded the operations of which qualify as a component entity which is permitted to be categorized as a discontinued operation. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities and Fair Value

Derivatives Instruments

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings. The Company does not net any of its derivative positions under master netting arrangements.

Hedging Activities

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges for financial reporting purposes is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on the balance sheet and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. During fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the EUR-USD exchange rate on its investments in foreign operations in Europe. While the Company does not actively hedge against changes in foreign currency, it has mitigated the exposure of investments in its European operations through a net-investment hedge by denominating a portion of the debt in Euros.

Fair Value

The Company is required to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value, either upon initial measurement or for subsequent accounting or reporting. We use fair value extensively in the initial measurement of net assets acquired in a business combination and when accounting for and reporting on certain financial instruments. We estimate fair value using an exit price approach, which requires, among other things, that we determine the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly market. The determination of an exit price is considered from the perspective of

 

59


Table of Contents

market participants, considering the highest and best use of assets and, for liabilities, assuming the risk of non-performance will be the same before and after the transfer. A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies heavily on estimates and assumptions. When estimating fair value, depending on the nature and complexity of the assets or liability, we may use one or all of the following approaches:

 

   

Market approach, which is based on market prices and other information from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

 

   

Cost approach, which is based on the cost to acquire or construct comparable assets less an allowance for functional and/or economic obsolescence.

 

   

Income approach, which is based on the present value of the future stream of net cash flows.

These fair value methodologies depend on the following types of inputs:

 

   

Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets (called Level 1 inputs).

 

   

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are directly or indirectly observable (called Level 2 inputs).

 

   

Unobservable inputs that reflect estimates and assumptions (called level 3 inputs).

Self Insurance

The Company is partially self-insured for certain employee health benefits and partially self-insured for product liability and workers compensation claims. Accruals for losses are provided based upon claims experience and actuarial assumptions, including provisions for incurred but not reported losses.

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of products sold in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Shipping and handling revenue received was immaterial for all periods presented and is presented within net revenues.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its equity-based compensation awards in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification ASC 718 Compensation – Stock compensation (ASC 718). ASC 718 requires companies to recognize compensation expense using a fair-value based method for costs related to share-based payments including stock options and restricted stock units. The expense is measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards that are expected to vest, and the expense is recorded over the applicable requisite service period. In the absence of an observable market price for a share-based award, the fair value is based upon a valuation methodology that takes into consideration various factors, including the exercise price of the award, the expected term of the award, the current price of the underlying shares, the expected volatility of the underlying share price based on peer companies, the expected dividends on the underlying shares and the risk-free interest rate.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), which is reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity, consists of net earnings/(loss), foreign currency translation, deferred compensation, dividend distribution, minimum pension liability and unrealized gains and losses from derivatives.

Research and Development Costs

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. Costs incurred in connection with the development of new offerings and manufacturing process improvements are recorded within Selling General & Administrative Expenses. Such research and development costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses amounted to $16.9 million, $26.5 million and $21.8 million, for fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010, respectively. Costs incurred in connection with research and development services we provide to customers and services performed in support of the commercial manufacturing process for customers are recorded within Cost of Sales. Such research and development costs included in cost of sales amounted to $33.5 million, $31.8 million and $31.6 million, for fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010, respectively.

Income Taxes

In accordance with the standard codification of ASC 740 Income Taxes (ASC 740) the Company accounts for income taxes

 

60


Table of Contents

using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in which the Company operates. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in each of its tax jurisdictions. The number of years with open tax audits varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. A number of years may lapse before a particular matter is audited and finally resolved. The Company applies the accounting guidance issued to address the accounting for uncertain tax positions. This guidance clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements as well as provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.

Recent Financial Accounting Standards

In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2012-02, Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment (the revised standard). The revised standard reduces cost and complexity of testing indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. It allows companies to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary. The Company would first assess qualitatively whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, thus necessitating that it perform the quantitative impairment test. An entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. The effective date is for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after 15 September 2012. Early adoption would be permitted. Catalent is evaluating the impact of this standard and does not expect a material impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial position.

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 amended the FASB Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) to converge the fair value measurement guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”). Some of the amendments clarify the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, while other amendments change particular principles in ASC 820. In addition, ASU 2011-04 requires additional fair value disclosures. Catalent has adopted the disclosure requirements and such disclosures had no impact on its consolidated results of operations or financial position.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and requires an entity to present items of net income, other comprehensive income and total comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 also requires companies to display reclassification adjustments for each component of other comprehensive income in both net income and other comprehensive income. The amendments in the ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2011, with the exception of the requirement to present reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income on the face of the financial statements, which has been deferred pending further deliberation by the FASB, and is not expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations, though it will change our financial statement presentation.

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-11, “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2011-11”). ASU 2011-11 will require disclosure of information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of our financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on our financial position. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The disclosures required are to be applied retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. Upon adoption, we do not expect that this standard will materially impact our disclosures included in our consolidated financial statements.

2. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Acquisition of the Clinical Trial Supplies Operations of Aptuit, LLC

 

61


Table of Contents

On February 17, 2012, the Company completed its acquisition of the Clinical Trial Supplies business (the “CTS Business”) of Aptuit, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Aptuit”), by purchasing the outstanding shares of capital stock of Aptuit Holdings, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aptuit (the “CTS Acquisition”) for a purchase price of approximately $400 million. The acquisition was completed in connection with the pursuit of our strategic growth initiatives. Catalent financed the CTS Acquisition and related fees and expenses using the proceeds from a $400.0 million incremental term loan facility and cash on hand. During the year ended June 30, 2012, Catalent incurred approximately $14.1 million in transaction related costs in connection with the acquisition of the CTS Business. These costs are reflected in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Purchase Price Allocation

The acquisition method of accounting is based on ASC Subtopic 805-10, “ Business Combinations ,” and uses the fair value concepts defined in ASC Subtopic 820-10, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ”. The purchase price for the CTS Business was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their fair values as of the acquisition date. The allocation of the purchase price was based upon a valuation and the estimates and assumptions are subject to change within the measurement period. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the net tangible assets and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill and is generally driven by our expectations of our ability to realize synergies and achieve our strategic growth objectives. The allocation of purchase price is preliminary and subject to finalization of our purchase price allocation and valuation and subject to working capital and indebtedness adjustments.

The initial purchase price allocation for the CTS Business is as follows:

 

($ in millions)       

Accounts receivable,net

     28.2   

Plant, property and equpment,net

     80.6   

Unbilled services

     11.8   

Other assets

     0.3   

Goodwill

     169.4   

Intangibles

     177.6   

Accounts payable

     (10.8

Accrued liabilities

     (6.6

Deferred tax liability

     (39.0

Other liabilities

     (1.2

Unearned revenue

     (9.5
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

     400.8   
  

 

 

 

The preliminary goodwill recorded to the Clinical Services reporting unit of the Development and Clinical Services segment was $169.4 million. In addition, the Company expects approximately $6.8 million of goodwill to be tax deductible pursuant to the provisions of ASC 740 Income Taxes.

Valuations of Definite Lived Intangible Assets Acquired

The weighted average life of all intangible assets acquired approximates 13.5 years. The following table sets forth the components of intangible assets by type acquired in connection with the CTS Business acquisition:

 

     Estimated Fair
Value
(in millions)
     Estimated
Useful Life
(in years)
 

Customer relationships- finite-lived

   $ 171.0         13-15   

Back-log

     3.0         1.0   

Internally developed software - finite-lived

     3.4         4.9   

Leasehold Assets

     0.2         4.0   
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 177.6      
  

 

 

    

Pre-Acquisition Contingencies Assumed

The Company continues to evaluate pre-acquisition contingencies relating to the CTS Business that existed as of the acquisition date. Catalent continues to gather information in order to evaluate substantially all pre-acquisition contingencies

 

62


Table of Contents

that have been assumed from the CTS Business. If Catalent makes changes to the amounts recorded or identifies additional pre-acquisition contingencies during the remainder of the measurement period, such amounts recorded will be included in the purchase price allocation during the measurement period.

Financial Results of the acquired business

The revenue and net income/(loss) for the period beginning on February 17, 2012 and through June 30, 2012 included in the Company’s consolidated financial results were $67.9 million and $(0.5) million, respectively.

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below summarizes the combined results of operations for Catalent and the CTS Business as though the companies were combined as of July 1, 2011. The pro forma financial information for all periods presented also includes the effects of the accounting associated with the acquisition including the amortization charges from acquired intangible assets (certain of which are preliminary), interest expense for borrowings, the amortization of debt discounts and the related tax effects as though the companies were combined as of July 1, 2011. The pro forma financial information as presented below is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisitions and any borrowings undertaken to finance the CTS Business acquisition had taken place at July 1, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended June 30, 2012 combine the financial results of Catalent and the estimated historical results of the CTS Business pre-acquisition adjusted to reflect the pro-forma accounting adjustments described above.

The unaudited pro forma financial information and the effects of the pro forma adjustments listed above were as follows:

 

     Catalent
Pharma
Solutions
Inc.
    CTS July 1,
2011 thru
February 16,
2012
    Proforma
Adjustments
    Catalent
Pharma
Solutions Inc.
Proforma
Combined
 

(in millions)

         (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Net revenue

     1,694.8        123.1        —        $ 1,817.9   

Cost of products sold

     1,136.2        55.6        2.5        1,194.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     558.6        67.5        (2.5     623.6   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     348.1        63.8        7.4        419.3   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     1.8        —          —          1.8   

Restructuring and other

     19.5        0.3        —          19.8   

Property and casualty (gain)/losses, net

     (8.8     —          —          (8.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings/(loss)

     198.0        3.4        (9.9     191.5   

Interest expense, net

     183.2        10.5        2.6        196.3   

Other (income)/expense, net

     (3.8     0.4        —          (3.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

        
     18.6        (7.5     (12.5     (1.4

Income tax expense/(benefit)

     16.5        2.2        (5.0     13.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     2.1        (9.7     (7.5     (15.1

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (41.3     —          —          (41.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss)

     (39.2     (9.7     (7.5     (56.4

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax

     1.2        —          —          1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

     (40.4     (9.7     (7.5   $ (57.6

3. GOODWILL

In connection with ASC 350, the Company is required to assess goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. In September 2011, the FASB issued guidance that simplified how entities test for goodwill impairment. This guidance permits entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a two-step goodwill impairment test. We early adopted this guidance for our annual goodwill impairment test that was conducted as of April 1, 2012. In performing the 2012 goodwill impairment test, we assessed the relevant qualitative factors and concluded that it is more likely than not that the

 

63


Table of Contents

fair values of our reporting units are greater than their carrying amounts. After reaching this conclusion, no further testing was performed. The qualitative factors we considered included, but were not limited to, general economic conditions, our outlook and market performance of our industry and our recent and forecasted financial performance.

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in total and by reporting segment:

 

(in millions)

   Oral
Technologies
    Medication
Delivery
Solutions
     Development
& Clinical
Services
    Total  

Balance at June 30, 2010 (1)

   $ 826.0      $ —         $ 22.9      $ 848.9   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     54.8        —           2.3        57.1   

Balance at June 30, 2011

     880.8        —           25.2        906.0   

Additions/(impairment)

     —          —           169.4        169.4   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (41.0     —           (4.5     (45.5

Balance at June 30, 2012

   $ 839.8      $ —         $ 190.1      $ 1,029.9   

 

(1) The opening balance is reflective of historical impairment charges related to the Medication Delivery Solutions segment of approximately $158.0 million.

There was no goodwill impairment charges recorded in the current or prior period.

4. DEFINITE LIVED LONG-LIVED ASSETS

 

64


Table of Contents

Other intangible assets with definite lives are being amortized using the straight-line method over periods that range from twelve to twenty years. The details of other intangible assets subject to amortization by class as of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, are as follows:

 

(in millions)

   Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Value
 

June 30, 2012

       

Amortized intangibles:

       

Core technology

   $ 145.0         (37.5   $ 107.5   

Customer relationships

     215.6         (33.4     182.2   

Product relationships

     227.6         (99.6     128.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 588.2       $ (170.5   $ 417.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in millions)

   Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Value
 

June 30, 2011

       

Amortized intangibles:

       

Core technology

   $ 153.1         (32.3   $ 120.8   

Customer relationships

     39.9         (26.7   $ 13.2   

Product relationships

     236.5         (83.8   $ 152.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 429.5         (142.8   $ 286.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $34.0 million, $28.8 million and $29.9 million, respectively. Future amortization expense is estimated as follows:

 

(in millions)

   2013      2014      2015      2016      2017  

Amortization expense

   $ 41.6       $ 41.5       $ 41.2       $ 41.2       $ 41.2   

There was no intangible asset impairment charge recorded in the current or prior period.

5. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER COSTS

The Company has implemented plans to restructure certain operations, both domestically and internationally. The restructuring plans focused on various aspects of operations, including closing and consolidating certain manufacturing operations, rationalizing headcount and aligning operations in a strategic and more cost-efficient structure. In addition, we may incur restructuring charges in cases where a material change in the scope of operation with our business occurs.

The following table summarizes the significant costs recorded within restructuring costs:

 

65


Table of Contents

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2012
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2011
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2010
 

Restructuring costs:

        

Employee-related reorganization (1)

   $ 14.9       $ 6.7       $ 5.5   

Asset impairments

     2.9         0.6         3.8   

Facility exit and other costs (2)

     1.7         5.2         8.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total restructuring costs

   $ 19.5       $ 12.5       $ 17.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Employee-related costs consist primarily of severance costs outplacement services provided to employees who have been involuntarily terminated and duplicate payroll costs during transition periods.
(2) Facility exit and other costs consist of accelerated depreciation, equipment relocation costs and costs associated with planned facility expansions and closures to streamline our operations.

 

66


Table of Contents

6. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings consist of the following at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011:

 

(in millions)

   Maturity    June 30, 2012      June 30, 2011  

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        

Term loan facility Dollar-denominated

   April 2014    $ —         $ 1,017.6   

Term loan facility Dollar-denominated

   September 2016      798.9         —     

Term loan facility Dollar-denominated

   September 2017      591.2         —     

Term loan facility Euro-denominated

   April 2014      56.3         364.1   

Term loan facility Euro-denominated

   September 2016      257.7         —     

9  1 / 2 % Senior Toggle Notes

   April 2015      619.1         624.4   

9  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Euro-denominated Notes

   April 2017      268.7         308.4   

Revolving Credit Agreement

   April 2016      —           —     

Other Obligations

   2012 to 2032      91.6         32.1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        2,683.5         2,346.6   

Less: current portion and other short-term borrowings

        43.2         28.6   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term obligations, less current portion short-term borrowings

      $ 2,640.3       $ 2,318.0   

The Company also uses interest rate swaps to manage the economic effect of variable interest obligations associated with floating term loans so that the interest payable effectively becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact on rate changes on interest expense. As of June 30, 2012, the Company had four interest rate swap agreements that have the economic effect of modifying the variable interest obligations associated with its floating rate term loans through April 2013. These agreements include two U.S dollar-denominated, one Euro-denominated and one Yen-denominated interest rate swap agreements.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a $1.8 billion senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Agreement”) consisting of: (i) an approximately $1.4 billion term loan facility consisting of Dollar Term-1 Loans (the “Dollar Term-1 Loans”) and Euro Term Loans (the “Euro Term Loans”) and (ii) a $350 million revolving credit facility. We are required to repay the term loans in quarterly installments equal to 1% per annum of the original funded principal amount for the first six years and nine months, with the remaining amount payable on April 10, 2014. These repayments commenced on September 28, 2007.

The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings. Borrowings under the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to an applicable margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest per annum published by The Wall Street Journal from time to time, as the “prime lending rate” and (2) the federal funds rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The weighted-average interest rates during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately 3.08% and 2.51% for the Euro-denominated and US-dollar denominated term loans, respectively and approximately 2.5% for the revolving credit facility.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under our senior secured credit facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to the unutilized commitments there under. The initial commitment fee is 0.5% per annum. The commitment fee may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

 

67


Table of Contents

The senior secured credit facilities are subject to amortization and prepayment requirements and contain certain covenants, events of default and other customary provisions.

On June 1, 2011, the Company and certain lenders amended the Credit Agreement in order to extend the maturity for certain Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments. In particular, the Company converted $200.25 million of Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into new Revolving Tranche-2 Commitments and Revolving Tranche -2 Loans. The amendment set the applicable margin for the Revolving Tranche -2 Loans to a percentage per annum equal to (i) in the case of euro currency rate loans, 3.75%, and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 2.75%, which may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios. In addition, the Company extended the final maturity date of the converted facility to the ninth anniversary or April 10, 2016, subject to certain conditions regarding the refinancing or repayment of the Company’s term loans, the senior toggle notes, the senior subordinated notes and certain other unsecured debt which would cause the final maturity date to be an earlier date.

On February 17, 2012, in connection with the acquisition of the CTS Business, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement. The amendment provided senior secured financing consisting of a $400 million incremental term loan facility (the “Dollar Term-2 Loans”) pursuant to the exercise of the accordion feature under the Credit Agreement. The Dollar Term-2 Loans have substantially similar terms as the Dollar Term-1 Loans. The Company used the proceeds from the Dollar Term-2 Loans, along with cash on hand, to finance the acquisition of the CTS Business. The amendment set the applicable margin for the Dollar Term-2 Loans to a percentage per annum equal to (i) in the case of euro currency rate loans, 4.00%, subject to a floor of 1.25% and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 3.00%, subject to a floor of 2.25%. The Dollar Term-2 Loans will mature on the earlier of (i) September 15, 2017 and (ii) the 91st day prior to the maturity of Company’s Senior Subordinated Notes or any permitted refinancing thereof; provided such Senior Subordinated Notes have an outstanding aggregate principal amount in excess of $100.0 million. The Company is required to repay installments on the Dollar Term-2 Loans in quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of their funded total principal amount, with the remaining amount payable on the date of maturity.

On February 24, 2012, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement to convert $796.8 million of Dollar Term-1 Loans into new Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans (the “Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans”) and €207.7 million of Euro Term Loans into new Extended Euro Term Loans (the “Extended Euro Term Loans”) with the consent solely of those lenders that agreed to convert their Dollar Term-1 Loans and/or Euro Term Loans, respectively. The Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans and the Extended Euro Term Loans have substantially similar terms as the Dollar Term-1 Loans and Euro Term Loans. The amendment set the applicable margin for the Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans and Extended Euro Term Loans to a percentage per annum equal to (i) in the case of eurocurrency rate loans, 4.00% and (ii) in the case of base rate loans, 3.00%. The final maturity date of the Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans and Extended Euro Term Loans was extended to the earlier of (i) September 15, 2016 and (ii) the 91 day prior to the maturity of the Company’s Senior Notes or any permitted refinancing thereof; provided such Senior Notes have an outstanding aggregate principal amount in excess of $100.0 million. On March 1, 2012, the Company entered into the Extension Amendment to the Credit Agreement in order to extend the maturity of an additional $11.0 million of Dollar Term-1 Loans into new Extended Dollar Term-1 Loans. In addition, the borrowing capacity of the $350.0 revolving credit facility was reduced to $200.25 million in order to maintain a cost effective debt structure which is appropriate for our financing needs.

On April 27, 2012, the Company entered into Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement in order to permit the Company to borrow an aggregate principal amount of up to $205 million of Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans (the “Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans”) with the consent of only the lenders agreeing to provide such Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans. The proceeds from the Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans were used to prepay in full all outstanding non-extended Dollar Term-1 Loans under the Credit Agreement. The Refinancing Dollar Term-2 Loans have identical terms with, and the same rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement as, the outstanding Dollar Term-2 Loans.

Senior Notes

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued $565.0 million of 9.5%/10.25 % senior PIK-election fixed rate notes due 2015 (“Senior Toggle Notes”). The Senior Toggle Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, which commenced on October 15, 2007. The PIK election feature expired with the interest period ended April 15, 2011. Therefore all remaining interest payments on the Senior Toggle Notes are to be paid entirely in cash at the cash interest rate of 9.5%. On and after April 15, 2011, we may redeem the Senior Toggle Notes at par plus specified declining premiums set forth in the indenture plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

 

68


Table of Contents

Senior Subordinated Notes

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued €225.0 million 9  3 / 4  % Euro-denominated ($300.3 million dollar equivalent at the exchange rate effective on the issue date) Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company (including the senior credit facilities and the Senior Toggle Notes). Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, which commences on October 15, 2007. We may redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes at par plus specified declining premiums set forth in the senior subordinated indenture plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

As of June 30, 2012, there were $20.8 million in outstanding letters of credit which reduced the borrowing capacity under the $200.3 million revolving line of credit.

Long-Term and Other Obligations

Other obligations consist primarily of loans for equipment, buildings and a capital lease for a building.

Maturities of long-term obligations, including capital leases of $57.8 million, and other short-term borrowings for future fiscal years are:

 

(in millions)

   2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Thereafter      Total  

Maturities of long-term and other obligations

     43.2         79.4         643.0         21.3         1,293.6         603.0         2,683.5   

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs are capitalized within prepaid expenses and other assets on the balance sheet and amortized over the life of the related obligation through charges to interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The unamortized total of debt issuance costs were approximately $28.2 million and $40.0 million as of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively. Amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $14.7 million and $10.0 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement and the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes (together, the “notes”) are unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Company’s existing U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, other than the Company’s Puerto Rico subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

All obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all of the following assets of the Company and each guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:

 

   

a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of the Company and 100% of the equity interests directly held by the Company and each guarantor in any wholly-owned material subsidiary of the Company or any guarantor (which pledge, in the case of any non-U.S. subsidiary of a U.S. subsidiary, will not include more than 65% of the voting stock of such non-U.S. subsidiary); and

 

   

a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Company and of each guarantor, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Debt Covenants

The senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s (and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on assets; engage in mergers and consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; repay subordinated indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make investments, loans or advances; make certain acquisitions; in the case of the Company’s senior credit agreement, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, amend material agreements governing the Company’s subordinated indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Notes) and change the Company’s lines of business.

The senior credit facility and indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes also contain change of control provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. As of June 30, 2012,

 

69


Table of Contents

the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to its long-term obligations. The Company’s long-term debt obligations do not contain any financial maintenance covenants.

Subject to certain exceptions, the senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes will permit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. None of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries or Puerto Rico subsidiaries is a guarantor of the loans or notes.

As market conditions warrant and subject to the Company’s contractual restrictions and liquidity position, the Company, its affiliates and/or the Company’s major equity holders, including Blackstone and its affiliates, may from time to time repurchase the Company’s outstanding debt securities, including the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and/or the Company’s outstanding bank loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender or otherwise. Any such repurchases may be funded by incurring new debt, including additional borrowings under the Company’s existing credit facility. Any new debt may also be secured debt. The Company may also use available cash on the balance sheet. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. Further, since some of the Company’s debt may trade at a discount to the face amount, any such purchases may result in the Company’s acquiring and retiring a substantial amount of any particular series, with the attendant reduction in the trading liquidity of any such series.

Under the indentures governing the notes, the Company’s ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments and paying certain dividends is tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “EBITDA” in the indentures).

Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in the Company’s indentures, is not defined under U.S. GAAP, and is subject to important limitations.

7. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s borrowings.

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the EUR-USD exchange rate on its investments in foreign operations in Europe. While the Company does not actively hedge against changes in foreign currency, we have mitigated the exposure of our investments in our European operations by denominating a portion of our debt in Euros. At June 30, 2012, the Company had Euro denominated debt outstanding of $582.7 million that qualifies as a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. For non-derivatives designated and qualifying as net investment hedges, the effective portion of the translation gains or losses are reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) as part of the cumulative translation adjustment. During fiscal year 2012, the Company recorded $69.4 million as a gain within cumulative translation adjustment. The net accumulated gain of this net investment as of June 30, 2012 included within Other Comprehensive Income was approximately $83.9 million. For the year ended June 30, 2012, the Company recognized an unrealized foreign exchange gain of $17.1 million in the consolidated statement of operations related to a portion of its Euro-denominated debt not designated as a net investment hedge. No such gain or loss was recognized for the year ended June 30, 2011 as the Company’s entire Euro-denominated debt was designated as an effective net investment hedge.

Amounts are reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into earnings when the hedged net investment is either sold or substantially liquidated.

Credit Risk Related to Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with each of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where the Company could be declared in default on its derivative obligations if repayment of the underlying indebtedness is accelerated by the lender due to the Company’s default on the indebtedness.

As of June 30, 2012, the terminal value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $23.4 million. As of June 30, 2012, the Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has posted collateral of

 

70


Table of Contents

$9.0 million. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at June 30, 2012, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $23.4 million.

Counterparty Credit Risk Management

The Company’s derivative financial statements present certain market and counterparty risks; however, concentration of counterparty credit risk is mitigated as the Company deals with a variety of major banks worldwide. The Company would not be materially impacted if any of the counterparties to its derivative financial instruments outstanding at June 30, 2012 failed to perform according to the terms of its agreement. At this time, the Company does not require collateral or any other security to support derivative instruments subject to credit risk by its counterparties.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges for financial reporting purposes is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on the balance sheet and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

As of June 30, 2012, the Company had three outstanding interest rate derivatives which were effective for financial accounting purposes as of June 30, 2012. Two instruments had a combined notional value of $760.0 million and one had a notional amount of €240.0 million. These instruments are designated for financial accounting purposes as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. Amounts reported in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $21.4 million will be reclassified from other comprehensive income as an increase to interest expense.

Non-designated Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

Derivatives not designated as hedges for financial accounting purposes are not speculative and are used to manage the Company’s economic exposure to interest rate movements but, as of June 30, 2012, do not meet the hedge accounting requirements for financial reporting purposes of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging . Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as a hedge for financial accounting purposes are recorded directly into earnings as other expense, net. As of June 30, 2012, the Company had a ¥700 million notional value outstanding derivative maturing on May 15, 2013 that was not designated for financial accounting purposes as a hedge in a qualifying hedging relationship.

 

71


Table of Contents

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011.

 

(in millions)

  

Fair Values of Financial Derivatives Instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
    

Liability Derivatives

As of June 30, 2012

    

Liability Derivatives

As of June 30, 2011

 
    

Balance Sheet Location

   Fair Value     

Balance Sheet Location

   Fair Value  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

        

Interest rate swaps

   Other accrued liabilities and other liabilities    $ 23.1       Other accrued liabilities and other liabilities    $ 41.9   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

     

 

23.1

  

     

 

41.9

  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

        

Interest rate swaps

   Other accrued liabilities and other liabilities    $ 0.2       Other accrued liabilities and other liabilities    $ 0.3   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815:

     

$

0.2

  

     

$

0.3

  

The tables below present the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010.

 

(in millions)

   The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the
Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010.
 

Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash

Flow Hedging Relationships

   Amount of (Gain) or
Loss Recognized in
OCI on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
    

Location of (Gain)
or Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated
OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)

   Amount of
(Gain) or Loss
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI into
Income
(Effective
Portion)
    

Location of (Gain) or
Loss Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion
and Amount excluded
from Effectiveness
Testing)

   Amount of  (Gain)
or Loss
Recognized in

Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective
Portion and
Amount excluded
from
Effectiveness
Testing)
 
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              

Fiscal Year 2012 :

Interest Rate Swaps

   $ 11.0       Interest expense, net    $ 26.4      

Other (income)/

expense, net

   $ 0.2   

Fiscal Year 2011 :

Interest Rate Swaps

   $ 14.4       Interest income/ (expense), net    $ 26.9      

Other (income)/

expense, net

   $ 0.1   

Fiscal Year 2010 :

Interest Rate Swaps

   $ 52.9       Interest income/ (expense), net    $ 21.9      

Other (income)/

expense, net

   $ 0.6   

 

72


Table of Contents

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815

   Location of
(Gain) or Loss
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
  Amount of
(Gain) or Loss
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
 

Fiscal Year 2012:

Interest Rate Swaps

   Other (income)/
expense, net
 

$

0.1

  

Fiscal Year 2011:

Interest Rate Swaps

   Other (income)/
expense, net
 

$

(0.2

Fiscal Year 2010:

Interest Rate Swaps

   Other (income)/
expense, net
 

$

3.3

  

 

73


Table of Contents

8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 defines fair value as the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability. Fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value should maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. To measure fair value, the Company uses the following fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable:

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques and also includes instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation.

Fair value under ASC 820 is principally applied to financial assets and liabilities which, for Catalent, include both investments in money market funds and derivative instruments—interest rate swaps. The Company has not applied all the provisions of ASC 820 in financial statements to the nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. There were no changes from the previously reported classification of financial assets and liabilities. The following table provides a summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2012, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall:

 

            Fair Value Measurements using:  

(in millions)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Cash Equivalents- Money Market Funds

   $ 5.9       $ 5.9       $ —         $ —     

Liabilities

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ 23.3       $ —         $ 23.3       $ —     

The following table provides a summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2011, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall:

 

            Fair Value Measurements using:  

(in millions)

   Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Cash Equivalents- Money Market Funds

   $ 5.4       $ 5.4       $ —         $ —     

Liabilities

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ 42.2       $ —         $ 42.2       $ —     

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is estimated on the quoted market price of the investments. The carrying amounts of the Company’s cash equivalents approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

Derivative Instruments – Interest Rate Swaps

Currently, the Company uses interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk on its variable rate long-term debt obligations. The fair value of interest rate swaps are determined using the market standard methodology of netting the discounted future fixed cash receipts (or payments) and the discounted expected variable cash payments (or receipts). The variable cash payments (or receipts) are based on the expectation of future interest rates (forward curves) and derived from observed market interest rate curves. In addition, to comply with the provision of ASC 820, credit valuation adjustments,

 

74


Table of Contents

which consider the impact of any credit enhancements on the contracts, are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk. See Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (Note 7) to the unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Long-Term Obligations

The estimated fair value of long-term debt is based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates offered for debt of the same remaining maturities and considers collateral, if any.

The carrying amounts and the estimated fair values of financial instruments as of June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, are as follows:

 

     June 30, 2012      June 30, 2011  

(in millions)

   Carrying
Value
     Estimated Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
     Estimated Fair
Value
 

Long-term debt and other

   $ 2,683.5       $ 2,644.6       $ 2,346.6       $ 2,306.7   

LIBOR interest rate swap

     16.7         16.7         34.3         34.3   

EURIBOR interest rate swap

     6.4         6.4         7.6         7.6   

TIBOR interest rate swap

     0.2         0.2         0.3         0.3   

The estimated fair values of these Level 2 assets are based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments and/or the current interest rates offered for debt of the same remaining maturities or estimated discounted cash flows.

9. INCOME TAXES

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations are as follows for the fiscal years ended 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2012
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2011
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2010
 

U.S. Operations

   ($ 402.1   ($ 85.1   ($ 543.5

Non-U.S. Operation

   $ 420.7      $ 79.7      $ 328.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 18.6      ($ 5.4   ($ 215.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision /(benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ended 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2012
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2011
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2010
 

Current:

      

Federal

   $ —        $ (0.9   $ 2.8   

State and local

     0.1        (0.5     0.4   

Non-U.S.

     19.2        19.0        33.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19.3      $ 17.6      $ 36.7   

Deferred:

      

Federal

   $ 6.0      $ 5.5      $ 5.5   

State and local

     0.2        1.2        1.2   

Non-U.S.

     (9.0     (0.6     (21.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (2.8     6.1        (14.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Total provision/(benefit)

   $ 16.5       $ 23.7       $ 21.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the provision/(benefit) based on the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows for the fiscal years ended 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2012
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2011
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2010
 

Provision at U.S. Federal Statutory tax rate

   $ 8.7      $ (5.4   $ (91.2

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     0.2        0.8        (8.3

Foreign tax rate differential

     (43.1     (11.8     (12.6

Goodwill impairment

     —          —          69.2   

Permanent items

     34.8        2.8        56.2   

Unrecognized Tax Positions

     (2.8     2.5        (1.3

Tax valuation allowance

     28.1        29.5        10.3   

Foreign tax credit

     (0.2     (0.2     —     

Income Tax

     (7.7     6.1        —     

Other

     (1.5     (0.6     (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 16.5      $ 23.7      $ 21.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2012, the Company had $406.6 million of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently reinvested in non-U.S. operations. As these earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no U.S. tax provision has been accrued related to the repatriation of these earnings. It is not feasible to estimate the amount of U.S tax that might be payable on the eventual remittance of such earnings.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities, and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards for tax purposes. The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows at June 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

(in millions)

   2012     2011  

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Accrued liabilities

   $ 38.0      $ 37.8   

Equity compensation

     7.3        7.0   

Loss and tax credit carry forwards

     216.0        278.9   

Foreign Currency

     27.6        23.2   

Pension

     38.5        14.3   

Property-related

     25.9        15.2   

Intangibles

     15.9        3.0   

Other

     8.3        6.7   

OCI

     27.0        14.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     404.5        400.4   

Valuation Allowance

     (250.7     (265.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets

     153.8        134.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

(in millions)

   2012     2011  

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Accrued Liabilities

     (2.5     (2.1

Equity Compensation

     0.1        —     

Foreign Currency

     (1.2     (0.5

Property-related

     (30.0     (17.1

Goodwill and other intangibles

     (187.0     (155.0

Other

     (0.9     (0.8

OCI

     —          (17.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (221.5     (193.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $ (67.7   $ (58.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities in the preceding table are in the following captions in the balance sheet at June 30, 2012 and 2011:

 

(in millions)

   2012     2011  

Current deferred tax asset

   $ 18.6      $ 20.0   

Non-current deferred tax asset

     135.2        114.8   

Current deferred tax liability

     (1.6     (0.7

Non-current deferred tax liability

     (219.9     (192.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (67.7   $ (58.6

At June 30, 2012, the Company has federal net operating loss carry forwards of $413.6 million, $7.8 million of which are subject to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limitations. The federal loss carry forwards expire through 2032. At June 30, 2012, the Company has state tax loss carry forwards of $587.5 million. Approximately $213 million of these losses are state tax losses generated in periods prior to the period ending June 30, 2007. Substantially all state carry forwards have twenty year carry forward period. In accordance with ASC 718, $37.8 million of federal and state losses were generated in prior tax years as a result of tax deductions for equity. Such deductions are not being recognized for financial statement purposes because a cash tax benefit was not realized by the Company. As a result, these deductions are not reflected in the federal and state net operating loss carry forward amounts indicated above. At June 30, 2012, the Company has international tax loss carry forwards of $67.7 million. Substantially all of these carry forwards are available for at least three years or have an indefinite carry forward period.

The Company has established a full valuation allowance against its net federal and state deferred tax assets as management does not believe it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. The Company’s overall valuation allowance as of June 30, 2011 was $265.6 million. During the fiscal year the increase/(decrease) in valuation allowance related to federal, state and foreign assets was $62.4, $(64.6), $(12.7) million, respectively. As of June 30, 2012 the valuation allowance totaled $250.7 million. This total includes a full valuation allowance of $201.6 million and $42.7 million against its net federal and state deferred tax assets, respectively. At June 30, 2012, the Company has also recorded a valuation allowance of $6.4 million against certain of its foreign net deferred tax assets. The net decrease in the valuation allowance of $14.9 million is due to changes in foreign-related valuation allowances, reductions in deferred tax liabilities and changes in select deferred tax asset accounts such as accrued liabilities, net operating losses and OCI. This amount included a net decrease of $2.2 million in federal and state valuation allowance. During the current fiscal year the Company generated federal and state taxable income due to U.S. income inclusions resulting from deemed distributions from foreign subsidiaries. This income is not considered to be from normal operating activities.

 

77


Table of Contents

Management evaluates all available evidence; both positive and negative using a more likely than not standard, in determining if adjustments to the valuation allowance are necessary. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of recent losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carry forward periods, previous experience with tax attributes expiring unused and tax planning alternatives. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. The ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income in the carry back or carry forward periods provided for in the tax law for each applicable tax jurisdiction.

As part of the 2007 acquisiton from Cardinal, the Company has been indemnified by Cardinal for tax liabilities that may arise in the future that relate to tax periods prior to April 10, 2007 (the “Formation Date”). The indemnification agreement includes, among other taxes, any and all Federal, state and international income based taxes as well as any interest and penalties that may be related thereto.

The amount of income taxes the Company may pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. The Company’s estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. The Company assesses its income tax positions and record benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company records the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued, where applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized.

ASC 740 includes guidance on the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. This standard also provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. As of June 30, 2012, the Company had a total of $33.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of our unrecognized tax benefit, excluding accrued interest for June 30, 2012 is as follows:

 

(in millions)

 

Balance at June 30, 2011

   $ 33.9   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     4.4   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     0.7   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (5.6
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

   $ 33.4   

Of this amount, $8.9 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate. An additional $16.3 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would not impact the effective income tax rate due to a full valuation allowance. The remaining $8.3 million represents unrecognized tax benefits subject to indemnification by Cardinal. It is reasonably possible that the amount of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits could change by a significant amount during the next 12 month period. Finalizing examinations with the relevant taxing authorities can include formal administrative and legal proceedings and, as a result, it is difficult to estimate the timing and range of possible changes related to our unrecognized tax benefits.

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including major jurisdictions such as Germany, United Kingdom, France, the United States, and various states. The Company is no longer subject to examinations by the relevant tax authorities for years prior to fiscal 2001.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2012, the Company has approximately $6.0 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions, an increase of $0.9 million from the prior year. The portion of such interest and penalties subject to indemnification by Cardinal is $5.2 million, an increase of $0.8 million from the prior year.

 

10. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors various retirement plans, including defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans. Substantially all of the Company’s domestic non-union employees are eligible to participate in an employer-sponsored retirement savings plans, which include features under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and provide for company matching contributions. The Company’s contributions to the plans are determined by its Board of

 

78


Table of Contents

Directors subject to certain minimum requirements as specified in the plans. The Company uses a measurement date of June 30 for all its retirement and postretirement benefit plans.

In addition, employees of a commercial packaging site and a clinical services site were party to a multi employer pension plan. During Fiscal year 2012 the Company, after receiving the requisite authority to do so, notified the plan trustee of its withdrawal from such plan. Withdrawal from the plan resulted in the recognition of liability associated with the Company’s obligation to contribute $29.9 million, $25.4 million of which was recorded as an expense within discontinued operations as it related to the commercial packaging operation that was sold in June 2012. In addition, during the third fiscal quarter the Company received notification from the pension plan trustee with respect to its 2009 withdrawal related to a former printing component operation which was exited. Such notification resulted in a $6.2 million liability which was also recorded as an expense of the discontinued operation.

 

79


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the defined benefit retirement and other retirement plans:

 

At June 30,    Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  

(in millions)

   2012     2011     2012     2011  

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

   $ 283.0      $ 249.1      $ 5.3      $ 5.2   

Change in Benefit Obligation

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

     257.0        251.0        5.2        5.7   

Company service cost

     2.5        2.7        —          —     

Interest cost

     12.9        12.6        0.2        0.2   

Multi employer plan obligation

     35.8        —          —          —     

Employee contributions

     0.1        0.1        —          —     

Plan amendments

     —          —          —          —     

Curtailments

     —          —          —          —     

Settlements

     —          —          —          —     

Special termination benefits

     —          —          —          —     

Divestitures

     —          —          —          —     

Business combinations

     —          —          —          —     

Benefits paid

     (9.2     (8.6     (0.3     (0.3

Actual expenses

     (0.1     (0.1     —          —     

Actuarial (gain) loss

     43.1        (20.5     0.2        (0.4

Exchange rate gain (loss)

     (14.1     19.8        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

     328.0        257.0        5.3        5.2   

Change in Plan Assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

     182.9        154.7        —          —     

Actual return on plan assets

     15.3        16.8        —          —     

Company contributions

     8.4        9.5        0.4        0.3   

Employee contributions

     0.1        0.1        —          —     

Settlements

     —          —          —          —     

Special company contributions to fund termination benefits

     —            —          —     

Divestitures

     —          —          —          —     

Business combinations

     —          —          —          —     

Benefits paid

     (9.2     (8.6     (0.4     (0.3

Actual expenses

     (0.1     (0.1     —          —     

Exchange rate gain (loss)

     (6.0     10.5        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     191.4        182.9        —          —     

Funded Status

        

Funded status at end of year

     (136.6     (74.1     (5.3     (5.2

Employer contributions between measurement date and reporting date

     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the net amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

At June 30,    Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  

(in millions)

   2012     2011     2012     2011  

Amounts Recognized in Statement of Financial Position

        

Noncurrent assets

   $ 0.5      $ 0.6      $ —        $ —     

Current liabilities

     (1.0     (0.9     (0.5     (0.5

Noncurrent liabilities

     (135.6     (73.8     (4.8     (4.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total asset/(liability)

     (136.6     (74.1     (5.3     (5.2

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        

Transition (asset)/obligation

     —          —          —          —     

Prior service cost

     0.2        0.2        —          —     

Net (gain)/loss

     42.4        5.1        (0.3     (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income at the end of the year

     42.6        5.3        (0.3     (0.5

Additional Information for Plan with ABO in Excess of Plan Assets

        

Projected benefit obligation

     279.0        239.5        5.3        5.2   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     272.3        233.8        5.3        5.2   

Fair value of plan assets

     177.8        164.7        —          —     

Additional Information for Plan with PBO in Excess of Plan Assets

        

Projected benefit obligation

     279.0        239.5        5.3        5.2   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     272.3        233.8        5.3        5.2   

Fair value of plan assets

     177.8        164.7        —          —     

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

        

Service Cost

     2.5        2.7        —          —     

Interest Cost

     12.9        12.6        0.2        0.2   

Expected return on plan assets

     (10.7     (9.3     —          —     

Amortization of unrecognized:

        

Transition (asset)/obligation

     —          —          —          —     

Prior service cost

     0.0        —          —          —     

Net (gain)/loss

     0.1        0.9        (0.0     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ongoing periodic cost

     4.8        6.9        0.2        0.2   

Settlement/Curtailment Expense/(Income)

     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

At June 30,

   Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  

(in millions)

   2012     2011     2012     2011  

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

        

Net (gain)/loss arising during the year

   $ 38.5      $ (28.0     0.2      $ (0.5

Prior service cost (credit) during the year

     —          —          —          —     

Transition asset/(obligation) recognized during the year

     —          —          —          —     

Prior service cost recognized during the year

     (0.0     —          —          —     

Net gain/(loss) recognized during the year

     (0.1     (0.9     0.0        —     

Exchange rate gain/(loss) recognized during the year

     (1.1     1.6        (0.0     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

     37.3        (27.3     0.2        (0.5

Total Recognized in Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Comprehensive Income

        

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

     42.1        (20.4     0.4        (0.2

Estimated Amounts to be Amortized from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Net Periodic Benefit Cost in Financial Year 2012

        

Amortization of:

        

Transition (asset)/obligation

     —          —          —          —     

Prior service cost/(credit)

     0.0        —          —          —     

Net (gain)/loss

     0.9        0.1        —          —     

Financial Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations at the Balance Sheet Date

        

Discount rate (%)

     4.09     5.21     3.38     4.49

Rate of compensation increases (%)

     2.51     2.51     N/A        N/A   

Financial Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Financial Year

        

Discount rate (%)

     5.21     4.81     4.49     4.33

Rate of compensation increases (%)

     2.51     2.53     N/A        N/A   

Expected long-term rate of return (%)

     5.96     6.07     N/A        N/A   

Expected Future Contributions

        

Financial Year

        

 

82


Table of Contents
At June 30,    Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  

(in millions)

   2012     2011     2012      2011  

Expected Future Benefit Payments(1)

         

Financial Year

         

2013

     9.4          0.5      

2014

     10.7          0.5      

2015

     9.7          0.5      

2016

     11.8          0.5      

2017

     10.8          0.4      

2018-2022

     70.0          1.9      

Actual Asset Allocation (%)

         

Equities

     29.7     33.3     —           —     

Government Bonds

     21.9     19.6     —           —     

Corporate Bonds

     23.9     22.5     —           —     

Property

     3.3     3.4     —           —     

Insurance Contracts

     11.3     10.8     —           —     

Other

     9.9     10.4     —           —     

Total

     100.0     100.0     —           —     

Actual Asset Allocation (Amount)

         

Equities

     56.8        60.7        —           —     

Government Bonds

     41.9        35.9        —           —     

Corporate Bonds

     45.7        41.1        —           —     

Property

     6.3        6.3        —           —     

Insurance Contracts

     21.6        19.7        —           —     

Other

     18.9        19.2        —           —     

Total

     191.4        182.9        —           —     

Target Asset Allocation (%)

         

Equities

     33.2     32.9     —           —     

Government Bonds

     21.4     21.3     —           —     

Corporate Bonds

     24.3     23.7     —           —     

Property

     3.6     3.7     —           —     

Insurance Contracts

     8.6     8.3     —           —     

Other

     8.9     10.1     —           —     
  (1) The expected future cash payments schedule does not include the estimated $36.0 million of payments related to the multi-employer pension plan we withdrew from in fiscal 2012.

The Company employs a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return for plan assets. Historical markets are studied and long-term historical relationships between equities and fixed income are preserved consistent with the widely-accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before long-term capital market assumptions are determined. The long-term portfolio return is established via a building block approach with proper consideration of diversification and rebalancing. Peer data and historical returns are reviewed to check for reasonability and appropriateness.

Plan assets are recognized and measured at fair value in accordance with the accounting standards regarding fair value measurements. The following are valuation techniques used to determine the fair value of each major category of assets.

 

   

Short-term Investments, Equity securities, Fixed Income Securities, and Real Estate are valued using quoted market prices or other valuation methods, and thus are classified within Level 1 or Level 2.

 

83


Table of Contents
   

Insurance Contracts and Other include investments with some observable and unobservable prices that are adjusted by cash contributions and distributions, and thus are classified within Level 2 or Level 3.

The following table provides a summary of plan assets that are measured in fair value as of June 30, 2012, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall:

 

     Total Assets      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Equity Securities

   $ 56.9       $ 5.0       $ 51.9       $ —     

Debt Securities

     87.8         26.5         61.3         —     

Real Estate

     6.3         —           0.9         5.4   

Other

     40.4         —           19.4         21.0   

Total

   $ 191.4       $ 31.5       $ 133.5       $ 26.4   

Level 3 real estate assets consist of a property fund which directly invests in properties which are held in the UK. The funds are priced using the Net Asset Value (NAV) of the fund and investors also get Bid and Offer prices on a monthly basis. The primary asset is Investment Properties. Investment properties are measured at fair value as determined by third party independent appraisers (the “Values”). Their value is ascertained by reference to the market value, having regard to whether they are let or un-let at the date of valuation, in accordance with the Appraisal and Valuation Manual issued by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.

Level 3 other assets consist of an insurance contract in the UK to fulfill the benefit obligations for a portion of the participant’s benefits. The value of this commitment is determined using the same assumptions and methods used to value the UK Retirement & Death Benefit Plan pension liability. Level 3 other assets also include the partial funding of the Eberbach Pension through a company promissory note or loan with an annual rate of interest of 5%. The value of this commitment fluctuates due to contributions and benefit payments in addition to loan interest.

The following table provides a summary of plan assets that are measured in fair value as of June 30, 2011, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall:

 

     Total Assets      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Equity Securities

   $ 60.7       $ 5.5       $ 55.2       $ —     

Debt Securities

     77.0         23.9         53.1         —     

Real Estate

     6.3         —           0.9         5.4   

Other

     38.9         —           16.6         22.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 182.9       $ 29.4       $ 125.8       $ 27.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of level 3 assets as well as the changes during the period attributable to assets held and those purchases, sales, settlements, contributions and benefits that were paid:

Total (Level 3)

Asset Category Allocations – June 30, 2012

 

Total (Level 3)

All figures in US Dollars

(in millions)

   Fair Value Measurement
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Total (Level 3)
    Fair Value Measurement
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Insurance Contracts
    Fair Value Measurement
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
Other
 

Beginning Balance at June 30, 2011

   $ 27.7      $ 4.4      $ 23.3   

Actual return on plan assets:

      

Relating to assets still held at the reporting date

     (0.7     0.8        (1.5

Relating to assets sold during the period

     —          —          —     

Purchases, sales, settlements, contributions and benefits paid

     (0.6     (0.3     (0.3

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Balance at June 30, 2012

   $ 26.4      $ 4.9      $ 21.5   

The investment policy reflects the long-term nature of the plans’ funding obligations. The assets are invested to provide the opportunity for both income and growth of principal. This objective is pursued as a long-term goal designed to provide required benefits for participants without undue risk. It is expected that this objective can be achieved through a well-diversified asset portfolio. All equity investments are made within the guidelines of quality, marketability and diversification mandated by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) (for plans subject to ERISA) and other relevant statutes. Investment managers are directed to maintain equity portfolios at a risk level approximately equivalent to that of the specific benchmark established for that portfolio. Assets invested in fixed income securities and pooled fixed income portfolios are managed actively to pursue opportunities presented by changes in interest rates, credit ratings or maturity premiums.

 

85


Table of Contents

 

At June 30,

(actual dollar amounts)

   Other Post-Retirement Benefits  
   2012     2011  

Assumed Healthcare Cost Trend Rates at the Balance Sheet Date

    

Healthcare cost trend rate – initial (%)

    

Pre 65

     8.47     7.77

Post 65

     7.70     8.15

Healthcare cost trend rate – ultimate (%)

    

Pre 65

     4.77     5.15

Post 65

     4.77     5.15

Year in which ultimate rates are reached

    

Pre 65

     2020        2017   

Post 65

     2019        2018   

Effect of 1% Change in Healthcare Cost Trend Rate

    

Healthcare cost trend rate up 1%

    

on APBO at balance sheet date

   $ 278,178      $ 309,410   

on total service and interest cost

     11,853        14,243   

Effect of 1% Change in Healthcare Cost Trend Rate

    

Healthcare cost trend rate down 1%

    

on APBO at balance sheet date

   ($ 248,870   ($ 273,544

 

86


Table of Contents

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Advisor Transaction and Management Fees

The Company entered into a transaction and advisory fee agreement with Blackstone and certain other Investors in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. (the “Investors”), the investment entity controlled by affiliates of Blackstone that was formed in connection with the Investors’ investment in Phoenix. The Company pays an annual sponsor advisory fee to Blackstone and the Investors for certain monitoring, advisory and consulting services to the Company. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 this management fee was approximately $11.9, $10.6 and $10.0 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2012 there was $1.9 million recorded as a liability within Other Accrued Liabilities. This fee was recorded as expense within selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the transaction and advisory services agreement with Blackstone, the Company paid approximately $10.0 million in the aggregate in connection with transactions during the fiscal year ended 2012.

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

In February 2012, the Company acquired the remaining 49% minority share of the R.P. Scherer business in Eberbach, Germany from Gelita AG. The purchase was comprised of a cash payment and a note which is payable over a three year period. The cash paid is reflected in the investing section of our statement of cash flows within the caption ‘cash paid for acquisitions’. The transaction was accounted for as a transaction between shareholders and is reflected as such within our statement of stockholders equity. Concurrent with the completion of the transaction, Gelita AG is no longer considered a related party.

Other Related Party Transactions

The Company has a three year participation agreement with Core Trust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as a supplier of an outsource service for indirect materials. The Company does not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and can terminate participation at any time prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty. The vendors separately pay fees to CPG for access to CPG’s consortium of customers. Blackstone entered into an agreement with CPG whereby Blackstone receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made between the Company and other participants. Purchases from CPG were approximately $7.1 million and $6.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company participates in an employer health program agreement with Equity Healthcare LLC (“Equity Healthcare”). Equity Healthcare negotiates with providers of standard administrative services for health benefit plans and other related services for cost discounts and quality of service monitoring capability by Equity Healthcare. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms for providers that are believed to be more favorable than the companies could obtain for themselves on an individual basis. In consideration for these services, the Company pays Equity Healthcare a fee of $2.00 per participating employee per month. As of June 30, 2012, we had approximately 2,300 employees enrolled in our health benefit plans in the United States. Equity Healthcare is an affiliate of Blackstone.

In addition, the Company does business with a number of other companies affiliated with Blackstone; we believe that all such arrangements have been entered into in the ordinary course of our business and have been conducted on an arm’s length basis.

12. EQUITY

Description of Capital Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of capital stock, all of which are Common Stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share. In accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, each share of Common Stock shall have one vote, and the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class. As of June 30, 2012, 100% of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company have been issued to, and are held by, PTS Intermediate Holdings, LLC. In accordance with the By-Laws of the Company, the Board of Directors may declare dividends upon the stock of the Company as and when the Board deems appropriate.

 

87


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Earnings/(Loss) and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Earnings/(Loss)

Comprehensive earnings/(loss) for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010 consist of:

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
2011
    Fiscal Year
Ended June 30,
2010
 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

   $ (40.4   $ (54.0   $ (289.6

Other comprehensive income/(losses):

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (27.3     62.4        (21.5

Net change in minimum pension liability

     (26.5     18.7        (1.3

Deferred compensation/(benefit)

     0.1        0.9        (0.3

Change in unrealized loss on derivatives

     15.2        12.5        (29.9

Other Comprehensive income/(loss)

     (38.5     94.5        (53.0

Total comprehensive income/(loss) loss before noncontrolling interest

     (78.9     40.5        (342.6

Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (3.8     5.3        (4.6

Comprehensive income/(loss)

   $ (82.7   $ 45.8      $ (347.2

Accumulated other comprehensive earnings/(loss) for the fiscal years June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010 consists of:

 

(in millions)

   Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Unrealized
Gains/(Losses)
on Derivatives
    Deferred
Compensation
    Pension
Liability
Adjustments
    Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
 

Balance at June 30, 2009

   $ 49.4      $ (19.4   $ —        $ (25.5   $ 4.5   

Activity, net of tax

     (21.5     (29.9     (0.3     (1.3     (53.0

Balance at June 30, 2010

     27.9        (49.3     (0.3     (26.8     (48.5

Activity, net of tax

     62.4        12.5        0.9        18.7        94.5   

Balance at June 30, 2011

     90.3        (36.8     0.6        (8.1     46.0   

Activity, net of tax

     (27.3     15.2        0.1        (26.5     (38.5

Balance at June 30, 2012

   $ 63.0      $ (21.6   $ 0.7      $ (34.6   $ 7.5   

13. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

Company Plan

 

88


Table of Contents

The Company’s stock-based compensation generally includes stock options and restricted stock units. Shares issued relating to the Company’s stock-based plan is generally issued for the purpose of retaining key employees and directors of its subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2012, approximately 4,000 authorized shares are available for future awards under the Company’s stock-based compensation plan. The Company has adopted a form of non-qualified stock option agreement (the “Form Option Agreement”) for awards under the 2007 Plan. Under the Form Option Agreement, a portion of the stock option awards vest over a five-year period of time contingent solely upon the participants’ continued employment with the Company. Other stock option awards will vest over a specified performance period upon achievement of pre-determined operating performance targets over time, while others are market-based awards and vest upon The Blackstone Group’s realization of certain internal rates of return goals and the occurrence of a liquidity event subject to certain other performance criteria. The Form Option Agreement includes certain forfeitures provisions upon a participant’s separation from service with the Company.

Stock Compensation Expense

Stock compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statements of income was $3.7 million, $3.9 million and $2.6 million in fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. All stock compensation expense is classified in selling, general and administrative expenses. Stock compensation expense is based on awards expected to vest, and therefore has been reduced by estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised in subsequent periods, if necessary, if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. As of June 30, 2012, $5.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years.

Methodology and Assumptions

Stock options are granted with an exercise price at least equal to 100% of the market value on the date of grant. In the 2007 Plan, stock options granted generally cliff-vest 100% five years from the grant date, or the vesting reference date as applicable. Stock options granted typically have a contractual term of 10 years. The grant-date fair value, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense on a ratable basis over the substantive vesting period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model for service and performance based awards, and an adaptation of the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model, which takes into consideration the internal rate of return thresholds, for market based awards. This model adaptation is essentially equivalent to the use of path dependent-lattice model.

The weighted average of assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock options granted during each year, along with the weighted-average grant-date fair values, were as follows.

 

     Year Ended June 30,
     2012    2011    2010

Expected volatility

   29% - 30%    29% - 30%    30% - 32%

Expected life (in years)

   6.5 - 7.5    6.5 - 7.5    6.5 - 7.5

Risk-free interest rates

   1.3% - 1.6%    2.7% - 3.2%    3.2% - 3.5%

Dividend yield

   None    None    None

The Company’s expected volatility assumption is based on the historical volatility of closing share price of a comparable peer group and other factors. The expected life assumption is primarily based on the “simplified method” which is the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The risk-free interest rate for the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options in 2012, 2011, and 2010 was $272.0 per share, $240.8 per share, and $136.1 per share, respectively.

The following table summarizes stock option activity and shares outstanding for the years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010. The exercise price and aggregate intrinsic value are presented on an actual dollar value basis.

 

89


Table of Contents

 

                Time          Performance          Market  
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
           Number of
shares
    WA
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
           Number of
shares
    WA
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
           Number of
shares
    WA
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding as of June 30, 2010

   $ 760.83             36,040        9.1       $ 3,143,730             11,416        9.4       $ 1,027,530             27,408        9.4       $ 2,466,540   

Granted

   $ 850.00             5,587        10.0         —               1,266        10.0         —               2,509        10.0         —     

Exercised

     —               —          —           —               —          —           —               —          —           —     

Forfeited

   $ 750.00             (4,886     —           —               (2,130     —           —               (9,060     —           —     

Expired / Cancelled

   $ 902.19             (1,964     —           —               (160     —           —               —          —           —     
         

 

 

             

 

 

             

 

 

      

Outstanding as of June 30, 2011

   $ 772.00             34,777        8.3       $ 9,206,150             10,392        8.5       $ 2,922,760             20,857        8.5       $ 5,828,590   

Granted

   $ 1,134.13             5,830        10.0                1,951        10.0                3,877        10.0      

Exercised

   $ —               —          —                  —                    —          —        

Forfeited

   $ 815.11             (1,308     —                  (558               (1,531     —        

Expired / Cancelled

   $ 649.27             (722     —                  (171               —          
         

 

 

             

 

 

             

 

 

      

Outstanding as of June 30, 2012

   $ 827.45             38,577        7.6       $ 18,420,550             11,614        7.8       $ 5,664,200             23,203        7.8       $ 11,088,790   

Expected to vest as of June 30, 2012

   $ 816.29             35,392        7.5       $ 16,897,360             10,589        7.8       $ 5,175,030             18,723        7.7       $ 9,225,510   

Vested and Exercisable as of June 30, 2012

   $ 783.44             15,220        6.9       $ 7,757,850             3,880        7.4       $ 2,108,500             —           $ —     

Restricted Stock Units

The Company may grant restricted stock units (RSUs) to employees for recognition and retention purposes. RSUs generally vest over a three to five-year period. The grant-date fair value, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, is recognized as expense on a ratable basis over the substantive vesting period. The fair value of RSUs is determined based on the number of shares granted and the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

The following table summarizes non-vested RSU activity for the year ended June 30, 2012.

 

     RSU Units     Weighted Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
 

Non-vested as of June 30, 2010

     2,600      $ 750   

Granted

     0      $ 0   

Vested

     (600   $ 750   

Forfeited

     0      $ 0   

Non-vested as of June 30, 2011

     2,000      $ 750   

Granted

     500      $ 1,040   

Vested

     (600   $ 750   

Forfeited

     0      $ 0   

Non-vested as of June 30, 2012

     1,900      $ 826   

As of June 30, 2012, $0.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.5 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs in 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $0.5 million, $0.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The fair value of RSUs and restricted stock vested in 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

 

90


Table of Contents

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The future minimum rental payments for operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at June 30, 2012 are:

 

(in millions)

   2013      2014      2015      2016      2017      Thereafter      Total  

Minimum rental payments

   $ 9.1       $ 5.4       $ 4.2       $ 2.4       $ 1.9       $ 3.7       $ 26.7   

Rental expense relating to operating leases was approximately $13.1 million, $15.5 million and $16.9 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010, respectively. Sublease rental income was not material for any period presented herein.

Other Matters

On March 24, 2011, a Packaging Services manufacturing operation located in Corby, United Kingdom was damaged by a fire. All employees and contractors on site were safely evacuated with no injuries reported. The Company recorded expense for inventory that was damaged and additional costs associated with transition activities in the income statement line item Property and Casualty Losses within continuing operations. In the consolidated statement of cash flows, the insurance proceeds attributable to the property and equipment destroyed in the fire are reported in cash flows from investing activities. All other insurance proceeds received during fiscal year 2012 to date have been reported in cash flows from operating activities. In addition, approximately $3.8 million of business interruption insurance proceeds were recognized in gross margin in the year ended June 30, 2012 representing the amount recovered from our business interruption insurance related to lost profit. The Company has made appropriate provisions for cost of property damage and employee related severance costs. Future impairment charges, capital expenditures and non-recurring expenses may be required in subsequent periods as more information becomes available and the Company executes on its strategic plans and environmental obligations in response to the fire. While the Company is working diligently with its insurance providers, no determination has been made as to the total amount of the associated charges or timing of the receipt of insurance proceeds.

The Company, along with several pharmaceutical companies, is named as a defendant in one hundred thirty-nine pending civil lawsuits filed by individuals allegedly injured by their use of the prescription acne medication Amnesteem ® , a branded generic form of isotretinoin, and in some instances of isotretinoin products made and/or sold by other firms as well. While it is not possible to determine with any degree of certainty the ultimate outcome of these legal proceedings, including making a determination of liability, the Company believes that it has meritorious defenses with respect to the claims asserted against it and intends to vigorously defend its position.

From time to time the Company may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, inquiries and claims concerning environmental contamination as well as litigation and allegations in connection with acquisitions, product liability, manufacturing or packaging defects, and claims for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of which could be significant. Based on advice of counsel and available information, including current status or stage of proceeding, and taking into account accruals for matters where we have established them, we currently believe that any liabilities ultimately resulting from these ordinary course claims and proceedings will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

15. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company conducts its business within the following operating segments: Softgel Technologies, Modified Release Technologies, Medication Delivery Solutions and Development & Clinical Services. The Softgel and Modified Release Technology operating segments are aggregated into one reportable operating segment – Oral Technologies. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on segment earnings before noncontrolling interest, other (income) expense, impairments, restructuring costs, interest expense, income tax (benefit)/expense, and depreciation and amortization (“Segment EBITDA”). EBITDA from continuing operations is consolidated earnings from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax (benefit)/expense, depreciation and amortization and is adjusted for the income or loss attributable to non controlling interest. The Company’s presentation of Segment EBITDA and EBITDA from continuing operations may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following tables include net revenue and EBITDA during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010:

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2011
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2010
 

Oral Technologies

      

Net revenue

   $ 1,220.2      $ 1,159.0      $ 1,120.3   

Segment EBITDA

     334.6        308.4        274.3   

Medication Delivery Solutions

      

Net revenue

     223.9        238.6        234.7   

Segment EBITDA

     27.5        33.5        30.0   

Development and Clinical Services

      

Net revenue

     268.3        157.0        144.9   

Segment EBITDA

     53.0        30.1        23.5   

Inter-segment revenue elimination

     (17.6     (22.8     (19.5

Unallocated Costs (1)

     (84.8     (100.3     (267.1

Combined Total

      

Net revenue

     1,694.8        1,531.8        1,480.4   

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 330.3      $ 271.7      $ 60.7   

 

(1)  

Unallocated costs include U.S. GAAP restructuring and other items, equity-based compensation, impairment charges, certain other corporate directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the segments as follows:

 

92


Table of Contents

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended

June  30,
2011
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2010
 

Impairment charges and gain/(loss) on sale of assets

   $ (1.8   $ (3.6   $ (214.8

Equity compensation

     (3.7     (3.9     (2.6

Restructuring and other items

     (45.8     (24.9     (29.4

Property and casualty losses

     8.8        (11.6     —     

Sponsor advisory fee

     (11.8     (10.6     (10.0

Noncontrolling interest

     (1.2     (3.9     (2.6

Other income/(expense), net

     3.8        (26.0     7.3   

Non-allocated corporate costs, net

     (33.1     (15.8     (15.0

Total unallocated costs

   $ (84.8   $ (100.3   $ (267.1

Provided below is a reconciliation of earnings/(loss) from continuing operations to EBITDA:

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended

June  30,
2011
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2010
 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

   $ 2.1      $ (29.1   $ (237.3

Depreciation and amortization

     129.7        115.5        117.7   

Interest expense, net

     183.2        165.5        161.0   

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     16.5        23.7        21.9   

Noncontrolling interest

     (1.2     (3.9     (2.6

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 330.3      $ 271.7      $ 60.7   

The following table includes total assets for each segment, as well as reconciling items necessary to total the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
 

Assets

    

Oral Technologies

   $ 2,589.6      $ 2,604.4   

Medication Delivery Solutions

     251.7        267.4   

Development and Clinical Services

     671.5        162.8   

Corporate and eliminations

     (373.8     (269.6

Assets held for sale

     —          66.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,139.0      $ 2,831.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

The following tables include depreciation and amortization expense and capital expenditures for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010 for each segment, as well as reconciling items necessary to total the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial statements:

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2012
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2011
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2010
 

Oral Technologies

   $ 82.5       $ 82.3       $ 82.3   

Medication Delivery Solutions

     20.7         18.8         19.5   

Development and Clinical Services

     17.1         6.9         6.6   

Corporate

     9.4         7.5         9.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 129.7       $ 115.5       $ 117.7   

Capital Expenditures

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2012
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2011
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2010
 

Oral Technologies

   $ 57.1       $ 43.4       $ 50.3   

Medication Delivery Solutions

     22.0         24.2         12.1   

Development and Clinical Services

     16.9         12.6         4.1   

Corporate

     8.2         7.1         4.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditure

   $ 104.2       $ 87.3       $ 70.5   

The following table presents revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area:

 

     Net Revenue     Long-Lived Assets  

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2011
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2010
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2012
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30,
2011
 

United States

   $ 591.9      $ 497.6      $ 484.9      $ 789.2       $ 684.2   

Europe

     868.9        842.2        832.0        1,195.3         962.3   

International Other

     288.0        210.2        183.3        272.9         267.5   

Eliminations

     (54.0     (18.2     (19.8     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,694.8      $ 1,531.8      $ 1,480.4      $ 2,257.4       $ 1,914.0   

 

(1)  

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation; intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization; and goodwill.

 

94


Table of Contents

16. SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

Supplementary balance sheet information at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011 are detailed in the following tables:

Inventories

Work-in-process and finished goods inventories include raw materials, labor and overhead. Total inventories consisted of the following:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
 

Raw materials and supplies

   $ 69.8      $ 69.4   

Work-in-process

     25.1        24.5   

Finished goods

     32.3        46.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventory, gross

     127.2        140.6   

Inventory reserves

     (8.5     (9.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventory, net

   $ 118.7      $ 130.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Prepaid and other assets

Prepaid and other assets consist of the following:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 24.2       $ 16.4   

Spare parts supplies

     11.7        10.7   

Deferred taxes

     18.6        20.0   

Other current assets

     54.2        46.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total prepaid and other assets

   $    108.7      $      93.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
 

Land, buildings and improvements

   $ 527.3      $ 420.4   

Machinery and equipment

     586.2        547.0   

Furniture and fixtures

     8.5        9.3   

Construction in progress

     54.2        50.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, at cost

     1,176.2        1,027.6   

Accumulated depreciation

     (366.5     (306.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 809.7      $ 721.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets – Non current

Other assets consist of the following:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
 

Deferred long term debt financing costs

   $ 22.6       $ 29.9   

Other

     19.2        14.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $      41.8      $      44.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
 

Accrued employee-related expenses

   $ 86.8      $ 81.9   

Restructuring accrual

     9.8        8.0   

Deferred income tax

     1.6        0.7   

Accrued interest

     18.3        19.5   

Interest rate swaps

     23.2        23.5   

Deferred revenue and fees

     25.4        15.5   

Accrued income tax

     31.4        22.3   

Other accrued liabilities and expenses

     65.4        50.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other accrued liabilities

   $    261.9      $    221.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade receivables Allowance for Doubtful Accounts activity as follows:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
    June 30,
2010
 

Trade receivables allowance for doubtful accounts

      

Beginning Balance

   $ 4.3      $ 2.8      $ 2.9   

Charged to Cost and Expenses

     0.5        1.4        0.9   

Deductions and other

     (0.3     (0.1     (1.0

Impact of Foreign Exchange

     (0.3     0.2        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing Balance

   $ 4.2      $ 4.3      $ 2.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory Reserve

Inventories reserve activity as follows:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2011
    June 30,
2010
 

Inventory reserve

      

Beginning Balance

   $ 9.8      $ 14.6      $ 16.0   

Charged to Cost and Expenses

     9.1        8.9        13.9   

Deductions

     (9.6     (15.2     (14.4

Impact of Foreign Exchange

     (0.8     1.5        (0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing Balance

   $ 8.5      $ 9.8      $ 14.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

17. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND DIVESTITURES

Discontinued Operations

In the fourth fiscal quarter of 2012, the Company sold its U.S. based commercial packaging operations and concluded the elimination of cash flows qualified the component as a discontinued operation. No material gain or loss was recognized on the sale. In addition, during fiscal year 2011, the Company concluded that its printed components facilities qualified as a component entity, the operations of which were then classified as held for sale and discontinued. In April 2011, the Company completed the sale of its printed component operations in a cash transaction for an amount which approximated fair value. Accordingly, all current and prior period financial information has been reclassified within the financial statements to discontinued operations captions within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Cash Flows. The domestic commercial packaging and printed component entities were previously reported in the Company’s Packaging Services segment.

In addition, on November 13, 2009, the Company completed its sale of the North Raleigh, North Carolina sterile injectable facility to a third party for an amount which approximated fair value. Also, on March 30, 2009, the Company sold its Osny, France facility to Bavaria Industriekapital AG, a German industrial holding company. The operating results and cash flows from these operations are included within discontinued operations captions within the statements of operations and cash flow in prior periods.

The operating results of these components are included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010 within discontinued operations.

 

97


Table of Contents

Summarized consolidated statements of operations data for these discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended June 30,  

(in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net revenue

   $ 94.3      $ 188.9      $ 258.4   

Earnings /(loss) before income taxes

     (41.2     (20.1     (50.1

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     0.1        0.9        (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/ (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (41.3   $ (21.0   $ (49.7

 

98


Table of Contents

Summarized balance sheet data for these discontinued operations is as follows:

 

(in millions)

   June 30,
2012
     June 30,
2011
 

Assets held for sale

     

Working capital and other assets

     —           28.0   

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

     —           38.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets held for sale

     —           66.2   

Liabilities held for sale

     

Current liabilities

     —           11.3   

Other liabilities

     —           0.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities held for sale

     —           11.6   

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In the preparation of its consolidated financial statements, the Company completed an evaluation of the impact of any subsequent events and determined there were no other subsequent events requiring disclosure in or adjustment to these financial statements.

19. GUARANTOR AND NON GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement, the Senior Toggle Notes and the €225 million 9  3 /4% Euro-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”) are unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Company’s existing U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, other than the Company’s Puerto Rico subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

The following condensed financial information presents the Company’s Consolidating Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2012 and as of June 30, 2011 and the Consolidating Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010 and Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2012, June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2010: (a) Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Issuer” and/or “Parent”); (b) the guarantor subsidiaries; (c) the non-guarantor subsidiaries and (d) elimination and adjustment entries necessary to combine the Issuer/Parent with the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, respectively.

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidating Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended June 30, 2012

(In millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor     Non-
Guarantor
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net revenue

   $ —        $ 591.9      $ 1,127.4      $ (24.5   $ 1,694.8   

Cost of products sold

     —          337.6        823.1        (24.5     1,136.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     —          254.3        304.3        —          558.6   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3.7        231.7        112.7        —          348.1   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     —          (0.3     2.1        —          1.8   

Restructuring and other

     —          1.8        17.7        —          19.5   

Property and casualty losses

     —          —          (8.8     —          (8.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings/(loss)

     (3.7     21.0        180.7        —          198.0   

Interest expense, net

     181.9        0.7        0.6        —          183.2   

Other (income)/expense, net

     (142.2     (123.8     (260.0     522.2        (3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (43.4     144.1        440.1        (522.2     18.6   

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     (3.0     5.7        13.8        —          16.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     (40.4     138.4        426.3        (522.2     2.1   

Loss from discontinued operations

     —          (40.0     (1.3     —          (41.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss)

     (40.4     98.4        425.0        (522.2     (39.2

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —          —          1.2        —          1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

   $ (40.4   $ 98.4      $ 423.8      $ (522.2   $ (40.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidating Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended June 30, 2011

(In millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor     Non-
Guarantor
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net revenue

   $ —        $ 490.9      $ 1,058.3      $ (17.4   $ 1,531.8   

Cost of products sold

     —          279.2        767.9        (17.4     1,029.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     —          211.7        290.4        —          502.1   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     3.9        167.9        116.5        —          288.3   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     0.2        3.4        —          —          3.6   

Restructuring and other

     —          4.8        7.7        —          12.5   

Property and casualty losses

     —          0.3        11.3        —          11.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings/(loss)

     (4.1     35.3        154.9        —          186.1   

Interest expense, net

     161.0        2.2        2.3        —          165.5   

Other (income)/expense, net

     (108.4     (462.4     72.7        524.1        26.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (56.7     495.5        79.9        (524.1     (5.4

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     (3.2     3.5        23.4        —          23.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     (53.5     492.0        56.5        (524.1     (29.1

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.5     8.1        (28.6     —          (21.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss)

     (54.0     500.1        27.9        (524.1     (50.1

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —          —          3.9        —          3.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

   $ (54.0   $ 500.1      $ 24.0      $ (524.1   $ (54.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidating Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended June 30, 2010

(In millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor     Non-
Guarantor
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net revenue

   $ —        $ 444.2      $ 1,031.6      $ 4.6      $ 1,480.4   

Cost of products sold

     —          259.3        775.4        4.8        1,039.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     —          184.9        256.2        (0.2     440.9   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2.6        156.4        111.1        —          270.1   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     20.0        180.3        14.5        —          214.8   

Restructuring and other

     —          4.3        13.4        —          17.7   

Operating earnings/(loss)

     (22.6     (156.1     117.2        (0.2     (61.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

     157.0        0.4        3.6        —          161.0   

Other (income)/expense, net

     101.7        (138.2     (196.5     225.7        (7.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (281.3     (18.3     310.1        (225.9     (215.4

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     8.3        7.7        5.9        —          21.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     (289.6     (26.0     304.2        (225.9     (237.3

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations

     —          (45.9     (7.5     3.7        (49.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss)

     (289.6     (71.9     296.7        (222.2     (287.0

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

     —          —          2.6        —          2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings/(loss) attributable to Catalent

   $ (289.6   $ (71.9   $ 294.1      $ (222.2   $ (289.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidating Balance Sheet

June 30, 2012

(In millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor      Non-
Guarantor
     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

            

Current Assets

            

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2.7      $ 49.5       $ 86.8       $ —        $ 139.0   

Trade receivables, net

     —          112.4         225.9         —          338.3   

Intercompany receivables

     (406.6     1,070.5         784.7         (1,448.6     —     

Inventories

     —          24.0         94.7         —          118.7   

Prepaid expenses and other

     19.1        32.6         57.0         —          108.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     (384.8     1,289.0         1,249.1         (1,448.6     704.7   

Property and equipment, net

     —          353.8         455.9         —          809.7   

Goodwill

     —          331.4         698.5         —          1,029.9   

Other intangibles, net

     —          104.1         313.6         —          417.7   

Investment in subsidiaries

     3,632.1        —           —           (3,630.5     1.6   

Deferred income taxes asset

     4.0        68.0         63.2         —          135.2   

Other assets

     22.7        15.3         2.2         —          40.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,274.0      $ 2,161.6       $ 2,782.5       $ (5,079.1   $ 3,139.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Deficit

            

Current Liabilities

            

Current portion of long-term obligations & other short-term borrowings

   $ 17.8      $ 7.7       $ 17.7       $ —        $ 43.2   

Accounts payable

     —          42.6         91.6         —          134.2   

Intercompany accounts payable

     1,080.4        —           79.0         (1,159.4     —     

Other accrued liabilities

     49.4        95.7         116.8         —          261.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,147.6        146.0         305.1         (1,159.4     439.3   

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     2,574.1        20.9         45.3         —          2,640.3   

Intercompany long-term debt

     (106.5     2.4         391.7         (287.6     —     

Pension liability

     —          55.7         84.6         —          140.3   

Deferred income taxes liability

     9.5        107.5         102.9         —          219.9   

Other liabilities

     —          29.5         20.4         —          49.9   

Shareholder’s Deficit:

            

Total Catalent shareholder’s deficit

     (350.7     1,799.6         1,832.5         (3,632.1     (350.7

Noncontrolling interest

     —          —           —           —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s deficit

     (350.7     1,799.6         1,832.5         (3,632.1     (350.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit

   $ 3,274.0      $ 2,161.6       $ 2,782.5       $ (5,079.1   $ 3,139.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidating Balance Sheet

June 30, 2011

(In millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor      Non-
Guarantor
     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

            

Current Assets

            

Cash and equivalents

   $ 3.6      $ 33.4       $ 168.1       $ —        $ 205.1   

Trade receivables, net

     —          71.3         190.8         —          262.1   

Intercompany receivables

     70.3        712.9         908.6         (1,691.8     —     

Inventories

     —          23.1         107.7         —          130.8   

Prepaid expenses and other

     20.5        24.4         48.6         —          93.5   

Assets held for sale

     —          66.2         —           —          66.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     94.4        931.3         1,423.8         (1,691.8     757.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     —          283.1         438.2         —          721.3   

Goodwill

     —          308.1         597.9         —          906.0   

Other intangibles, net

     —          91.6         195.1         —          286.7   

Investment in subsidiaries

     3,323.3        —           —           (3,321.9     1.4   

Deferred income taxes asset

     22.3        68.1         24.4         —          114.8   

Other assets

     31.4        8.5         4.9         (1.5     43.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,471.4      $ 1,690.7       $ 2,684.3       $ (5,015.2   $ 2,831.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Deficit

            

Current Liabilities

            

Current portion of long-term obligations & other short-term borrowings

   $ 14.4        1.6       $ 12.6       $ —        $ 28.6   

Accounts payable

     —          28.0         95.7         —          123.7   

Intercompany accounts payable

     1,206.7        —           —           (1,206.7     —     

Other accrued liabilities

     49.1        72.8         99.7         —          221.6   

Liabilities held for sale

     —          11.6         —           —          11.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,270.2        114.0         208.0         (1,206.7     385.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     2,300.1        8.1         9.8         —          2,318.0   

Intercompany long-term debt

     69.2        1.7         414.3         (485.2     —     

Pension liability

     —          17.0         61.5         —          78.5   

Deferred income taxes liability

     27.1        102.9         62.7         —          192.7   

Other liabilities

     18.5        22.5         25.4         —          66.4   

Shareholder’s Deficit:

       —                —     

Total Catalent shareholder’s deficit

     (213.7     1,424.5         1,898.8         (3,323.3     (213.7

Noncontrolling interest

     —          —           3.8         —          3.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholder’s deficit

     (213.7     1,424.5         1,902.6         (3,323.3     (209.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder’s deficit

   $ 3,471.4      $ 1,690.7       $ 2,684.3       $ (5,015.2   $ 2,831.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended June 30, 2012

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
    Eliminations      Consolidated  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net cash provided by /(used in) operating activities from continuing operations

   $ (531.2   $ 163.0      $ 455.9      $ —         $ 87.7   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

     —          0.2        —          —           0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

     (531.2     163.2        455.9        —           87.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Acquisition of property, equipment and other productive assets

     —          (42.3     (61.9     —           (104.2

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —          1.3        0.9        —           2.2   

Proceeds from insurance related to long lived assets

     —          —          21.3        —           21.3   

Payment for acquisitions, net of cash

     (457.5     —          —          —           (457.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities from continuing operations

     (457.5     (41.0     (39.7     —           (538.2

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities from discontinued operations

     —          43.7        —          —           43.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     (457.5     2.7        (39.7     —           (494.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Intercompany

     618.6        (147.7     (470.9     —           —     

Change in short-term borrowings

     —          —          (2.9     —           (2.9

Payments related to revolver credit facility

     (1.6     —          —          —           (1.6

Proceeds from Borrowing on term loan

     393.3        —          —          —           393.3   

Repayments of long-term obligations

     (23.6     (2.1     (11.3     —           (37.0

Equity contribution/(redemption)

     1.1        —          —          —           1.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     987.8        (149.8     (485.1     —           352.9   

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities from discontinued operations

     —          —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

     987.8        (149.8     (485.1     —           352.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of foreign currency on cash

     —          —          (12.4     —           (12.4

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

     (0.9     16.1        (81.3     —           (66.1

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     3.6        33.4        168.1        —           205.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 2.7      $ 49.5      $ 86.8      $ —         $ 139.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended June 30, 2011

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
    Eliminations      Consolidated  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities from continuing operations

   $ (557.5   $ 539.7      $ 129.4      $ —         $ 111.6   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

     —          3.8        (15.7        (11.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities

     (557.5     543.5        113.7        —           99.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Acquisition of property and equipment and other productive assets

     —          (32.8     (54.5     —           (87.3

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —          0.1        3.9        —           4.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities from continuing operations

     —          (32.7     (50.6     —           (83.3

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities from discontinued operations

     —          6.8        26.1           32.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     —          (25.9     (24.5     —           (50.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Intercompany

     464.1        (515.9     51.8        —          
—  
  

Net change in short-term borrowings

     (4.5     —          1.2           (3.3

Repayments of long-term obligations

     (14.2     (0.1     (9.8     —           (24.1

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

     —          —          (2.6     —           (2.6

Equity contribution (redemption)

     3.9        —          —          —           3.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     449.3        (516.0     40.6        —           (26.1

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities from discontinued operations

     —          —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     449.3        (516.0     40.6        —           (26.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of foreign currency on cash

     94.1        —          (76.2        17.9   

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

     (14.1     1.6        53.6        —           41.1   

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     17.7        31.8        114.5        —           164.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 3.6      $ 33.4      $ 168.1      $ —         $ 205.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended June 30, 2010

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
    Eliminations      Consolidated  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities from continuing operations

   $ (351.9   $ 159.5      $ 423.9      $ —         $ 231.5   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

     —          (0.7     3.0           2.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities

     (351.9     158.8        426.9        —           233.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Acquisition of property and equipment and other productive assets

     —          (13.3     (57.2     —           (70.5

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —          (0.4     0.7        —           0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities from continuing operations

     —          (13.7     (56.5     —           (70.2

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities from discontinued operations

     —          6.7        (3.2        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     —          (7.0     (59.7     —           (66.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Intercompany

     502.3        (122.7     (379.6     —           —     

Net change in short-term borrowings

     (0.3     —          1.4           1.1   

Repayments of revolver credit facility

     (36.0            (36.0

Borrowings from revolver credit facility

              —     

Repayments of long-term obligations

     (14.1     (1.6     (5.0     —           (20.7

Distribution to noncontrolling interest holder

     —          —          (1.7     —           (1.7

Equity contribution (redemption)

     0.6        —          —          —           0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     452.5        (124.3     (384.9     —           (56.7

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities from discontinued operations

     —          —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     452.5        (124.3     (384.9     —           (56.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of foreign currency on cash

     (83.1     —          72.8           (10.3

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

     17.5        27.5        55.1        —           100.1   

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     0.2        4.2        59.5        —           63.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ 17.7      $ 31.7      $ 114.6      $ —         $ 164.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and the Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2012 the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to accomplish their objectives at the reasonable assurance level.

On February 17, 2012, the Company completed its acquisition of the CTS Business of Aptuit by purchasing the outstanding shares of capital stock of Aptuit Holdings, Inc. (as discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). We are in the process of evaluating the internal controls of the acquired business. As permitted by the SEC Staff interpretive guidance for newly acquired businesses, the internal controls over financial reporting of Aptuit Holdings, Inc. were excluded from a formal evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

   

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

   

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Our internal control systems include the controls themselves, actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified, an organizational structure providing for division of responsibilities, careful selection and training of qualified financial personnel and a program of internal audits.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2012. In making this assessment, management used the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework . As described below, this assessment did not include the internal control over financial reporting of Aptuit Holdings, Inc., the Company’s newly-acquired subsidiary.

Based on this assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2012.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are in the process of evaluating the internal controls of Aptuit Holdings, Inc., the Company’s newly acquired subsidiary. In connection with the CTS Acquisition, we have developed a supporting infrastructure covering all critical operations, including but not limited to, sales, inventory management, customer service, finance and other administrative areas. As part of the development of this infrastructure, we have implemented and will continue to enhance various processes,

 

107


Table of Contents

systems, and internal controls to support this business. As permitted by the SEC Staff interpretive guidance for newly acquired business, management excluded the internal control over financial reporting of Aptuit Holdings, Inc. from management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Aptuit Holdings, Inc.’ operations contributed approximately $67.9 million in revenues to our consolidated financial results for 2012 (representing the period following the February 17, 2012 acquisition date) and Aptuit Holdings, Inc. had total assets of approximately $482.0 million as of June 30, 2012 (of which approximately $346.0 million represented goodwill and identifiable intangible assets).

Other than as noted above in connection with the acquisition of Aptuit Holdings, Inc., there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 9B is not applicable and has been omitted.

 

108


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Executive Officers and Directors of the Registrant

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors including their respective ages as of September 1, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

John R. Chiminski

     48       President & Chief Executive Officer and Director

Matthew Walsh

     46       Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Scott Houlton

     45       President, Development and Clinical Services

David Heyens

     56       President, Oral Technologies - Softgel

Ian Muir

     46       President, Oral Technologies - Modified Release Technology

Barry Littlejohns

     46       President, Medication Delivery Solutions

William Downie

     45       Senior Vice President, Global Marketing & Sales

Sharon Johnson

     48       Senior Vice President, Global Quality and Regulatory Affairs

Samrat S. Khichi

     44       Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary

Stephen Leonard

     49       Senior Vice President, Global Operations

Kurt Nielsen

     45       Senior Vice President, Innovation & Growth and Chief Technology Officer

Roy Satchell

     53       Senior Vice President, Information Technology

Lance Miyamoto

     57       Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Cornell Stamoran

     44       Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development

Charles Silvey

     53       Vice President, Internal Audit & Finance Operations

Chinh E. Chu

     45       Director

Michael Dal Bello

     41       Director

Bruce McEvoy

     35       Director

Paul Clark

     65       Director

James Quella

     62       Director

Melvin D. Booth

     67       Director

Arthur J. Higgins

     56       Director

John R. Chiminski has led Catalent as President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2009. Mr. Chiminski brings to Catalent a diversified business background that includes lean manufacturing, supply chain, research and development, customer service, and global business management, with a focus on customers and growth. He joined Catalent after more than 20 years of experience at GE Healthcare in engineering, operations, and senior leadership roles. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Chiminski was President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Medical Diagnostics, a global business with sales of $1.9 billion. From 2005 to 2007, he served as Vice President and General Manager of GE Healthcare’s Global Magnetic Resonance Business, and from 2001 to 2005, as Vice President and General Manager of Global Healthcare Services. Earlier at GE, he held a series of cross-functional leadership positions in both manufacturing and engineering, including a GE Medical Systems assignment in France. Mr. Chiminski holds a BS from Michigan State University and an MS from Purdue University, both in electrical engineering, as well as a Master in Management degree from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. He is on the Board of Trustees for the HealthCare Institute of New Jersey, and is also a director of DJO Global, Inc.

Matthew Walsh has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Walsh served as President and Chief Financial Officer of Escala Group, Inc., a global collectibles network and precious metals trader. From 1996 through 2006, Mr. Walsh held positions of increasing responsibility in corporate development, accounting and finance at diversified industrial manufacturer GenTek, Inc., culminating in his appointment as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to GenTek, he served in corporate development and other roles in banking and the chemicals industry. Mr. Walsh received a B.S. in chemical engineering and an MBA from Cornell University and is a CFA ® charter holder.

 

109


Table of Contents

Scott Houlton has served as our Group President, Development and Clinical Services since August 2009. Previously, Mr. Houlton was most recently Chief Operating Officer of Aptuit, Inc., responsible for Scientific Operations, Business Process Improvement, Human Resources, Clinical Operations and Capital Development and served as a director for Aptuit Laurus, Inc. Prior to Aptuit, Mr. Houlton held a variety of leadership roles in other companies including Vice President of Clinical Supplies at Quintiles Transnational Corporation. Earlier in his career, he was with Cardinal Health, Inc. where he served as Director of International Business Development. Mr. Houlton holds a B.S. degree in both International Business and Finance from The Ohio State University.

David Heyens has served as our President, Softgel Technologies since June 2010 and was Group President, Packaging Services from August 2009 to June 2010. Mr. Heyens joined the Company in 1995 and served as President of the North American softgel business from 2000 to 2006, then as head of the global softgel business from 2006 to 2007. From June 2007 to August 2009, Mr. Heyens served as our Senior Vice President, Global Sales. Mr. Heyens previously held a variety of sales and marketing leadership roles at Baxter and Procter & Gamble. Mr. Heyens holds a B.S. in business administration and marketing from St. Clair College of Applied Arts and Technologies, Canada.

Ian Muir has served as our President, Modified Release Technologies (MRT) since June 2010. Since joining the Company in 2000, Dr. Muir held a number of positions, most recently the Vice President and General Manager of MRT. Dr. Muir’s previous roles in the Company included Director of Oral Product Development and business leader for the Zydis ® fast dissolve technology. In 2005, he was promoted to Vice President of Technical Operations. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Muir held roles within product development, technical operations and program management at Bristol-Meyers Squibb, Wyeth Glaxo Smith Kline and Faulding/DBL Pharmaceuticals in the UK, Australia and the US. Dr. Muir is a registered pharmacist in the United Kingdom and holds a doctorate from Nottingham University.

Barry Littlejohns has led Catalent’s Medication Delivery Solutions business, since July 2011. Mr. Littlejohns has an extensive background in leading international life science businesses in both US and European organizations. He rejoins Catalent after two years as Senior Vice President of Operations and Business Development at Danish biotechnology company Genmab, where his responsibilities included strategic licensing and manufacturing oversight. Prior to Genmab, he served in a broad range of leadership roles at Catalent. These include Vice President of Global Business Operations, Vice President of Commercial Affairs for Medication Delivery Solutions, Vice President and General Manager of Injectables, and various financial, operational and leadership roles. He joined Catalent in 1989 when it was formerly the RP Scherer Corporation. Mr. Littlejohns has two degrees in business and finance from Swindon, UK.

William Downie has served as Senior Vice President, Global Sales & Marketing since June 2010. Mr. Downie joined Catalent as Group President, Medication Delivery Solutions, and Senior Vice President, Global Sales & Marketing in October 2009. Prior to joining Catalent, Mr. Downie served as Vice President and Global Leader of Molecular Imaging at GE Healthcare. Before that, he held several executive positions in other GE Healthcare units, including Vice President and General Manager, Medical Diagnostics – Europe, Middle East and Africa, and Vice President of Sales for Medical Diagnostics – Europe. Prior to GE Healthcare, Mr. Downie was with Innovex UK Limited (part of Quintiles, Inc.), where he held several positions in operations and sales/marketing. Earlier in his career, he held leadership positions with Sanofi-Synthelabo UK; Sanofi-Winthrop Limited; and Merck & Co., Inc. Mr. Downie holds a Bachelor of Science degree in biochemistry from the University of Edinburgh.

Sharon Johnson has served as our Senior Vice President, Global Quality and Regulatory Affairs since August 1, 2009. Previously, Ms. Johnson was most recently Vice President of Quality for GE Healthcare, Medical Diagnostics in Buckinghamshire, England. Prior to GE, she was Quality Director for Baxter Healthcare’s Europe operations for four years. Before that, she was with Rhone Poulenc Rorer as Quality Manager for Sterile Products and Microbiology in Essex, England. Earlier in her career, Ms. Johnson held Quality and Microbiology positions with Berk Pharmaceuticals in East Sussex, England and Medicines Testing Laboratory in Edinburgh, Scotland. Ms. Johnson holds a Post Graduate Diploma in Industrial Pharmaceutical Studies with Distinction from Brighton University and holds a B.S. Honours Degree in Biological Sciences/Microbiology from North East Surrey College of Technology.

Samrat (“Sam”) Khichi has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since October 2007. In 2011 Mr. Khichi was also named Chief Administrative Officer. Previously Mr. Khichi was Counsel in the Mergers and Acquisitions and Private Equity Group at O’Melveny & Myers. Prior to O’Melveny & Myers, Mr. Khichi was appointed by President George W. Bush to serve as a White House Fellow. Prior to his appointment, Mr. Khichi was also an attorney in the Mergers and Acquisitions practice group of Shearman & Sterling and McDermott Will & Emery. Mr. Khichi’s military service includes service as an active duty field artillery officer in the U.S. Army, a reserve Lieutenant Commander, U.S. Navy and a Captain in the NJ Army National Guard. Mr. Khichi was the Deputy Director of the NY/NJ High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area while serving in NJ Army National Guard Counter Drug Program. Mr. Khichi holds a Bachelor of Science from Georgetown University, a M.B.A from the Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management and a J.D. cum laude and Order of the Coif from Fordham University School of Law.

Stephen Leonard has served as our Senior Vice President of Global Operations since June 2009. Previously, Mr. Leonard was most recently General Manager of Global Operations for GE Healthcare’s Medical Diagnostics business,

 

110


Table of Contents

responsible for more than 10 sites in Europe, Asia and the Americas. Earlier assignments in his 22 years at GE included a variety of leadership roles, with responsibility for areas such as plant management, global sourcing and supply chain, global product quality, and global operations. Mr. Leonard received his Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from Drexel University.

Kurt Nielsen has serviced as our Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President – Innovation and Growth since February 2010. Prior to joining Catalent, Mr. Nielsen was with URLMutual Pharmaceutical Company in Pennsylvania as Executive Vice President – Pharmaceuticals. In his role at URLMutual, Mr. Nielsen devised the strategy and led the execution for activities in the company’s new product portfolio, employing a variety of business arrangements. Prior to that role, he was Vice President of R&D. Before joining URLMutual, Mr. Nielsen held executive positions with TEVA Pharmaceuticals USA; McNeil Consumer Products; Energy Biosystems, Inc.; Bachem Bioscience; and Hercules, Inc., Arco Chemical Company, and Chubb National Foam. He holds a Ph.D. in Chemistry from Villanova University and a B.S. in Chemistry from University of Delaware.

Roy Satchell has served as our Senior Vice President, Information Technology since 2005. Mr. Satchell joined the Company in 1982 and since 2001 has held a series of global leadership roles within the information technology organizations of both Cardinal and the Company. He has a diploma in administrative management and a post-graduate degree in Management Studies, both from Regents College, Swindon, U.K., and an MBA from Bristol University in Bristol, U.K.

Lance Miyamoto was named Senior Vice President of Human Resources of Catalent in March 2011. Mr. Miyamoto has more than 25 years experience in delivering HR systems including compensation and career structures that drive business results and growth. In addition to general HR expertise and organization development, he has experience leading in a global environment and has managed global company turnarounds, mergers and acquisitions. Prior to his own consulting business, Mr. Miyamoto held a number of HR leadership roles in other companies, including Executive Vice President of Comverse Technology Inc. He also served as Executive Vice President of HR for AOL LLC, a division of Time Warner, from 2004 to 2007. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Miyamoto was Executive Vice President of HR for Lexis-Nexis, a $2.2 billion division of Reed Elsevier. He was also a senior executive with Dun and Bradstreet with responsibility for performance development. Mr. Miyamoto is a graduate of Harvard University, and holds an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania where he was a COGME (Council for Graduate Management Education) Fellow.

Cornell Stamoran has served as our Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development since November 2007, and as Investor Relations Officer since February 2008. Mr. Stamoran joined the company from Arthur Andersen & Co. in 1992, and has served in a variety of capacities, including strategic and financial planning, corporate and business development, marketing, financial and SEC reporting, and investor relations. He previously served as Vice President of Strategy & Business Process from September 2005 through November 2007. Mr. Stamoran has a B.S. from the University of Michigan, and holds several professional certifications.

Charles Silvey has served as our Vice President, Internal Audit since April 2008 and has over 21 years experience in financial auditing and compliance. Before arriving at Catalent in 2008, he was the Practice Director for Internal Audit and Controls for Jefferson Wells International. He also served as Vice President of Internal Audit at Cambrex Corporation and Vice President of Financial and Operational Auditing for Automatic Data Processing, Inc. Prior to that, he was the CFO of the Americas Services for Lucent Technologies, and in his early career worked as a finance manager for CR Bard, Inc. and KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP. Mr. Silvey has a bachelor’s degree in business from Monmouth University in West Long Branch, New Jersey. He is a certified public accountant and a member of the New Jersey Society of CPAs.

Chinh E. Chu has been a director since April 2007. Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director in the Corporate Private Equity group of The Blackstone Group. Mr. Chu has led Blackstone’s investment in Stiefel Laboratories, ReAble Therapeutics’ acquisition of DJ Orthopedics, Biomet, Alliant, ReAble Therapeutics, Celanese, Nalco, SunGard Data Systems, Nycomed, and LIFFE. He has also been involved in Blackstone’s investments in FGIC, Graham Packaging, Sirius Satellite Radio, StorageApps, Haynes International, Prime Succession/Rose Hills, Interstate Hotels, HFS and Alco Holdings. Before joining Blackstone in 1990, Mr. Chu worked at Salomon Brothers in the Mergers & Acquisitions Department. Mr. Chu received a B.S. in Finance from the University of Buffalo, where he graduated summa cum laude . He currently serves as a Director of Alliant, Healthmarkets, DJO Incorporated, SunGard, Graham Packaging, and FGIC.

Michael Dal Bello has been a director since April 2007. Mr. Dal Bello is a Managing Director of The Blackstone Group, which he joined in 2002, and is actively involved in Blackstone’s healthcare investment activities. Previously Mr. Dal Bello worked at Hellman & Friedman LLC and at Bain & Company. Mr. Dal Bello received an MBA from Harvard Business School in 2002. Mr. Dal Bello currently serves on the boards of directors of Apria Healthcare Group, Alliant, Biomet, Emdeon, Inc., Team Health and Vanguard Health Services.

Bruce McEvoy has been a director since April 2007. Mr. McEvoy is a Principal at The Blackstone Group. Before joining Blackstone in 2006, Mr. McEvoy worked as an Associate at General Atlantic from 2002 to 2004, and was a

 

111


Table of Contents

consultant at McKinsey & Company from 1999 to 2002. Mr. McEvoy received an MBA from Harvard Business School in 2006. Mr. McEvoy currently serves on the boards of directors of DJO Incorporated, Performance Food Group, RGIS Inventory Services and Sea World Parks and Entertainment.

Paul Clark has been a director since August 2007. Mr. Clark served as Chief Executive Officer and President from June 1999 and Chairman of the Board from February 2000 until February 2007 of ICOS Corporation, a biotechnology company. Prior to ICOS, Mr. Clark was with Abbott Laboratories from 1984-1998, where he had responsibility for pharmaceuticals and other businesses, retiring from Abbott as Executive Vice President and a Board Member. Mr. Clark is also an Operating Partner and Strategic Advisory Board member of Genstar Capital LLC, and a Director of Agilent Technologies and Harlan Labs. Mr. Clark received his B.S. in finance from University of Alabama and his MBA from Dartmouth College, Amos Tuck School.

James Quella has been a director since December 2009. Mr. Quella is a Senior Managing Director and Senior Operating Partner in the Corporate Private Equity group of The Blackstone Group. Mr. Quella is responsible for monitoring the strategy and operational performance of Blackstone portfolio companies and providing direct assistance in the oversight of large investments. He is also a member of the firm’s Private Equity Investment Committee. Prior to joining Blackstone in 2004, Mr. Quella was a Managing Director and Senior Operating Partner with DLJ Merchant Banking Partners-CSFB Private Equity. Prior to that, Mr. Quella worked at Mercer Management Consulting and Strategic Planning Associates, its predecessor firm, where he served as a senior consultant to CEOs and senior management teams, and was Co-Vice Chairman with shared responsibility for overall management of the firm. Mr. Quella received a BA in International Studies from the University of Chicago/University of Wisconsin-Madison and an MBA with dean’s honors from the University of Chicago. He is also the co-author of Profit Patterns: 30 Ways to Anticipate and Profit from the Strategic Forces Reshaping Your Business . Mr. Quella has been a member of various private equity company boards and currently serves as a Director of Freescale Semiconductor, Michaels Stores, Inc., and Vanguard Health Systems.

Melvin D. Booth has been a director since July 2010. Most recently, Mr. Booth served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Medimmune, Inc. from 1998 through his retirement in 2003, and as a Director from 1998 through 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Booth was President, Chief Operating Officer and Director of Human Genome Sciences, Inc. from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Booth also served in a variety of senior leadership positions for Syntex Inc., including leading both Syntex Laboratories, Inc. and Syntex Pharmaceuticals Pacific. Mr. Booth also served as Lead Director for Millipore Corporation until its recent acquisition by Merck KGaA, and currently serves on the Board of Ventria BioScience, as Chairman of the Board for PRA International, Inc., Chairman of the Board for ERT (Electronic Research Technologies) and as a strategic advisor in life sciences for Genstar Capital. Mr. Booth holds an undergraduate degree and an honorary Ph.D. in Science from the Northwest Missouri State University, and is a certified public accountant.

Arthur J. Higgins has been a director since August 2010. Mr. Higgins previously served as Chairman of the Bayer HealthCare Executive Committee from 2004 to 2010, and as Chairman of the Board of Management of Bayer HealthCare AG from 2006 to 2010. Mr. Higgins started his career in 1978 with Bristol-Myers. He subsequently worked for Sandoz (1979 to 1984) and Fisons (1984 to 1987) before moving to Abbott Laboratories in the USA (1987 to 2001), where he held positions of increasing responsibility in the international and domestic divisions. He was appointed President of Abbott’s Pharmaceutical Products Division from 1998 to 2001. In 2001, Mr. Higgins joined Enzon Pharmaceuticals as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Higgins currently serves on the boards of directors of Zimmer, Inc., Eco Labs, and Resverlogix Corp, and is a member of Blackstone Healthcare Partners. Mr. Higgins holds a B.S. degree in biochemistry from Strathclyde University in Glasgow, Scotland.

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. Our directors serve until their successor is duly elected and qualified, or until their resignation or removal. There are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers.

Director Qualifications

By virtue of its controlling interest in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C.’s ownership of all the outstanding membership interests of our indirect parent company, Phoenix Charter LLC, Blackstone controls us and is entitled to elect all of our directors.

When considering whether our directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole, to enable the board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of the Company’s business and structure, the board of directors focused primarily on the information discussed in each of the Board members’ or nominees’ biographical information set forth above. Each of the Company’s directors possesses high ethical standards, acts with integrity and exercises careful, mature judgment. Each is committed to employing their skills and abilities to aid the long-term interests of the stakeholders of the Company. In addition, our directors are knowledgeable and experienced in one or

 

112


Table of Contents

more business or civic endeavors, which further qualify them for service as members of our board of directors. Each of Messrs. Chu, Dal Bello, McEvoy and Quella possesses experience in owning and managing privately held enterprises and are familiar with corporate finance and strategic business planning activities that are unique to highly-leveraged companies like us. Finally, many of our directors possess substantial expertise in advising and managing companies in various segments of the healthcare industry. In particular, Mr. Chu is experienced in management, having been involved in numerous Blackstone investments, including investments in the healthcare industry, such as the Stiefel Laboratories investment and the ReAble Therapeutics’ acquisition of DJ Orthopedics. Mr. Dal Bello is familiar with the healthcare industry, serving as a director of Vanguard Health Systems, Team Health and Apria Healthcare Group. Mr. McEvoy has experience in the healthcare industry, serving as a director of DJO Incorporated, formerly known as ReAble Therapeutics. Mr. Quella is also familiar with the healthcare industry, serving as a director of Vanguard Health Systems. With respect to Mr. Clark, the board of directors considered his experience in management and his extensive knowledge of the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, having served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of ICOS Corporation, a biotechnology company and as a former Executive Vice President and director of Abbott Laboratories. With respect to Mr. Booth, the board of directors considered his accounting expertise as a certified public accountant and his extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry, having served as the President and Chief Operating Officer, and as a director, of Medimmune, Inc. With respect to Mr. Higgins, the board of directors considered his experience in managing and advising companies in the pharmaceutical industry, having served as the Chairman of the Bayer HealthCare Executive Committee and as Chairman of the Board of Management of Bayer HealthCare AG. Finally, with regards to Mr. Chiminski, our board of directors considered his significant experience in the healthcare industry gained through his twenty-one year tenure at GE Healthcare and his service as our President & Chief Executive Officer with responsibility for the day-to-day oversight of the Company’s business operations.

Committees of the Board

Our board of directors has an audit committee, an executive committee and a compensation committee. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary and advisable.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Michael Dal Bello, Bruce McEvoy, Paul Clark and Melvin D. Booth. Mr. Dal Bello is the Chairman of the Audit Committee. The audit committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors with its oversight responsibilities regarding: (i) the integrity of our financial statements; (ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; and (iv) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm.

While our board of directors has not designated any of its members as an audit committee financial expert, we believe that each of the current board members is fully qualified to address any accounting, financial reporting or audit issues that may come before it.

Executive Committee

Our executive committee is comprised of Chinh E. Chu and Michael Dal Bello. The primary purpose of the executive committee is to act, when necessary, in place of our full board of directors and to manage the affairs of the Company in the intervals between meetings of the board of directors. The executive committee is authorized to exercise all the powers of the board of directors that are permitted by law to be exercised by a committee of the board of directors, including the powers to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock and to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Chinh E. Chu, Michael Dal Bello and Bruce McEvoy. Mr. Dal Bello is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining, reviewing, approving and overseeing our executive compensation program.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted Standards of Business Conduct for all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of our Standards of Business Conduct has been posted on our Internet website at www.catalent.com/ourcommitment/ . Our Standards of Business Conduct is a “code of ethics”, as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to or waivers of provisions of our code of ethics on our Internet website www.catalent.com.

 

113


Table of Contents
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation of the members of our board of directors during fiscal 2012. The compensation paid to Mr. Chiminski, who became a member of our board of directors on March 17, 2009 and is our President and Chief Executive Officer, is presented in the Summary Compensation Table and the related explanatory tables. Our President and Chief Executive Officer is generally not entitled to receive additional compensation for his services as a director.

 

Name

   Fees
Earned or
Paid In
Cash($)(1)
     Option
Awards
($)(2)(3)
   Total ($)  
Current Directors    (b)      (c)    (d)  

Paul Clark

     125,000            125,000   

Bruce McEvoy (4)

        

James Quella (4)

        

Michael Dal Bello (4)

        

Chinh Chu (4)

        

Arthur Higgins

     125,000            125,000   

Melvin Booth

     125,000            125,000   

Former Director

                  

Peter Baird

     75,171            75,171   

 

(1) Amounts reported in column (b) reflect annual retainer fees. Mr. Baird resigned from the Board of Directors on February 6, 2012; therefore, the amount reported in column (b) for Mr. Baird reflects fees earned through his resignation date.
(2) None of our directors were granted options during the 2012 fiscal year.
(3) As of June 30, 2012, Messrs. Baird, Clark, Higgins and Booth each held 250, 612, 725 and 725 unexercised PTS Holdings Corp. options, respectively.
(4) Messrs. Chu, Dal Bello, McEvoy and Quella are employees of The Blackstone Group and do not receive any compensation from us for their services on our board of directors.

Description of Current Director Compensation

This section contains a description of the material terms of our compensation arrangements for Messrs. Clark, Higgins and Booth. As noted above, Messrs. Chu, Dal Bello, McEvoy and Quella are employees of The Blackstone Group and do not receive any compensation from us for their services on our board of directors. All of our directors, including Messrs. Chu, Dal Bello, McEvoy and Quella, are reimbursed for the out-of-pocket expenses they incur in connection with their service as directors.

 

114


Table of Contents

Mr. Clark . In July 2007, we approved an annual retainer of $125,000 for Mr. Clark starting in fiscal 2008. Mr. Clark was also granted an option to purchase 250 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan as part of his compensation. On September 8, 2010, Mr. Clark was granted an option to purchase an additional 362 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. 100% of Mr. Clark’s options are time options, and they will ordinarily become vested and exercisable in five substantially equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to his continued provision of services. Mr. Clark’s options will also become fully vested upon a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and the portion of his options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following a termination of service without cause or due to death or disability will become vested in connection with such a termination of service. Other than the vesting terms described in this paragraph, the other terms of Mr. Clark’s options are generally the same as described below for the Named Officers (other than Messrs. Chiminski and Walsh) under the heading “Description of Equity-Based Awards.”

Messrs. Higgins and Booth . In July 2010, we approved an annual retainer of $125,000 for each of Messrs. Higgins and Booth starting in fiscal 2011. Messrs. Higgins and Booth were each granted an option to purchase 725 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. on September 8, 2010 under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan as part of their compensation. 100% of Messrs. Higgins’s and Booth’s options are time options, and they will ordinarily become vested and exercisable in five substantially equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to their continued provision of services. Messrs. Higgins’s and Booth’s options will also become fully vested upon a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and the portion of their options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following a termination of service without cause or due to death or disability will become vested in connection with such a termination of service. Other than the vesting terms described in this paragraph, the other terms of Messrs. Higgins’s and Booth’s options are generally the same as described below for the Named Officers (other than Messrs. Chiminski and Walsh) under the heading “Description of Equity-Based Awards.” Mr. Higgins purchased 3,000 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. at a purchase price of $850 per share on September 13, 2010.

Description of Former Director Compensation

Mr. Baird. In July 2007, we approved an annual retainer of $125,000 for Mr. Baird starting in Fiscal 2008. Mr. Baird was also granted an option to purchase 250 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan as part of his compensation. 100% of Mr. Baird’s options are time options, and they would ordinarily become vested and exercisable in five substantially equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to his continued provision of services. Mr. Baird’s options would have also become fully vested upon a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and the portion of the options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following a termination of service without cause or due to death or disability will become vested in connection with such a termination of service. Other than the vesting terms described in this section, the other terms of Mr. Bairds’s options are generally the same as described below for the Named Officers (other than Mr. Chiminski and Mr. Walsh) under the heading “Description of Equity-Based Awards.”

In connection with Mr Baird’s resignation from our board of directors on February 6, 2012 we agreed to vest the remaining unvested options held by him that were not previously vested. We also generally agreed to extend the period of time he has to exercise his vested options until May 7, 2017.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This section contains a discussion of the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, each of our three other most highly compensated executive officers who served in such capacities at the end of our fiscal year on June 30, 2012, collectively known as the “Named Officers.”

Our executive compensation program is determined and approved by our compensation committee. Over the course of the year our President and Chief Executive Officer provides written assessments of his performance against his specific annual performance goals and objectives to the Board of Directors at each quarterly meeting of the Board of Directors. The compensation committee takes into account the Chief Executive Officer’s recommendations regarding the compensatory arrangements for our executive officers other than himself. Our President and Chief Executive Officer provided the final compensation recommendations for our Named Officers (NEOs) to the compensation committee for review and approval. The other NEOs do not have any role in determining or recommending the form or amount of compensation paid to our NEOs. Our President and Chief Executive Officer is not a member of the compensation committee.

 

115


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation Program Objectives and Overview

Our current executive compensation program is intended to achieve two fundamental objectives: (1) attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent; and (2) align executive compensation with achievement of our overall business goals, adherence to our core values and stockholder interests. In structuring our current executive compensation program, we are guided by the following basic philosophies:

Competitive Compensation . Our executive compensation program should provide a fair and competitive compensation opportunity that enables us to attract and retain high caliber executive talent. Executives should be appropriately rewarded for their contributions to our successful performance.

Pay for Performance . ” A significant portion of each executive’s compensation should be “at risk” and tied to overall company, business unit and individual performance.

Alignment with Stockholder Interests . Executive compensation should be structured to include variable elements that link executives’ financial rewards to stockholder return. The equity portion of each executive’s compensation should be significant.

As described in more detail below, the material elements of our executive compensation program for NEOs include base salary, cash bonus opportunities, a long-term equity incentive opportunity, a deferred compensation opportunity and other retirement benefits and welfare benefits. The NEOs may also receive severance payments and other benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment or a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. We believe that each element of our executive compensation program helps us to achieve one or more of our compensation objectives, as illustrated by the table below.

 

Compensation Element

  

Compensation Objectives Designed to be Achieved

Base Salary    Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent
Cash Bonus Opportunity    Compensation “at risk” and tied to achievement of business goals and individual performance
Long-Term Equity Incentive Opportunity    Align compensation with the creation of stockholder value and achievement of business goals
Deferred Compensation Opportunity and Other Retirement Benefits    Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent
Severance and other Benefits Potentially Payable Upon Certain Terminations of Employment or a Change in Control    Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent
Welfare Benefits    Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

These individual compensation elements are intended to create a total compensation package for each NEO that we believe achieves our compensation objectives and provides competitive compensation opportunities. During Fiscal Year 2012 we did not retain an independent compensation consultant to conduct a formal numeric benchmarking process for the NEOs’ compensation opportunities. On a periodic basis, we review market data provided by Towers Watson and other commercially available compensation surveys to ensure that our executive compensation program is competitive.

 

116


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

On December 14, 2011 we entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Chiminski in recognition of his contributions to the continued growth and excellent performance of Catalent, which letter agreement further amends his employment agreement. The letter agreement provided for changes in certain financial terms including an increase to Mr. Chiminski’s base salary and target annual bonus.

On October 11, 2011, for retention purposes, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Walsh which replaced the terms of his original offer letter and severance agreement entered into in 2008. The terms of the agreement included an increase in Mr. Walsh’s base salary and the grant of an option and RSU award.

A full description of the material terms of Mr. Chiminski’s letter agreement and Mr. Walsh’s new employment agreement is presented below in the narrative section following the Grants of Plan Based Awards in Fiscal 2012 table.

Executive Compensation Program Elements

Base Salaries

Base salaries are an important element of compensation because they provide the Named Officers with a base level of income. Generally our NEOs are eligible for an adjustment to their base salaries on an 18-month cycle. Adjustments may occur earlier or later depending on performance and market competitiveness. During Fiscal 2012, in recognition of their performance, we adjusted the salaries for Messrs. Downie, Houlton, and Khichi. The Summary Compensation Table below shows the base salary paid to each NEO along with base salary adjustments, in the corresponding footnotes, during fiscal 2012.

Cash Bonus Opportunities

Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity

We sponsor a management incentive plan (the “MIP”), which is not set forth in a formal plan document. All of our NEOs are eligible to participate in the MIP. The primary purpose of the MIP is to focus management on key measures that drive financial performance and provide competitive bonus opportunities tied to the achievement of our financial and strategic growth objectives.

Fiscal 2012 MIP

A target annual bonus, expressed as a percentage of base salary, is established within certain NEO’s employment agreements or offer letters and may be adjusted from time to time by the compensation committee in connection with an NEO’s promotion. The MIP award, which is a cash bonus, is tied to our overall financial results (the Business Performance Factor) and a combination of individual financial and/or strategic goals appropriate for each position (the Individual Performance Factor).

In 2011, the compensation committee accepted a recommendation by the Company’s senior management to make certain changes to the MIP formula for fiscal years beginning with fiscal 2012. The recommendations as they relate to the executive officers had two primary impacts on the MIP formula: (1) revenue was added as a second financial performance metric in determining the aggregate funding level and the Named Officer’s Business Performance Factor and (2) the Individual Performance Factor for the Named Officers will now be additive and other than with respect to Mr. Chiminski, will account for 20% of such Named Officer’s MIP award at target and the Business Performance Factor will account for 80% of the MIP Award at target. The compensation committee accepted the recommendation to add revenue as a second financial metric in order to better align the MIP award with our strategic growth objectives. The compensation committee made the Individual Performance Factor additive and provided that it would account for 20% of an NEO’s actual MIP award at target in order to shift the focus of the MIP to achievement of financial performance. For fiscal 2012, achievement relative to the specified revenue target accounted for 25% of the Business Performance Factor and achievement relative to the specified internally-adjusted EBITDA target accounted for the remaining 75% of the Business Performance Factor. Internally-adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA from continuing operations calculated on a constant currency basis and may be adjusted for non-cash and non-recurring items. The actual fiscal 2012 MIP award for the NEOs (other than Mr. Chiminski) is capped at 150% of the NEO’s target annual bonus. The actual fiscal 2012 MIP award for the NEOs (other than Mr. Chiminski) is the product of their target annual bonus multiplied by the sum of (1) the Business Performance Factor achievement percentage (20% multiplied by the revenue payout percentage plus 60% multiplied by the internally-adjusted EBITDA payout percentage) and (2) their Individual Performance Factor achievement percentage (20% multiplied by the individual performance payout percentage). For Mr. Chiminski, his actual fiscal 2012 MIP award is the product of his target annual bonus multiplied by the sum of (1) the Business Performance Factor achievement percentage (25% multiplied by the

 

117


Table of Contents

revenue payout percentage plus 75% multiplied by the internally-adjusted EBITDA payout percentage) and (2) his Individual Performance Factor and cannot exceed 200% of his target annual bonus.

With respect to the NEOs, financial performance is measured 100% at the company-wide level. Financial performance relative to specified financial performance targets set by the Board of Directors determines the aggregate funding level and the Business Performance Factor for the MIP. In order for there to be any payment under the MIP, financial performance with respect to the internally-adjusted EBITDA target must meet or exceed 90% of target. If the financial performance target(s) set by the Board of Directors are met, the aggregate bonus pool amount will be set at 100% of the target amount in the annual operating budget and the specified financial performance target payout percentages will be set at 100%, subject to the compensation committee’s discretion. If financial performance exceeds the targets, the aggregate bonus pool amount and the specified financial performance target payout percentages are increased above 100%, up to a maximum of 150%, based on a pre-established scale. If financial performance does not meet target, the bonus pool amount and the specified financial performance target payout percentages are decreased from 100% based on the pre-established scale. Pursuant to the pre-established scale, each 1% change in the specified financial performance results in relation to the target amount equates to a 5% change in the applicable financial performance payout percentages ( i.e ., exceeding the financial performance target by 5% equates to a payout percentage of 125% and financial performance at 90% of the specified financial performance target equates to a payout percentage of 50%). The compensation committee has the discretion to adjust the MIP aggregate bonus pool amount and the Business Performance Factor determined by reference to the pre-established scale upwards or downwards to address special situations.

We believe that tying the NEOs’ bonuses to company-wide performance goals encourages collaboration across the executive leadership team. We attempt to establish the financial performance target(s) at challenging levels that are reasonably attainable if we meet our performance objectives. For fiscal 2012, we used internally-adjusted EBITDA and revenue as measures of financial performance because we believe that they provide a reliable indicator of our strategic growth and the strength of our cash flow and overall financial results. In determining the actual Business Performance Factor, the achievement of internally-adjusted EBITDA against target is weighted 75% while the achievement of revenue against target is weighted 25%. The fiscal 2012 internally-adjusted EBITDA performance target was $372 million and our actual internally-adjusted EBITDA performance for fiscal 2012 was $383 million. The fiscal 2012 revenue performance goal was $1,576 million and our revenue performance for fiscal 2012 was $1,622 million. In calculating the fiscal 2012 Business Performance Factor, our compensation committee determined that the effect of our mid-year purchase of Aptuit’s Clinical Trial Services unit should be excluded from the fiscal 2012 financial results. Therefore, based on this financial performance, the internally-adjusted EBITDA payout percentage was 115% and the revenue payout percentage was 115%, which therefore resulted in a Business Performance Factor achievement percentage of 92%.

After setting the Business Performance Factor, the compensation committee determines the actual bonuses paid to the NEOs based on an assessment of each NEO’s Individual Performance Factor. Other than with respect to Mr. Chiminski, the Individual Performance Factor payout percentage (which only impacts 20% of an NEO’s MIP award) can range from 0% to 150%. Mr. Chiminski’s Individual Performance Factor (which is not weighted and impacts his entire MIP award) can range from 0% to 100% and is based on the compensation committee’s overall assessment of his individual performance based on the achievement of his personal strategic and financial objectives that are set at the beginning of the fiscal year. For fiscal 2012, Mr. Chiminski’s individual goals and objectives for his individual performance factor related to the following five areas and were assigned the following weightings: revenue and strategic growth initiatives (30%), in-organic growth initiatives (20%), cash management and margin objectives (10%), operational excellence/quality compliance objectives (20%) and Chief Executive Officer leadership and organization vitality objectives (20%). The compensation committee performs the assessment of Mr. Chiminski’s Individual Performance Factor after reviewing the written assessments of his performance against his specific goals and objectives that Mr. Chiminski provides at each quarterly meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer together with the Senior Vice President Human Resources performs the assessment of the other Named Officer’s Individual Performance Factors and makes a recommendation to the compensation committee. The compensation committee approved the amount of each NEO’s final bonus in respect of fiscal 2012 in August 2012. The annual bonus that each NEO earned in respect of fiscal 2012 is presented in the Summary Compensation Table below and is expected to be paid to our NEOs prior to October 2012.

Fiscal 2013 MIP

In 2012, the compensation committee accepted a recommendation by the Company’s senior management to make certain changes to the MIP formula for fiscal years beginning with fiscal 2013. The recommendations as they relate to the executive officers are as follows: (1) the hurdle point at which the MIP pool begins to fund has been raised from 90% of achievement against financial targets to 95% achievement; and (2) the pre-established payout percentage scale has been adjusted only with respect to financial performance between 105% and 110% of financial target achievement. For fiscal year 2013, the financial performance payout percentages will increase by 7.5% for each 1.0% increase in specified financial performance target attainment between 105% and 110% achievement of our financial goals. Currently the specified financial performance payout percentages increase by 5.0% for each 1% of specified financial performance target attainment. As a

 

118


Table of Contents

result of this change in the pre-established scale, the maximum financial performance payout percentage attainable at 110% achievement of financial targets has been increased from 150% to 162.5%. The compensation committee accepted the recommendations as a way to more closely align incentive payouts with the achievement of financial targets and to enhance the value created through incremental achievement above financial targets.

Sign-on Bonuses

From time to time, our compensation committee may award sign-on bonuses in connection with the commencement of an NEO’s employment with us. Sign-on bonuses are used only when necessary to attract highly skilled officers to the Company. Generally they are used to incentivize candidates to leave their current employers, or may be used to offset the loss of unvested compensation they may forfeit as a result of leaving their current employers. Sign-on bonuses are typically subject to a claw-back obligation if the officer voluntarily terminates his employment with us within twelve months of the employment commencement date.

Discretionary Bonuses

From time to time, our compensation committee may award discretionary bonuses in addition to any annual bonus payable under the MIP in recognition of extraordinary performance. For fiscal 2012, our compensation committee awarded Messrs. Walsh, Houlton, and Khichi a discretionary bonus of $185,000, $100,000, and $150,000 respectively in recognition of their superior performance in fiscal 2012. The bonus is expected to be paid prior to October 2012.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

We believe that the NEOs’ long-term compensation should be directly linked to the value we deliver to our stockholders. Equity awards to the NEOs are designed to provide long-term incentive opportunities over a period of several years. Stock options are currently our preferred equity award because the options will not have any value unless the underlying shares of common stock appreciate in value following the grant date. Accordingly, awarding stock options causes more compensation to be “at risk” and further aligns our executive compensation with the long term profitability of the Company and the creation of shareholder value. The 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan also permits PTS Holdings Corp. to grant other types of equity-based awards, such as restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other “full value” awards. For example, PTS Holdings Corp. granted Mr. Chiminski 3,000 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and Mr. Walsh 500 RSUs (see “Description of Equity-Based Awards” below) to align Messrs. Chiminski’s and Walsh’s interests with those of our stockholders.

Another key component of our long-term equity incentive program is that NEOs and other eligible employees are provided with the opportunity to invest in the common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. on the same general terms as the Investors. We consider this investment opportunity an important part of our equity program because it encourages stock ownership and aligns the NEOs’ financial interests with those of our stockholders.

The amounts of each NEO’s investment opportunity and stock option and/or RSU award, as applicable, were determined based on several factors, including: (1) each NEO’s position and expected contribution to our future growth; (2) dilution effects on our stockholders and the need to maintain the availability of an appropriate number of shares for option awards to less-senior employees; and (3) ensuring that the NEOs were provided with appropriate and competitive total long-term equity compensation and total compensation amounts. The number of options and/or RSUs, as applicable, granted to NEOs during fiscal 2012 and the grant date fair value of these options and/or RSUs, as applicable, as determined under FASB ASC Topic 718 are presented in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2012 table below. A description of the material terms of the stock option and RSU awards is presented in the narrative section following the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2012 table.

Generally, options are granted to senior level officers based on their position in the Company. Historically, grants have not been made on an annual basis, and instead are made upon an executive’s commencement of employment with us or when an executive receives promotions into more senior level positions.

In connection with entering into a new employment agreement, on October 11, 2011, Mr. Walsh was granted 500 RSUs and an additional 1,500 options, the vesting terms of which are described below under “Summary of Certain Named Officer Employment Agreements—Description of Equity-Based Awards”.

 

119


Table of Contents

On May 25, 2012, to increase his cumulative number of option awards so that it is comparable to other officers at his level and to recognize his performance, Mr. Houlton was granted an additional 500 options, the vesting terms of which are described below under “Summary of Certain Named Officer Employment Agreements—Description of Equity-Based Awards”.

Deferred Compensation Opportunity and Other Retirement Benefits

Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan

Our NEOs are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan and our non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The non-qualified deferred compensation plan generally allows participants to defer on a pre-tax basis up to 20% of their base salaries and 100% of their annual cash bonuses. We believe that providing the NEOs with deferred compensation opportunities is a market based benefit plan necessary for us to deliver competitive benefit packages. This plan allows its participants to receive the tax benefits associated with delaying the income tax event on the compensation deferred even though our related deduction is also deferred. The non-qualified deferred compensation plan also provides for two types of discretionary company contributions to supplement the amounts deferred by the NEOs and other eligible employees, subject to certain limits. In January 2009, we elected to suspend our employer contribution and, in February 2009, we elected to suspend our matching contribution. Effective February 1, 2010, we reinstated our matching contribution based on the strength of our financial results; however we did not reinstate the employer contribution. We currently match 50% of the first 6% of eligible pay that employees contribute to the non-qualified deferred compensation plan up to the first $100,000 above the IRS qualified plan limits. The Nonqualified Deferred Compensation—Fiscal 2012 table and related narrative section below describe our non-qualified deferred compensation plan and the benefits it provides.

Chiminski RSU Bonus Election; Obligation to Purchase Common Stock

Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Chiminski’s employment agreement, in addition to the shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock that he has already purchased, Mr. Chiminski was required to use 50% of the after-tax proceeds of any payment he received as an annual MIP bonus while employed paid in respect of fiscal 2010 or 2011, in each case, to promptly purchase shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock.

On June 30, 2010, we, PTS Holdings Corp. and Mr. Chiminski entered into a letter agreement, which modified certain terms of Mr. Chiminski’s employment agreement. The primary purpose of the letter agreement was to provide Mr. Chiminski with a more tax-advantaged mechanism to satisfy his employment agreement obligation to purchase PTS Holdings Corp. common stock. Specifically, the letter agreement permits Mr. Chiminski to irrevocably elect on an annual basis, prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, commencing with fiscal 2011, in lieu of receiving a portion of his annual MIP bonus in cash, to receive a grant of fully vested RSUs settleable in shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock, which RSUs will be granted on the bonus payment date. Mr. Chiminski made such an election for fiscal 2011, and received 50% of his annual MIP bonus in respect of such fiscal year in the form of a grant of RSUs. For elections in respect of any fiscal year after fiscal 2011, Mr. Chiminski may elect to receive no less than 20% of his annual MIP bonus, if any, in the form of a grant of RSUs. The number of RSUs Mr. Chiminski receives will be based on the value of the portion of the annual MIP bonus he elects to defer into RSUs and the fair market value of a share of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock on the bonus payment date. For each of fiscal 2012 and 2013, Mr. Chiminski did not elect to receive fully vested RSUs in lieu of a portion of his annual MIP bonus.

All grants made in connection with an annual MIP bonus election will be subject to a separate RSU agreement, which provides that the RSUs will be 100% vested on the date of grant (which will be the bonus payment date) and will be settled in shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock on the earlier to occur of a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and the sixth anniversary of the date of grant.

Other Retirement Benefits

In addition to our 401(k) plan and non-qualified deferred compensation plan, we have three frozen defined-benefit pension plans. These pension plans were originally established by R.P. Scherer Corporation and its affiliates, which was a predecessor corporation that was acquired by Cardinal Health. In connection with the Acquisition, we agreed with Cardinal Health to assume liability for benefits provided under these pension plans, subject to receiving certain asset transfers from Cardinal Health and its benefit plans. All three plans are currently closed to new participants and frozen with respect to benefit accruals. None of the NEOs are currently eligible to participate in the frozen defined-benefit pension plans . In connection with his relocation to the U.S., we agreed to permit Mr. Downie’s continued his participation in the Catalent Pharma Solutions UK Pension Plan. The Catalent Pharma Solutions UK Pension Plan is a defined contribution plan open to all employees of our Catalent Pharma Solutions Limited UK entity. The plan provides for an employer matching contribution of between 5% and 8% of eligible base salary compensation dependent upon the participant contributing between 3% and 6% of eligible base salary compensation.

 

120


Table of Contents

Severance and Other Benefits

We believe that severance protections can play a valuable role in attracting and retaining high caliber talent. In the competitive market for executive talent, we believe severance payments and other termination benefits are an effective way to offer executives financial security to offset the risk of foregoing an opportunity with another company. For example, we offer each NEO an enhanced outplacement benefit. Consistent with our objective of using severance payments and benefits to attract and retain executives, we generally provide each NEO with amounts and types of severance payments and benefits that we believe will permit us to attract and/or continue to employ the individual NEO.

The severance benefits under these agreements are generally more favorable than the benefits payable under our general severance policy. For example, we offer each NEO a severance benefit payable upon a termination by the NEO for good reason or by us without cause. The good reason definition in these agreements would only be triggered by adverse circumstances that we believe would give rise to a constructive termination of employment.

At our discretion, we may also provide certain executives with enhancements to our existing benefits that are not available to other employees, such as relocation assistance. As part of Mr. Chiminski’s amended employment contract he is eligible to receive reimbursement (on a tax grossed-up basis), on an annual basis during each calendar year of the employment term, for the reasonable cost of (1) premiums for an executive life insurance policy (not to exceed $15,000) and (2) financial services/planning (not to exceed $15,000). In connection with Mr. Walsh’s employment agreement, we agreed to reimburse him for legal fees (not to exceed $15,000).

Section 162(m) Not Applicable

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation over $1,000,000 paid for any year to a corporation’s principal executive officer or an individual acting in such a capacity and the three most highly compensated executive officers (not including the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer). Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code applies to corporations with any class of common equity securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. Because we do not currently have any publicly held common stock, Section 162(m)’s restrictions do not currently apply to us.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based on its review and discussion with management, the Compensation Committee recommended that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012.

Submitted by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors:

Chinh E. Chu

Michael Dal Bello

Bruce McEvoy

 

121


Table of Contents

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and each of our other NEOs.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    Stock
Awards ($)
    Option
Awards
($)(4)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(5)
    Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(6)
    Total ($)  

John Chiminski

    2012        801,923        —          —          —          1,775,956        —          63,064        2,640,943   

President & Chief Executive Officer and Director

    2011        750,000        500,000        —          —          1,500,000        —          75,096        2,825,096   
    2010        750,000        250,000        750,000        1,315,238        1,500,000        —          4,754        4,569,992   

Matthew Walsh

    2012        571,650        185,000        520,000 (3)     346,380        526,097        —          23,572        2,172,699   

Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

    2011        494,700        100,000       —          —          560,000        —          9,921        1,164,621   
    2010        494,700        —          —          409,096       535,000        —          29,333        1,468,129   

William Downie(7)

    2012        385,000        —          —          —          335,520        —          178,798        899,318   

Senior Vice President, Sales & Marketing

                 

Scott Houlton

    2012        390,288        100,000        —          141,262        352,094        —          7,266        990,910   

President, Development &

Clinical Services

    2011        385,000        25,000        —          —          355,000        —          7,108        772,108   
    2010        318,365        50,000        —          525,579        340,000        —          467,624        1,701,568   

Samrat Khichi

    2012        412,192        150,000        —          —          378,310        —          10,343        950,845   

Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel

    2011        386,692        100,000        —          —          352,000        —          7,821        846,513   
    2010        371,000        —          —          442,000       290,000        —          10,281        1,113,281   

 

(1) Amounts reported include any compensation an NEO elected to defer under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan. Per the terms of Mr. Chiminski’s December 2011 letter agreement, effective December 12, 2011, his base salary was increased from $750,000 to $850,000. On October 11, 2011, Mr. Walsh entered into a new employment agreement which replaced the offer letter and severance agreement entered into in 2008. The financial terms of Mr. Walsh’s employment agreement included an increase in base salary from $494,000 to $600,000, effective September 26, 2011. Furthermore, Catalent’s practice is to review executive compensation on an 18 month cycle. Actual changes in compensation may occur earlier based on performance and market competitiveness. As a result, Messrs. Downie, Houlton and Khichi each received an increase in base salary. Mr. Downie’s base salary was increased from $375,000 to $395,000, effective December 12, 2011. Effective April 1, 2012, Mr. Houlton’s base salary was increased from $385,000 to $410,000 and Mr. Khichi’s base salary was increased from $405,000 to $439,000.
(2) Amounts reported represent discretionary bonuses.
(3) Reflects RSUs granted by PTS Holdings Corp. to Mr. Walsh on October 11, 2011 in connection with his new employment agreement. Amounts reported for these RSUs reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported in fiscal 2012, please see the discussion of RSU awards contained in Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2012, included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(4) Reflects options granted by PTS Holdings Corp. to the NEOs to acquire shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock. Except as indicated below, amounts reported reflect the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Amounts reported for Messrs. Chiminski, Walsh and Khichi for fiscal 2010 reflect the incremental fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 in connection with the replacement awards granted to them in connection with their election to exchange their then-existing unvested options for new options with a lower per-share exercise price and new vesting terms pursuant to the option exchange offer completed on October 23, 2009. Amounts reported for each NEO are based upon the probable outcome of performance conditions. The value of the fiscal 2012 option awards assuming that the highest level of performance conditions is achieved is as follows: Mr. Walsh $379,748and Mr. Houlton $154,483. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported in fiscal 2012, please see the discussion of nonqualified option awards contained in Note [13] to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2012, included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(5) Mr. Chiminski was required, per his employment agreement, to use 50% of the after-tax proceeds of his annual MIP bonus paid in respect of fiscal 2010 or 2011, in each case, to promptly purchase shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock at a purchase price of $750 or he had the ability to elect to defer a portion of his fiscal 2011 annual MIP bonus to satisfy this stock purchase requirement. Amount reported for fiscal 2011 includes an annual MIP bonus amount of $1,500,000 of which $750,000 paid in cash and 721.15 fully vested RSUs with a grant date fair value of $750,000 were awarded to Mr. Chiminski on September 16, 2011 pursuant to his election to defer 50% of his annual MIP bonus to satisfy his stock purchase requirement.

 

122


Table of Contents
(6) The supplemental table below sets forth the details of amounts reported as “All Other Compensation” for fiscal 2012.
(7) Certain amounts in “All Other Compensation” were paid to Mr. Downie in pounds sterling. These amounts were converted to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.59 which represents the average end of month rates during our fiscal year ending June 30, 2012.

 

Name

  Employer 401(k)
Matching
Contributions
($)(1)
    Employer  Non-
Qualified

Deferred
Compensation
Matching
Contributions
($)(2)
    Employer
Qualified UK
DC Plan
Contributions
($)(3)
    Car
Allowance
($)(4)
    Housing
Allowance
($)(5)
    Financial
Services
Reimbursement
($)(6)
    Life  Insurance
Policy
Reimbursement
($)(7)
    Legal
Fees ($)
(8)
    Total ($)  
(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)           (f)  

John Chiminski

    5,885        3,000              39,429        14,750          63,064   

Matthew Walsh

    7,500        4,430                  11,642        23,572   

William Downie

        31,837        19,900       127,061              178,798   

Scott Houlton

    7,266                      7,266   

Samrat Khichi

    7,343        3,000                    10,343   

 

(1) The Company’s 401(k) plan provides for a 50% matching contribution on the first 6% of participants’ pre-tax contributions up to IRS limits.
(2) The Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan provides for a 50% matching contribution on the first 6% of eligible pay that employees contribute to the plan up to the first $100,000 above the IRS qualified plan limits.
(3) On October 11, 2010, Mr. Downie transferred from Swindon U.K.to our corporate offices in the U.S. for his assignment as Senior Vice President, Global Sales & Marketing. As part of the terms of his November 18, 2010 letter agreement, Mr. Downie was allowed to maintain his continued participation in the Catalent Pharma Solutions UK Pension Plan with an employer contribution of 8%.
(4) Per the terms of our Long-Term International Assignment Policy, if an International Assignee was provided a car or car allowance in their home country then a comparable benefit will be provided at the assignment location. Per the terms of Mr. Downie’s 2010 letter agreement, he is eligible for his car and fuel allowance for a period of twenty-four months from the effective date of his assignment. Mr. Downie is responsible for any tax due on the taxable portion of this benefit.
(5) As part of Mr. Downie’s relocation, the Company agreed to pay for certain housing expenses for a period of twenty-four months from the effective date of his assignment. We also paid for taxes due as a result of providing this benefit during the rental period. The amount reported in column (f) includes the Federal tax gross-up of $32,948 and state tax gross-up of $9,769.
(6) Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Chiminski’s December 2011 letter agreement, with respect to each calendar year during the employment term, he is entitled to be reimbursed by us (on a tax-grossed-up basis) for the reasonable cost of financial services/planning, subject to an aggregate cap of $15,000 for such service/planning. During calendar year 2012, Mr. Chiminski received financial services/planning totaling $15,490; therefore, his reimbursement was capped at $15,000. In addition, he received reimbursement in May 2012 totaling $6,761 and in June 2012 totaling $3,073. The amount in column (g) includes an aggregate tax gross-up of $14,594 with respect to Mr. Chiminski’s financial services reimbursement benefit.
(7) Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Chiminski’s December 2011 letter agreement, with respect to each calendar year during the employment term, he is entitled to be reimbursed by us (on a tax-grossed-up basis) for the reasonable cost of premiums for an executive life insurance policy subject to an aggregate cap of $15,000. For fiscal year 2012, Mr. Chiminski received reimbursement in the amount of $8,775 in December 2011. The amount in column (h) includes a tax gross-up of $5,975 with respect to Mr. Chiminski’s life insurance policy benefit.
(8) Represents legal expenses paid by the Company in conjunction with Mr. Walsh’s review of his employment agreement.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2012

The following table provides supplemental information relating to grants of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2012 to help explain information provided above in our Summary Compensation Table. This table presents information regarding all grants of plan-based awards occurring during fiscal 2012.

 

123


Table of Contents
   

 

Grant
Date

   

 

 

 

 

Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-equity Incentive
Plan Awards (1)

   

 

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (3)

    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units
(#)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
    Grant
Date
Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards
($)(5)
 

Name

    Threshold
($)
    Target (2)
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
         

John Chiminski

      443,989        887,978        1,776,959                 

Matthew Walsh

      129,368        431,227        646,841                 
    10/11/2011              83        750        750          750        1,040        346,380   
    10/11/2011                    500 (4)          520,000   

William Downie

      86,773        289,242        433,863                 

Scott Houlton

      88,023        293,412        440,118                 
    5/25/2012                16        250        250        250        1,300        141,262   

Samrat Khichi

      93,027        310,090        465,135                 

 

(1) Figures represent awards payable under our Management Incentive Plan (MIP). See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Executive Compensation Program Elements—Cash Bonus Opportunities—Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity” above for a description of our MIP.
(2) In connection with Mr. Chiminski’s December 2011 letter agreement, his target annual bonus was increased from $750,000 to $1,000,000, with a maximum of 200% of the target bonus.
(3) As described in more detail in the narrative description of the equity-based awards that follows, the option awards reported above are divided into three tranches for vesting purposes: one-half are time-based options, one-sixth are performance-based options and one-third are exit event-based options. The performance-based and exit event-based options are reported as an equity incentive plan award in the “Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards” column, while the time-based option tranche of the awards are reported as an all other option award in the “All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options” column. Threshold amount assumes that only 33.33% of the performance-based options vest for Mr. Walsh, and 20% of the performance-based options vest for Mr. Houlton.
(4) Represents a grant of RSUs to Mr. Walsh pursuant to the terms of his new employment agreement entered into on October 11, 2011. The vesting and settlement terms of the RSUs are described in more detail in the section entitled “Description of Equity-Based Awards” below. Amount reported does not include 721.15 fully vested RSUs pursuant to Mr. Chiminski’s election to defer 50% of his fiscal 2011 annual MIP bonus to satsify his stock purchase requirement for fiscal 2011 since the value of this deferral election has previously been reported as “Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards” in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table in fiscal 2011 and in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” as part of the non-equity incentive plan award awarded to Mr. Chiminski in fiscal 2011.
(5) The grant date fair values for the option awards granted to Messrs. Walsh and Houlton reflect the grant date fair values computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported, please see the discussion of nonqualified option awards contained in Note [13] to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2012, included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Summary of Certain Named Officer Employment Agreements

This section describes employment agreements in effect for our NEOs during fiscal 2012. In addition, the terms with respect to grants of RSUs and stock options described above under “Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards” are further described below for our NEOs in the section entitled “Description of Equity-Based Awards.” Severance agreements and arrangements are described below in the section entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Employment Agreement of John R. Chiminski

On December 12, 2011, Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Company’s indirect parent, PTS Holdings Corp. (“ PTS ”) and John Chiminski, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, entered into a letter agreement (the “ Letter Agreement ”), effective as of December 12, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), which modifies certain terms of Mr. Chiminski’s employment agreement with the Company and PTS, dated February 23, 2009, as amended by the letter agreements among the Company, PTS and Mr. Chiminski, dated October 30, 2009 and June 29, 2010 (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

The letter agreement provides for a new three-year employment term commencing on December 12, 2011, which initial term will be automatically extended for successive one-year periods thereafter unless one of the parties provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty days prior to the end of the applicable term.

The financial terms of the letter agreement include (1) an increased annual base salary of $850,000, subject to discretionary increases from time to time and (2) continued participation in the Company’s management incentive plan, with an increased target annual cash bonus amount equal to $1,000,000 and a maximum of 200% of such target amount. Any

 

124


Table of Contents

payment under the management incentive plan with respect to fiscal 2012 will be pro-rated to reflect the increase in Mr. Chiminski’s target bonus amount.

In addition to the foregoing, the Company has also agreed to reimburse Mr. Chiminski (on a tax grossed-up basis), on an annual basis during each calendar year of the employment term, for the reasonable cost of (1) premiums for an executive life insurance policy (not to exceed $15,000) and (2) financial services/planning (not to exceed $15,000).

The financial terms of Mr. Chimiski’s employment agreement dated February 23, 2009 included (1) a cash payment of $375,000 paid on June 30, 2010, in lieu of any annual cash bonus in respect of fiscal 2009 , and (2) a cash sign-on bonus of $1,000,000 paid on his employment commencement date of which $250,000 was to be invested by Mr. Chiminski in PTS Holdings Corp. common stock at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (he invested $100,000 on his commencement date and the remaining portion was to be invested on a later date as mutually agreed upon by the parties. Mr. Chiminski was required to repay the entire portion of the sign-on bonus that was not used to purchase PTS Holdings Corp. common stock within thirty days following any termination of employment by him without good reason (and not due to death or disability) or by PTS Holdings Corp. or us for cause, in either case, prior to the second anniversary of his commencement date. In addition to the requirement to purchase $250,000 worth of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock, Mr. Chiminski was required, pursuant to his employment agreement, to use 50% of the after-tax proceeds of his annual MIP bonus paid in respect of fiscal 2010 or 2011, in each case, to promptly purchase shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock. Mr. Chiminski’s total investment in PTS Holdings Corp. common stock is subject to a cap of $2,500,000.

On October 23, 2009, we and PTS Holdings Corp. entered into a letter agreement with Mr. Chiminski, which modified Mr. Chiminski’s obligation to purchase shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock by reducing the purchase price from $1,000 per share to $750 per share. This reduced purchase price was also applied to the 100 shares that he purchased on March 17, 2009. Accordingly, Mr. Chiminski was refunded $25,000 and then immediately used such amount to purchase an additional 33.333 shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock. On October 5, 2009, Mr. Chiminski used 50% of the after-tax proceeds of his 2009 bonus payment (which was a gross amount of $375,000) to purchase 124 shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock at $750 per share for $93,000. Mr. Chiminski purchased 150 shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock in July 2010 and an additional 500 shares in September 2010. The shares were purchased at $750 per share pursuant to the terms of the October 23, 2009 letter agreement. However, subsequent to these purchases, the Company determined that the actual market value of the shares was $850 per share as of June 30, 2011. Therefore, since the shares were purchased at a $65,000 discount to their market value, the amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” column for fiscal year 2011 of the Summary Compensation Table reflected the compensation cost computed in accordance with FASB Topic 718 with respect to the purchases.

In addition, on June 30, 2011, we, PTS Holdings Corp. and Mr. Chiminski entered into a second letter agreement, which permits Mr. Chiminski to irrevocably elect on an annual basis, prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, in lieu of receiving a portion of his annual MIP bonus, if any, in cash, to receive a grant of fully vested RSUs settleable in shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock, which RSUs will be granted on the bonus payment date (see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Deferred Compensation Opportunity—Chiminski RSU Bonus Election”).

In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Chiminski is entitled to participate in all group health, life, disability, and other employee benefit and perquisite plans and programs in which other senior executives of Catalent generally participate.

Employment Agreement of Matthew Walsh

On October 11, 2011, we entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Walsh, effective as of September 26, 2011. The employment agreement replaces the offer letter and severance agreement that Mr. Walsh entered into in 2008 in connection with the commencement of his employment with the Company.

The employment agreement provides for an initial term of three years commencing on September 26, 2011, which will be automatically extended for successive one-year terms thereafter unless one of the parties provides the other with notice of non-renewal.

The financial terms of the employment agreement include (1) an increased annual base salary of $600,000, effective as of September 26, 2011, subject to discretionary increases from time to time and (2) and continued participation in the Company’s management incentive plan, with a target annual cash bonus amount equal to 75% of Mr. Walsh’s annual base salary. Any payment under the management incentive plan with respect to fiscal 2012 will be pro-rated to reflect the increase in Mr. Walsh’s annual base salary.

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement, Mr. Walsh is subject to a covenant not to (x) compete with us while employed and for two years following his termination of employment for any reason and (y) solicit our employees, consultants and certain actual and prospective clients while employed and for two years following his termination of employment for any reason, in each case, subject to certain specified exclusions. The Employment Agreement also contains a covenant not to disclose confidential information.

 

125


Table of Contents

In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Walsh’s employment agreement provides for the grant to Mr. Walsh, in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan , of 500 RSUs and non-qualified stock options to purchase 1,500 shares of PTS Holdings Corp.

A description of the terms of the awards is included below in the Description of Equity-Based Awards section.

Relocation Agreement for William Downie

In connection with Mr. Downie’s November 1, 2010 relocation assignment from our facility in Swindon, UK to our corporate offices in the U.S., he was afforded certain benefits for a period of 24 months from the effective date of his assignment that are generally included in Catalent’s international relocation program. These benefits include shipment of household goods, eligibility to participate in Catalent’s US health and welfare benefit plans, continued participation in the Catalent Pharma Solutions UK Pension plan and the U.K. National Insurance Contribution program (the U.K. statutory retirement plan) , housing costs (grossed up for US taxes), continuation of his U.K. car allowance, and tax preparation.

Description of Equity-Based Awards

In connection with the commencement of his employment, on March 17, 2009, PTS Holdings Corp. granted Mr. Chiminski 2,000 RSUs and on October 23, 2009, PTS Holdings Corp. granted Mr. Chiminski an additional 1,000 RSUs in connection with his election to participate in the option exchange offer. Subject to Mr. Chiminski’s continued employment, on the applicable vesting dates 20% of the RSUs will vest on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date. All vested RSUs will be settled on the earlier to occur of (x) the seventh anniversary of his commencement date or (y) the date that a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. occurs.

On September 18, 2009, PTS Holdings Corp. commenced an offer to all eligible option holders, including Messrs. Chiminski, Walsh, and Khichi, to exchange their existing unvested options for new options with a lower per-share exercise price and new vesting terms. The number of shares of common stock underlying the new options was either more than, less than or equal to the number of shares of common stock underlying the option holder’s then-existing options. All of the option holders who were eligible for the option exchange elected to participate in the exchange and were required to enter into a new option agreement that reflected the revised terms and an amendment to their then-existing option agreement that reflected the cancellation and forfeiture of their original unvested options. The exchange offer was completed on October 23, 2009.

The options granted to Mr. Houlton on October 23, 2009 were granted in connection with his offer of employment and have the same per-share exercise price and vesting terms as the new options granted to Messrs. Walsh and Khichi in connection with the option exchange. On May 25, 2012, Mr. Houlton received an additional 500 options to recognize his excellent performance and bring the total number of options granted to Mr. Houlton to an amount comparable to other officers at his level. Mr. Houlton’s May 25,2012 option grant has a vesting reference date of April 1, 2012 which will be used to determine the vesting dates for his time-based and performance-based options.

Mr. Downie also received a grant of options on October 23, 2009 in recognition of his promotion to Senior Vice President of Global Sales and Marketing that have the same per-share exercise price and vesting terms as the new options granted to Messrs. Walsh and Khichi in connection with the option exchange.

In connection with entering into Mr. Walsh’s new employment agreement, on October 11, 2011, PTS Holdings Corp. granted Mr. Walsh 500 RSUs and an additional 1,500 options. Subject to Mr. Walsh’s continued employment on the applicable vesting dates, the RSUs will vest as follows: 167 of the RSUs will vest on September 26, 2012, 166 of the RSUs will vest on September 26, 2013 and the remaining 166 RSUs will vest on September 26, 2014. All vested RSUs will be settled on the earlier to occur of (x) March 26, 2015 and (y) the date that a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. occurs. Similar to Mr. Walsh’s previously-granted options, the additional options are divided into 3 tranches for vesting purposes: one-half of the options are subject to time-based vesting restrictions, one-sixth of the options are subject to performance-based vesting restrictions and one-third of the options are subject to exit event-based vesting restrictions. The time-based options are scheduled to vest based on a three year vesting schedule (as opposed to the five year vesting schedule that Mr. Walsh’s previously-granted time-based options are subject to) and, subject to continued employment with Catalent through the applicable vesting reference dates, one-third of the options subject to time-based vesting will vest and become exercisable on each of September 26, 2012, September 26, 2013 and September 26, 2014. The performance-based vesting options are scheduled to vest and become exercisable with respect to one-sixth of the options subject to performance-based vesting on each of September 26, 2012, September 26, 2013 and September 26, 2014 (as opposed to the five year vesting schedule Mr. Walsh’s previously-granted performance-based options are subject to), if Catalent achieves specified EBITDA performance targets (subject to cumulative catch-up). Similar to Mr. Walsh’s existing exit options, the exit event-based vesting options will vest and become exercisable in two tiers if either the specified internal rate of return or multiple of investment targets are achieved. In the event of any termination of Mr. Walsh’s employment, all

 

126


Table of Contents

unvested RSUs and options which remain outstanding will be immediately forfeited without consideration as of the termination date; however, that in the event of a termination of Mr. Walsh’s employment (1) by the Company without cause, (2) by Mr. Walsh for good reason, (3) due to death or disability or (4) due to the Company’s election not to extend the employment term, Mr. Walsh will be deemed vested as of the termination date in any portion of the time-based option that would have otherwise vested if he had remained employed by the Company through the first anniversary of the termination date. In the event of a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., all unvested RSUs and time-based options will become fully vested as of the change in control (or immediately prior to the change in control with respect to the options).

Each option may be exercised to purchase one share of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the grant date. Each NEO’s stock option award has an ordinary term of ten years. The NEOs are not entitled to any dividends or equivalent rights on their stock option awards.

Generally all NEO’s option awards are divided into three tranches for vesting purposes: a time option, a performance option and an exit option.

As noted above, one-half of the options are subject to time-based vesting restrictions, one-sixth of the options are subject to performance-based vesting restrictions and one-third of the options are subject to exit event-based vesting restrictions. However, to the extent any option holder had vested time options at the time of the exchange offer, the number of time options granted in the exchange offer was adjusted so that after the exchange offer one-half of the option holder’s aggregate options would be time-based. The time-based options are scheduled to vest based on a five year vesting schedule. Accordingly, other than with respect to Mr. Walsh’s most-recently granted options as noted above, subject to continued employment with us through the applicable vesting dates, 20% of the options subject to time-based vesting will vest and become exercisable on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant or vesting reference date, as applicable (or the date of commencement of employment, in the case of Mr. Chiminski). In addition, solely for Mr. Chiminski, to the extent that all or a fraction of the exit event-based vesting options vest, a proportionate amount of each tranche of unvested time-based options will vest. Subject to continued employment with us through the applicable vesting dates, the performance-based vesting options will vest and become exercisable with respect to 20% of the options subject to performance-vesting option on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant or vesting reference date, as applicable (which date is either before or after the end of the applicable fiscal year, depending on the grant date of the options), if we achieve specified EBITDA performance targets (subject to a cumulative catch-up). The exit event-based vesting options will vest and become exercisable in two tiers if either specified internal rate of return or multiple of investment targets are achieved as follows:

 

   

One-half of the shares subject to the exit event-vesting options will vest on the date, if any, when either (1) The Blackstone Group will have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in us aggregating in excess of 2.5 times the amount of its initial investment in us or (2) The Blackstone Group will have received a cash internal rate of return of at least 20% on its initial investment in us, and

 

   

One-half of the shares subject to the exit event-vesting options will vest on the date, if any, when either (1) The Blackstone Group will have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in us aggregating in excess of 1.75 times the amount of its initial investment in us or (2) The Blackstone Group will have received a cash internal rate of return of at least 15% on its initial investment in us.

However, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date, in the event that the 2.5 multiple hurdle or the 20% internal rate of return hurdle is not met, but the 1.75 multiple hurdle or the 15% internal rate of return hurdle is met, the first tier of options will vest based on straight line interpolation between the two points.

Except as otherwise specifically provided for in the stock option agreement, any part of a NEO’s stock option award that is not vested and exercisable upon his termination of employment will be immediately cancelled. With the exception of Mr.Chiminski, any part of a NEO’s stock option award that is vested upon termination of employment will generally remain outstanding and exercisable for three months after termination of employment (or, if later, until the 90 th day following the date on which the options vest), although this period is extended to 12 months (or, if later, the first anniversary of the date on which the option vests) if the termination of employment is due to death or disability, and vested options will immediately terminate if the NEO’s employment is terminated by us for cause. Any vested options that are not exercised within the applicable post-termination exercise window will terminate. Any part of Mr. Chiminski’s stock option award that is vested upon termination of employment will generally remain outstanding and exercisable for three months after termination of employment or the date on which such portion of the option vests in the event of a termination other than a good termination or a termination by us or PTS Holdings Corp. for cause or one year after termination of employment in the case of a good termination and vested options will immediately terminate if Mr. Chiminski’s employment is terminated by us or PTS Holdings Corp. for cause. Please see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” section below for a description of the potential vesting of the NEOs’ stock option and RSU awards that may occur in connection with a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. or certain terminations of employment.

As a condition to receiving his equity-based awards, each NEO was required to enter into a subscription agreement with PTS Holdings Corp., and to become a party to PTS Holdings Corp.’s securityholders agreement. These agreements

 

127


Table of Contents

generally govern the NEO’s rights with respect to any shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock acquired on exercise of vested stock options or settlement of RSUs, to the extent applicable. Under the subscription agreement, PTS Holdings Corp.’s and The Blackstone Group’s right to repurchase shares an NEO may have acquired upon exercise of his options or settlement of RSUs, to the extent applicable, lapsed on May 7, 2012. Such repurchase right only applies to individuals who become a participant in the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan on or after May 2012. Similarly, an NEO’s right to require PTS Holdings Corp. to repurchase the shares he acquired upon exercise of his options or settlement of RSUs to the extent applicable, in connection with a termination of his employment due to death or disability, lapsed on May 7, 2012. Such put right only applies to individuals who become a participant in the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan on or after May 2012. The purchase price for any such shares that are repurchased will be equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of repurchase, unless the participant’s employment is terminated by us for cause, in which case the purchase price will be the lower of the participant’s cost or fair market value on the date of repurchase. Any repurchase rights, to the extent applicable, will terminate on the earliest to occur of (1) a qualified public offering of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., (2) the occurrence of a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and (3) the fifth anniversary of the grant date (the “Lapse Date”). The subscription agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants. While employed and for one year following their termination of employment, NEOs are prohibited from competing with us and from soliciting our employees, consultants and certain actual and prospective clients. The subscription agreement also contains an indefinite restriction on the NEO’s disclosure of our confidential information. If an NEO materially breaches any of these restrictive covenants and is unable to cure the breach, we have the right to “clawback” and recover any gains the Named Officer may have realized with respect to his shares (and with respect to Mr. Chiminski only the shares acquired upon exercise of the options or settlement of RSUs). The securityholders agreement generally restricts individuals who become a participant in the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan on or after May 2012 from transferring any shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock they hold until the Lapse Date. These transfer restrictions do not apply to any permitted transfers to the NEOs’ family members, or to transfers in connection with a transaction or transactions where the “tag along” or “drag along” rights provided in the securityholders agreement would apply. Transfer restrictions that applied to the NEO lapsed on May 7, 2012. Following May 7, 2012, for the NEOs, and the Lapse Date, for individuals who become participants in the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan on or after May 2012, and prior to a qualified public offering of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., PTS Holdings Corp. has certain rights of first refusal, which permit it (or a third party) to purchase any shares a Named Officer wishes to transfer instead of the NEO’s intended transferee.

Each NEO’s equity-based award was granted under, and is subject to the terms of, the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan. On September 8, 2010, this plan was amended to increase the total number of shares that may be issued under the plan to account for the granting of RSUs and the October 2009 option exchange. As a result, there are 77,525 shares for option grant purposes and 3,882 shares are set aside for the granting of RSUs for a total of 81,407 available under the plan. This plan is currently administered by PTS Holding Corp.’s board of directors, and the board has the ability to interpret and make all required determinations under the plan. This authority includes making required proportionate adjustments to outstanding stock options to reflect any change in the outstanding common shares of PTS Holdings Corp. by reason of a reorganization, recapitalization, share dividend or similar transaction, and making provision to ensure that participants satisfy any required withholding taxes.

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each NEO as of June 30, 2012.

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT 2012 FISCAL-YEAR END

 

Name

   Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable (1)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date (2)
     Number
of
Shares
of Units
of Stock
that
Have
Not
Vested
(#) (3)
     Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested
($)(4)
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested (#)
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
have not
Vested ($)
 
(a)           (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)      (f)      (g)      (h)      (i)      (j)  

John Chiminski

     10/23/09         3,600         4,050         5,850         750         10/23/2019         —           —           —           —     
     3/17/09                        800         1,040,000         
     10/23/09                        600         780,000         

Matthew Walsh

     10/11/11         —           750         750         1,040         10/11/2021         —           —           —           —     
     10/11/11                        500         650,000         
     10/23/09         960         1,040         1,733         750         10/23/2019         —           —           —           —     

 

128


Table of Contents

Name

   Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable (1)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date (2)
     Number
of
Shares
of Units
of Stock
that
Have
Not
Vested
(#) (3)
     Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested
($)(4)
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested (#)
     Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
have not
Vested ($)
 
(a)           (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)      (f)      (g)      (h)      (i)      (j)  
     4/17/08         267         —          —          1,000         4/17/2018         —          —          —          —    

William Downie

     10/23/09         800         900         1,300         750         10/23/2019         —           —           —           —     

Scott Houlton

     5/25/12         —           250         250         1,300         5/25/2022         —           —           —           —     
     10/23/09         667         750         1,083         750         10/23/2019         —           —           —           —     

Samrat Khichi

     10/23/09         747         820         1,300         750         10/23/2019         —           —           —           —     
     11/27/07         133         —           —           1,000         11/27/2017         —           —           —           —     

 

(1) The number of outstanding time and performance options vested and exercisable are reported in column (b) above. Unvested outstanding time options are reported in column (c) above and ordinarily become vested pursuant to the vesting schedule for time options described in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” section above. Unvested outstanding performance options and exit options are reported in column (d) above and ordinarily become vested pursuant to the vesting schedule for performance options and exit options, as applicable, described in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” section above. Other than with respect to the options granted to Messrs. Walsh and Houlton in fiscal 2012, which have a vesting reference date, all vesting of options granted to the NEOs occurs on the applicable anniversary of the grant date. The first 20% of the performance-based options granted in fiscal 2010 vested on October 23, 2010, the second 20% vested on October 23, 2011 and none of the outstanding performance exit options vested in fiscal 2012. As described in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” section below, all or a portion of each option grant may vest earlier in connection with a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. or certain terminations of employment.
(2) The expiration date shown is the normal expiration date occurring on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Options may terminate earlier in certain circumstances, such as in connection with a NEO’s termination of employment or in connection with certain corporate transactions, including a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C.
(3) The number of outstanding RSUs reported for Mr. Chiminski in column (g) above represents two separate grants: 2,000 RSUs granted on March 17, 2009 and 1,000 RSUs granted on October 23, 2009. Each RSU grant vests 20% per year from the date of grant, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. Once vested, the RSUs will be settled on the earlier to occur of (1) the seventh anniversary of Mr. Chiminski’s employment commencement date (March 17, 2009), or (2) the date a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. occurs. For Mr. Walsh, the number of outstanding RSUs in column (g) above represents 500 RSUs granted on October 11, 2011. The RSUs for Mr. Walsh will vest as follows: 167 RSUs will vest on September 26, 2012; 166 RSUs will vest on September 26, 2013; and 166 RSUs will vest on September 26, 2014 date, subject to the executive’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. Once vested, the RSUs will be settled on the earlier of (i) March 26, 2015 or (ii) the date of a change in control.
(4) Based upon a market value of $1,300 per share as of June 30, 2012.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2012

On March 17, 2012, Mr. Chiminski vested in an additional 20% of the 2,000 RSUs granted to him on March 17, 2009 and on October 23, 2011, he vested in an additional 20% of the 1,000 RSUs granted to him on October 23, 2009. In addition, pursuant to his election to defer 50% of his annual MIP bonus for fiscal year 2011 to satisfy his stock purchase requirement, Mr. Chiminski was awarded 721.15 fully vested RSUs on September 16, 2011. The following table provides information regarding this vesting. During fiscal 2012, the other NEOs did not exercise any options or similar instruments or vest in any stock or similar instruments.

 

129


Table of Contents
     Option Awards      Stock Awards (1)  

Name

   Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Exercise (#)
     Value
Realized  on
Exercise

($)
     Number
of Shares
Acquired
on Vesting (#)
     Value
Realized on
Vesting ($)
 
(a)    (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)  

John Chiminski

     —           —           1,321.15         1,477,996 (2) 

Matt Walsh

     —           —           —           —     

William Downie

     —           —           —           —     

Scott Houlton

     —           —           —           —     

Samrat Khichi

     —           —           —           —     

 

(1) Includes the issuance of 721.15 fully vested RSUs on September 16, 2011 with a value realized on grant of $750,000. In addition, includes the vesting of 200 RSUs on October 23, 2011 with a value realized on vesting of $208,000 that were originally granted on October 23, 2009 and the vesting of 400 RSUs on March 17, 2012 with a value realized on vesting of $520,000 that were originally granted on March 17, 2009. The 200 RSUs that vested on October 23, 2011 and the 400 RSUs that vested on March 17, 2012 will be settled on the earlier to occur of (1) the seventh anniversary of Mr. Chiminski’s employment commencement date (March 17, 2009), or (2) the date a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. occurs. The 721.15 fully vested RSUs awarded to Mr. Chiminski on September 16, 2011 pursuant to his election to defer 50% of his annual MIP bonus for fiscal 2011 will be settled on the earlier to occur of (1) a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and (2) the sixth anniversary of the date of grant (September 16, 2017).
(2) Based on a fair market value of $1,040 per share on September 16, 2011 and October 23, 2011 and a fair market value of $1,300 per share on March 17, 2012, the applicable vesting dates.

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation—Fiscal 2012

The following table provides information regarding contributions, earnings and balances for our NEOs under our deferred compensation plan

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions in
Last FY
($)(1)
     Registrant
Contributions in
Last FY
($)(3)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in Last
FY ($)(4)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance
at Last
FYE
($)(5)
 
(a)    (b)      (c)      (d)     (e)      (f)  

John Chiminski

             

Deferred Compensation

     48,115         3,000         5,071        —           82,018   

Vested but Undelivered RSUs (2)

     1,373,996         —           603,499        —           3,017,495   

Total

     1,422,111         3,000         608,570        —           3,099,513   

Matthew Walsh

             

Deferred Compensation

     96,016         4,430         10,669        —           326,124   

William Downie

             

Deferred Compensation

     —           —           —          —           —     

Scott Houlton

             

Deferred Compensation

     —           —           —          —           —     

Samrat Khichi

             

Deferred Compensation

     24,732         3,000        (2,645     —           101,210   

 

(1) The amounts under “Deferred Compensation” are reported as compensation for fiscal 2012 under “Salary” in the Summary Compensation Table.
(2) The amount reported for Mr. Chiminski in column (b) reflects (i) the value of 600 vested and undelivered RSUs as of the vesting date of which 200 RSUs vested on October 23, 2011 and 400 RSUs vested on March 17, 2012 and (ii) the value of 721.15 RSUs which were fully vested on the grant date of September 16, 2011 pursuant to Mr. Chiminski’s election to defer 50% of his annual MIP bonus for fiscal 2011 to satisfy his stock purchase requirement for fiscal year 2011. The 200 RSUs that vested on October 23, 2011 and the 400 RSUs that vested on March 17, 2012 will be settled on the earlier to occur of (1) the seventh anniversary of Mr. Chiminski’s employment commencement date (March 17, 2009), or (2) the date a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. occurs. The 721.15 fully vested RSUs awarded to Mr. Chiminski on September 16, 2011 will be settled on the earlier to occur of (1) a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and (2) the sixth anniversary of the date of grant (September 16, 2017).

 

130


Table of Contents
(3) Amounts reported for Messrs. Chiminski, Walsh and Khichi are reported as compensation for fiscal 2012 under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table.
(4) Amount reported for Mr. Chiminski under “Vested but Undelivered RSUs” reflects the increase in fair market value between September 16, 2011 and June 30, 2012 with respect to 721.15 of the vested RSUs reported in column (b), between October 23, 2011 and June 30, 2012 with respect to 200 of the vested RSUs reported in column (b), and between March 17, 2012 and June 30, 2012 with respect to the 400 RSUs reported in column (b). Amount reported also reflects the increase in fair market value between July 1, 2011 and June 30, 2012 with respect to the 400 RSUs that vested on March 17, 2010 and that were reported in column (b) in the fiscal 2010 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table and 600 RSUs in which 200 vested on October 23, 2010 and 400 vested on March 17, 2011 and that were reported in column (b) in the fiscal 2011 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table. The amounts reported are not considered compensation reportable in the Summary Compensation Table.
(5) Includes $25,500 previously reported as compensation to Mr. Chiminski in the columns “Salary” and “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table in previous years. $167,980 previously reported as compensation to Mr. Walsh in the columns “Salary” and “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table in previous years. Includes $55,902 reported as compensation to Mr. Khichi in the columns “Salary” and “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table for previous years. Aggregate balance for Mr. Chiminski under “Vested but Undelivered RSUs” reflects the value of 2,321.15 RSUs as of June 30, 2012 based upon a market value of $1,300 per share as of such date. 1,600 of these RSUs were previously reported as “Stock Awards” in the Summary Compensation Table and with respect to the 721.15 fully vested RSUs granted to Mr. Chiminski pursuant to his election to defer 50% of his annual MIP bonus for Fiscal 2011, $750,000 has been previously reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation Table.

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

We offer a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of our management. Eligible employees selected to participate in the plan may elect to defer between 1% and 20% of eligible compensation into the plan each year. Eligible compensation is defined as base salary, Management Incentive Plan bonus, commissions and other bonus amounts. We will provide a matching contribution on base salary only for all participants with the exception of sales people who are eligible to receive a company matching contribution on base salary, bonuses and commissions. Any income attributable to stock options or other equity-based awards is not eligible for deferral. Participating directors may elect to defer between 20% and 100% of their fees for service on our board of directors (including meeting fees) into the plan each year. In our discretion, each year we may elect to make certain company contributions to participants in the plan; however, the plan does not require us to make any such contributions. Company contributions can be either matching contributions or contributions equal to a percentage of a participant’s compensation (regardless of the amount deferred) which includes a contribution designed to supplement social security benefits. Any such contributions, however, are generally only made with respect to the first $100,000 of a participant’s compensation in excess of the annual compensation limit under the Internal Revenue Code for each year (the limit is $250,000 for calendar year 2012). Participants are always 100% vested in their elective deferrals, and in any company matching contributions (including related earnings in each case). Participants become vested in other company contributions and related earnings after three years of service with us or upon retirement, death, total disability or a change in control of us.

Under the plan, we have the discretion to either credit participants’ deferrals with a hypothetical earnings rate, or to credit the deferrals with earnings and/or losses based on the deemed investment of the deferrals in investment alternatives selected by us, which investment alternatives generally include the investment funds available under our 401(k) plan. During fiscal 2012, participants were permitted to select the investment alternatives in which they wanted their deferrals to be deemed to be invested and were credited with earnings and/or losses based on the performance of the relevant investments. During fiscal 2012, the returns for the investment funds in which participating NEOs, Messrs. Chiminski, Walsh, and Khichi notionally invested their deferrals were 5.4%, 0.7%, and -5.3%, respectively. Participants were able to change the investment elections for their deferrals on a daily basis during fiscal 2012. Participants’ deferrals are paid out in a lump-sum on the 15th day of the month immediately following the month during which the six month anniversary of the participant’s separation from service (other than due to death) with us (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code) occurs. In the event of the death of a participant prior to the commencement of the distribution of benefits under the plan, such benefits will be paid no later than the later of (x) December 31 of the year in which the participant’s death occurs and (y) ninety days following the date of the participant’s death. Participants may also elect to receive a payout of their deferrals in annual installments over a period of five or 10 years after their separation from service (including death), although notwithstanding any such elections, deferrals will be paid in a lump-sum in connection with a participant’s separation from service within two years following a change in control of us. Participants may also elect to receive a payout in connection with an unforeseeable emergency, in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Salary deferrals, company contributions and any applicable gains are held in a “rabbi” trust. “Rabbi” trust assets are ultimately controlled by us. Operating the deferred compensation plan this way is required by federal tax law in order to defer the taxation benefits from the plan until they are paid to the participants.

 

131


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The following section describes the payments and benefits that may become payable to the NEOs in connection with their termination of employment and/or a change in control. All such payments and benefits will be paid or provided by us or PTS Holdings Corp. For purposes of this section, we have assumed that (1) the price per share of PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock on June 29, 2012, the last business day of fiscal 2012 is equal to its fair market value as determined in good faith by the board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. because there has never been a public market for the common stock of PTS Holdings Corp., (2) PTS Holdings Corp. does not exercise any discretion to accelerate the vesting of outstanding options or restricted stock units in connection with a change in control of us and (3) the value of any stock options that may be accelerated is equal to the full value of such awards (i.e., the full “spread” value for stock options on June 29, 2012). The 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan gives the PTS Holdings Corp. board of directors considerable discretion with respect to the treatment of outstanding options and restricted stock units in the event of a change in control. If the PTS Holdings Corp. board of directors exercised its discretion to fully vest outstanding options and RSUs, the NEOs may receive benefits in addition to those described below.

In addition to the amounts presented below, the NEOs will also be entitled to the benefits quantified and described under the “Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation—Fiscal 2012” section above. Please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Current Compensation Program Elements—Severance and Other Benefits” for a discussion of how the amounts of the payments and benefits presented below were determined.

Mr. Chiminski

Mr. Chiminski’s employment agreement, the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan and the related stock option agreement and restricted stock unit agreements each provide for certain benefits to be paid to him upon termination under the terms described below. If Mr. Chiminski’s employment terminates due to his disability or death, he would be entitled to (1) a pro-rata portion of any annual cash bonus he would have earned for the year of termination and (2) accelerated vesting of the portion of his time vesting options and restricted stock units that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following his termination of employment. In addition, Mr. Chiminski will retain the opportunity through the ten year term to vest, subject only to attaining the specified internal rate of return or multiple of investment targets, in a portion of the unvested exit options equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsing from his commencement date through the termination date and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsing from his commencement date through the date of the event that triggers additional exit option vesting. Any pro-rata bonus payment would have been paid in a lump-sum within two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the end of the fiscal year in which Mr. Chiminski’s termination of employment occurred. Should Mr. Chiminski’s employment terminate due to death, his beneficiaries would also be entitled to a death benefit equal to 1.5 times his base salary ($1,275,000) under a company provided group life insurance benefit program which covers all eligible active employees.

The employment agreement provides that upon any good termination or due to Mr. Chiminski’s election not to extend the term, he will be entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of any annual cash bonus he would have earned for the year of termination based on Catalent’s actual performance in respect of the full fiscal year in which Mr. Chiminski’s employment terminates.

The employment agreement further provides that if Mr. Chiminski’s employment is terminated by Catalent or PTS Holdings Corp. without cause, by Mr. Chiminski for good reason or due to Catalent’s or PTS Holdings Corp.’s election not to extend the term, then, subject to his execution, delivery and non-revocation of a release of claims with respect to Catalent and its affiliates, Mr. Chiminski will be entitled to receive, in addition to certain accrued amounts and a pro-rata bonus, as discussed above, an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) Mr. Chiminski’s annualized then-current base salary (which salary, for purposes of calculating severance amounts, will in no event be less than $850,000) and (y) his annual target bonus, payable in equal monthly installments over a two year period; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within the two year period following a change in control such payment will instead be made in a single lump sum payment within thirty days following the termination date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Catalent’s obligation to make such payments will cease in the event of a material breach by Mr. Chiminski of the restrictive covenants contained in the employment agreement (described below), if such breach remains uncured for a period of ten days following written notice of such breach. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Chiminski is subject to a covenant not to (x) compete with us while employed and for one year following his termination of employment for any reason and (y) solicit our employees, consultants and certain actual and prospective clients while employed and for two years following his termination of employment for any reason, in each case, subject to certain specified exclusions. The employment agreement also contains a covenant not to disclose confidential information, an assignment of property rights provision and customary indemnification provisions.

 

132


Table of Contents

In addition to the payments described above, if Mr. Chiminski’s employment is terminated by Catalent or PTS Holdings Corp. without cause, by Mr. Chiminski for good reason or due to Catalent or PTS Holdings Corp.’s election not to extend the term, Mr. Chiminski (and his spouse and eligible dependents, to the extent applicable) will also be entitled to continued participation in Catalent’s group health plans for up to two years (for the final 6 months of this period if coverage can not be continued he will be paid an amount on a grossed up basis for the company’s cost of such coverage).

At the end of fiscal 2012, Mr. Chiminski would have had a good reason to terminate employment if any of the following had occurred without his consent: (a) any material diminution in his duties, authorities, or responsibilities, or the assignment to him of duties that are materially inconsistent with, or that significantly impair his ability to perform, his duties as Chief Executive Officer of PTS Holdings Corp. or us; (b) any material adverse change in his positions or reporting structures, including ceasing to be the Chief Executive Officer of PTS Holdings Corp. or us or ceasing to be a member of the board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. or our board of directors; (c) any reduction in his base salary or target annual bonus opportunity (other than a general reduction in base salary or target annual bonus opportunity that affects all members of senior management proportionately); (d) any material failure by us to pay compensation or benefits when due under his employment agreement; (e) any relocation of our principal office or of his principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from its location in Somerset, New Jersey, as of his commencement date; or (f) any failure by PTS Holdings Corp. or us, as applicable, to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform his employment agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of PTS Holdings Corp. or us, as applicable. No termination of his employment based on a specified good reason event will be effective as a termination for good reason unless (x) Mr. Chiminski gives notice to PTS Holdings Corp. and us of such event within 90 days after he learns that such event has occurred (or, in the case of any event described in clauses (e) or (f), within 30 days after he learns that such event has occurred), (y) such good reason event is not fully cured within 30 days after such notice, and (z) Mr. Chiminski’s employment terminates within 60 days following the end of the cure period.

In the event of any termination of Mr. Chiminski’s employment other than a good termination, all unvested RSUs and options which remain outstanding will be immediately forfeited without consideration as of the termination date. In the event of a good termination, Mr. Chiminski will be deemed vested as of the termination date in any portion of the RSUs and time options that would have otherwise vested if he had remained employed by us or PTS Holdings Corp. through the first anniversary of the termination date and he will also retain the opportunity through the ten year term to vest, subject only to attaining the specified internal rate of return or multiple of investment targets, in a portion of the unvested exit options equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsing from his commencement date through the termination date and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsing from his commencement date through the date of the event that triggers additional exit option vesting.

To the extent that all or a fraction of the exit options vest, a proportionate amount of each tranche of unvested RSUs and time options which remain outstanding will also vest.

In the event of (x) a change in control or (y) a good termination that occurs within the six month period prior to a change in control, all unvested RSUs and time options will become fully vested as of the change in control (or immediately prior to the change in control, with respect to the options). Any portion of the exit options that remain unvested upon a change in control will remain outstanding and remain eligible for potential future vesting in accordance with the terms of the stock option agreement.

Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the stock option agreement, any options that are not vested and exercisable upon Mr. Chiminski’s termination of employment will be immediately cancelled. Any options that are vested upon a good termination will remain outstanding and exercisable generally for one year from the termination date or the date on which the option became vested, as applicable, although the period is reduced to 90 days in the case of a termination of employment that is not a good termination and vested options will terminate immediately if Mr. Chiminski’s employment is terminated by PTS Holdings Corp. or us for cause. Any vested options that are not exercised within the applicable post-termination exercise period will terminate.

All shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock acquired by Mr. Chiminski, including without limitation, shares settled following vesting of the RSUs and shares acquired upon the exercise of the options will be subject to the terms of a subscription agreement. In addition, in connection with the purchase of the shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock and the grant of the RSUs and options, Mr. Chiminski became a party to PTS Holdings Corp. securityholders agreement. These documents generally govern Mr. Chiminski’s rights with respect to all such shares.

If any payments to Mr. Chiminski are subject to golden parachute excise taxes in connection with a change in control and are eligible for exemption under the shareholder approval exemption, Catalent and PTS Holdings Corp. agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to seek the requisite stockholder vote. However, if such exemption is not available and Mr. Chiminski is subject to such taxes, he will also be entitled to receive a tax-gross up payment, provided that such payment will not exceed $1 million.

 

133


Table of Contents

The following table lists the payments and benefits that would have been triggered for Mr. Chiminski under the circumstances described below assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on June 29, 2012.

 

Triggering Event

   Value of
Option/RSU
Acceleration (1)
     Value of  Base
Salary and
Target Bonus
Payment (2)
     Value  of
Continued
Benefits
Participation (3)
     Total  

Death or Disability

     1,522,500               1,522,500   

Termination by Us Without Cause or by Mr. Chiminski for Good Reason

     1,522,500         3,700,000         26,661         5,249,161   

Change in Control

     4,047,500               4,047,500   

Death or Disability Within Six months Prior to a change in Control

     4,047,500               4,047,500   

Termination by Us Without Cause or by Mr. Chiminski for Good Reason in Connection With a Change in Control

     4,047,500         3,700,000         26,661         7,774,161   

 

(1) The amounts reported represent partial or full accelerated vesting of RSUs and options and are based on PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock having a fair market value of $1,300 per share on June 29, 2012. The amounts reported reflect the “spread” value of the options of $550 per share representing the difference between the fair market value and the exercise price. Amounts reported assume that the exit event options do not vest upon a change in control.
(2) The amount reported consists of two times the sum of Mr. Chiminski’s annual salary and target annual MIP bonus.
(3) The amount reported represents income attributable to the health care premiums paid by the Company with respect to Mr. Chiminski’s participation in our employee benefit plans for a two year period. Mr. Chiminski would also be entitled to be paid out for any unused paid time off days accrued during 2012 and up to five unused days from the prior year.

Mr. Walsh

On October 11, 2011, PTS Holdings Corp. and Mr. Walsh entered into an employment agreement which replaces the offer letter and severance agreement that Mr. Walsh entered into in 2008 in connection with the commencement of his employment with the Company. Mr. Walsh’s employment agreement, the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan and the related stock option agreement and RSU agreements each provide for certain benefits to be paid to him upon termination.

The employment agreement also provides that if Mr. Walsh’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, due to death or disability, by Mr. Walsh for good reason or due to the Company’s election not to extend the term, then Mr. Walsh will be entitled to receive, in addition to certain accrued amounts, a pro-rated annual cash bonus. In addition, if Mr. Walsh’s employment is terminated by Catalent without cause (other than by reason of death or disability), by Mr. Walsh for good reason, or due to Catalent’s election not to extend the term, Mr. Walsh will also be entitled to receive, an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (x) Mr. Walsh’s then annualized base salary and (y) his target bonus (75%), payable in equal monthly installments over a two-year severance period.

In addition to the payments described above, if Mr. Walsh’s employment is terminated by Catalent without cause, by Mr. Walsh for good reason or due to Catalent.’s election not to extend the term, Mr. Walsh (and his spouse and eligible dependents, to the extent applicable) will also be entitled to continued participation in Catalent’s group health plans for up to two years (for the final 6 months of this period, if coverage can not be continued he will be paid an amount on a grossed up basis for the company’s cost of such coverage).

At the end of fiscal 2012, Mr. Walsh would have had a good reason to terminate employment if any of the following had occurred without his consent, (1) any substantial diminution in his position or duties, adverse change in reporting lines, up and down, or the assignment to him of duties that are materially inconsistent with his position, (2) any reduction in his base salary, (3) any failure of Catalent to pay compensation or benefits when due, (4) Catalent’s failure to provide him with an annual bonus opportunity that is at the same level as established in his offer letter, dated February 29, 2008, or (5) he is required to move his principal business location more than fifty (50) miles. No termination of Mr. Walsh’s employment based on a specified good reason event will be effective as a termination for good reason unless (x) he gives notice to Catalent of such event within thirty (30) days after he learns that such event has occurred, (y) such good reason event is not fully cured within thirty (30) days after such notice (such period, the “Cure Period”), and (z) his employment terminates within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period.

 

134


Table of Contents

In the event of any termination of Mr. Walsh’s employment, all unvested RSUs and options which remain outstanding will be immediately forfeited without consideration as of the termination date; however, that in the event of a termination of Mr. Walsh’s employment (1) by the Company without cause, (2) by Mr. Walsh for good reason, (3) due to death or disability or (4) due to the Company’s election not to extend the employment term, Mr. Walsh will be deemed vested as of the termination date in any portion of the time-based option that would have otherwise vested if he had remained by the Company through the first anniversary of the termination date. In the event of a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., all unvested RSUs and time-based Options will become fully vested as of the change in control (or immediately prior to the change in control, with respect to the options).

The following table lists the payments and benefits that would have been triggered for Mr. Walsh under the circumstances described below assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on June 29, 2012.

 

Triggering Event

   Value of
Option/RSU
Acceleration (1)
     Value of Base
Salary and
Target Bonus
Payment (2)
     Value of
Continued
Benefits
Participation (3)
     Total  

Death or Disability

     255,624               255,624   

Termination by Us Without Cause or by Mr. Walsh for Good Reason

     255,624         2,100,000         26,661         2,382,285   

Change in Control

     1,417,000               1,417,000   

 

(1) The amounts reported are based on PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock having a fair market value of $1,300 per share on June 29, 2012. The amounts reported reflect the “spread” value of the options of $550 per share for the options granted on October 23, 2009 and $260 per share for the options granted on September 11, 2011 representing the difference between the fair market value and the exercise price. Amounts reported assume that the exit event options do not vest upon a change in control. The amount reported for Mr. Walsh for a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. also includes the vesting of 500 RSUs having a fair market value of $1,300 per share on June 29, 2012
(2) The amount reported for Mr. Walsh represents the two times the sum of (x) Mr Walsh’s current base salary and (y) his target annual cash bonus
(3) Per Mr. Walsh’s employment agreement which became effective on September 26, 2011, the amount for Mr. Walsh includes 18 months of coverage plus 6 months (on a tax grossed-up basis). Mr. Walsh would also be entitled to be paid out for any unused paid time off days accrued during 2012 and up to five unused days from the prior year.

Messrs. Downie, Houlton, and Khichi

Messrs. Downie, Houlton, and Khichi were not covered by employment agreements at the end of fiscal 2012. However, Mr. Downie’s, Mr. Houlton’s, and Mr. Khichi’s severance agreements, the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, and the related stock option agreements provide for certain benefits to be paid to each of them if their employment terminates for one of the reasons described below. If the employment of Messrs. Downie, Houlton, or Khichi terminates due to death or disability, each will be entitled to accelerated vesting of the portion of their time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following a termination of employment (like Mr. Chiminski, they will not be entitled to any similar accelerated vesting for performance options and exit options). Should Mr. Downie’s, Mr. Houlton’s, or Mr. Khichi’s employment terminate due to death, their beneficiaries will receive a death benefit equal to 1.5 times their current base salary ($592,500, $615,000, and $658,500, respectively) under a company provided group life insurance program which covers all eligible active employees.

If the employment of Messrs. Downie, Houlton, or Khichi was terminated by us without cause or by the executive for good reason, in each case at the end of fiscal 2012, each would have been entitled to a severance payment equal to one times the sum of their annual base salary and target annual bonus, payable in equal installments over the one period following the date of their termination of employment. Each would also be entitled to continued participation in our group health plans (to the extent the executives were receiving such coverage as of the termination date), at the same premium rates as may be charged from time to time for employees of Catalent generally, which coverage would be provided until the earlier of (1) the expiration of the one year period following the date of termination of employment and (2) the date the executive becomes eligible for coverage under group health plan (s) of any other employer. Each Named Officer is required to enter into a binding general release of claims as a condition to receiving most severance payments and benefits.

 

135


Table of Contents

Under the stock option agreements entered into in connection with the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, if the employment of Messrs. Downie, Houlton, or Khichi is terminated by us without cause or by the Named Officer for good reason, each will be entitled to receive accelerated vesting of the portion of his time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following termination of employment (there is no similar accelerated vesting for performance options and exit options). At the end of fiscal 2012, each of Messrs. Downie, Houlton, and Khichi would have had a good reason to terminate employment if, without his consent (a) there had been a substantial diminution in his position or duties or an adverse change in his reporting lines, (b) he was assigned duties that were materially inconsistent with his position, (c) his base salary had been reduced or other earned compensation was not paid when due, (d) our headquarters were relocated by more than 50 miles, or (e) he was not provided with the same annual bonus opportunity specified in his offer letter, in each case, which was not cured within 30 days following our receipt of written notice from him describing the event constituting good reason.

In the event of a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., each of Messrs. Downie, Houlton, and Khichi will be entitled to full vesting of their time options. As with Mr. Chiminski, their exit options and performance options will not automatically become fully vested in connection with a change in control; however, the exit options and performance options may become vested in connection with the transaction if the applicable performance targets are attained. Messrs. Downie, Houlton, and Khichi, are each subject to the restrictive covenants contained in the subscription agreement, which covenants are described in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” section above.

The following table lists the payments and benefits that would have been triggered for Messrs. Downie, Houlton, and Khichi under the circumstances described below assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on June 29, 2012.

 

Triggering Event

   Value of
Option/RSU
Acceleration
($)(1)
     Value of
Severance
Payment
($)(2)
     Value of
Continued
Benefits
Participation
($)(3)
     Total ($)  

Death or Disability

           

William Downie

     165,000               165,000   

Scott Houlton

     137,500               137,500   

Samrat Khichi

     150,370               150,370   

Termination by Us Without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason

           

William Downie

     165,000         691,250         10,915         867,165   

Scott Houlton

     137,500         717,500         11,964         866,964   

Samrat Khichi

     150,370         768,250         11,659         930,279   

Change in Control

           

William Downie

     495,000               464,000   

Scott Houlton

     412,500               265,230   

Samrat Khichi

     451,000               317,260   

 

(1) Amounts reported reflect the “spread” value of $550 per share with respect to options granted in fiscal 2010 and based on PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock having a fair market value of $1,300 per share on June 29, 2012. Amounts reported for Mr. Houlton also reflect the “spread” value of $0 per share with respect to the options granted to him in fiscal 2012 based on PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock having a fair market value of $1,300 per share on June 29, 2012. Amounts reported assume that the exit event options do not vest upon a change in control.
(2) The amounts reported for Messrs. Downie, Houlton and Khichi represent the sum of each executive’s annual base salary and target annual bonus.
(3) The amounts reported represent income attributable to the health care premiums paid by the Company with respect to each Named Officer’s continued participation in our employee benefit plans for a one year period.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee comprises Chinh E. Chu, Michael Dal Bello and Bruce McEvoy. Mr. Dal Bello is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining, reviewing, approving and overseeing our executive compensation program.

 

136


Table of Contents

No member of the Compensation Committee was at any time during fiscal year 2012, or at any other time, one of our officers or employees. Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director in the Corporate Private Equity group of The Blackstone Group, Mr. Dal Bello is a Managing Director at The Blackstone Group and Mr. McEvoy is a Principal at The Blackstone Group. We are parties to certain transactions with The Blackstone Group described in the “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” section below. None of our executive officers has served as a director or member of the Compensation Committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity, whose executive officers served as a director of our company or member of our Compensation Committee.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Beneficial Ownership of PTS Holdings Corp.

PTS Holdings Corp. owns 100% of the limited liability company interests of PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, which owns 100% of our issued and outstanding common stock.

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. as of September 1, 2012 for (i) each individual or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the common stock of PTS Holdings Corp., (ii) each of our NEOs, (iii) each of our directors and (iv) all of directors and our executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey, 08873.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership (1)
     Percent  

Blackstone Funds (2)

     1,053,979         99.15

John R. Chiminski (3)(4)

     6,307         *   

Matthew Walsh (3)(4)

     2,440         *   

William Downie (4)

     1,460      

Scott Houlton (4)

     1,168      

Samrat S. Khichi (4)

     1,352         *   

Paul Clark (4)

     394         *   

Chinh E. Chu (5)

     —           —     

Michael Dal Bello (6)

     —           —     

Bruce McEvoy (7)

     —           —     

James Quella (8)

     —           —     

Melvin D. Booth (4)

     290         *   

Arthur J. Higgins (4)

     3,290         *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (23 persons) (9)

     25,648         2.38

 

(*) Less than 1%
(1) Fractional shares beneficially owned have been rounded up to the nearest whole share.
(2)

Shares shown as beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds are held directly by Phoenix Charter LLC. 100% of the limited liability company interests of Phoenix Charter LLC are held directly by BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC is the managing member and controls approximately 87% of BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Paul Clark holds less than 1% of the interests in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and affiliates of Aisling Capital and Genstar Capital, LLC hold 2.4% and 9.6% of the interests, respectively, in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC, by virtue of its management rights and controlling interest in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., has investment and voting control over the shares of PTS Holdings Corp. indirectly held by BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Blackstone

 

137


Table of Contents
  Capital Partners V L.P., Blackstone Capital Partners V-AC L.P., BCP V-S L.P., BCP V Co-Investors L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V L.P.., Blackstone Participation Partnership V L.P. and International Healthcare Partners LLC are members of Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC and Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. is the managing member of Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC (collectively, the “Blackstone Funds”). Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. (“BMA”) is the general partner of Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. BMA V L.L.C. is the sole member of BMA. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member and majority in interest owner of BMA V L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is indirectly controlled by The Blackstone Group L.P. and is owned, directly or indirectly, by Blackstone professionals and The Blackstone Group L.P. The Blackstone Group L.P. is controlled by its general partner, Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., which is in turn wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Mr. Schwarzman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Mr. Chu and Mr. Quella, directors of the Company, are members of BMA V L.L.C. and each disclaims any beneficial ownership of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock beneficially owned by BMA V L.L.C. Mr. Higgins, a director of the Company, is a member of International Healthcare Partners LLC and disclaims any beneficial ownership of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock beneficially owned by Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the PTS Holdings Corp. securityholders agreement, the Blackstone Funds may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the remaining .85% of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock held by senior management of the Company. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(3) Does not include 3,721.15 vested and unvested non-voting restricted stock units, none of which Mr. Chiminski has the right to have settled in shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. within 60 days. Does not include 500 unvested non-voting restricted stock units, none of which Mr. Walsh has the right to have settled in shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. within 60 days
(4) The number of shares beneficially owned includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and/or will be exercisable within 60 days after September 1, 2012, as follows: Mr. Chiminski (5,400), Mr. Walsh (2,040),Mr. Clark (394),Mr. Downie (1,200), Mr. Houlton (1,000), Mr. Khichi (1,252), Mr. Booth (290) and Mr. Higgins (290).
(5) Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Chu disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds. Mr. Chu’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(6) Mr. Dal Bello is a Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Dal Bello disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds. Mr. Dal Bello’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(7) Mr. McEvoy is a Principal of Blackstone. Mr. McEvoy disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds. Mr. McEvoy’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(8) Mr. Quella is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Quella disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds. Mr. Quella’s address is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(9) Includes 19,385 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options that are currently exercisable and/or exercisable within 60 days after September 1, 2012.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 with respect to shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock that may be granted under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

   Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights (2)
(a)
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and
rights (3)
(b)
     Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))
(4)  (c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     —           —           —     

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1)

     73,394       $ 825.29         4,131   

 

(1) The 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan was approved by the Board of Directors of PTS Holdings Corp. on May 7, 2007.
(2) All of the awards granted under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan are stock options, except for the 3,721.15 restricted stock units granted to Mr. Chiminski and 500 restricted stock units granted to Mr. Walsh.

 

138


Table of Contents
(3) The weighted-average exercise price does not take into account restricted stock unit awards, which by their nature do not have an exercise price. See Note 13 of the Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for more information on the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan.
(4) Consists of shares of our common stock issuable under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, including non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other equity-based awards of which 161 shares have been specifically set aside for the granting of restricted stock units.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Director Independence

As a privately-held company with no securities listed on a national securities exchange, we are not required to have independent directors on our board of directors or any committees of the board of directors. Accordingly, we have not made any determinations of independence with respect to any of our outside directors.

While we do not have a formal written policy, our board of directors will review and approve related party transactions on an as needed basis.

Agreements with Our Parent Companies

BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Securityholders Agreement

In connection with the closing of the acquisition from Cardinal and the related financings, BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. entered into a Securityholders Agreement with the Investors. The BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Securityholders Agreement governs the economic and voting characteristics of the units representing limited liability company membership interests in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. (which owns all of the equity interests of Phoenix Charter LLC), including with respect to restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions and registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions).

PTS Holdings Corp. Securityholders Agreement

Following the consummation of the acquisition from Cardinal and related financings, PTS Holding Corp. issued shares of its common stock and granted stock option awards and RSUs to certain officers, directors and key employees of the Company (collectively, “Executives”) pursuant to the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. As a condition to acquiring such shares of common stock and receiving such options and RSUs, the Executives were required to become a party, or agree to become a party, to the security holders’ agreement between PTS Holdings Corp., Blackstone PTS Holdings L.L.C. and Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC. Under the securityholders agreement each party agrees, among other things, to elect or cause to be elected to the respective boards of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. and each of its subsidiaries such individuals as are designated by BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Each party also agrees to vote their shares in the manner in which BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. directs in connection with amendments to PTS Holdings Corp.’s organizational documents (except for changes that would have a material adverse effect on the management of PTS Holdings Corp.), the merger, security exchange, combination or consolidation of PTS Holdings Corp. with any other person, the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of PTS Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and the reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of PTS Holdings Corp. The security holders agreement also includes certain restrictions on the transfer of shares, “tag along” and “drag along” rights, and rights of first refusal in favor of PTS Holdings Corp. See “Executive Compensation—Description of Stock Option Awards.”

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

We and one or more of our parent companies entered into a transaction and advisory fee agreement with the affiliates of Blackstone and certain of the other Investors pursuant to which such entities or their affiliates provide certain strategic and structuring advice and assistance to us. In addition, under this agreement, affiliates of Blackstone and certain of the other Investors provide certain monitoring, advisory and consulting services to us for an aggregate annual management fee equal to the greater of $10 million or 3.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) per year. Affiliates of Blackstone and certain of the other Investors also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them or their affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreement.

Upon a change of control in our ownership, a sale of all of our assets, or an initial public offering of our equity, and in recognition of facilitation of such change of control, asset sale or public offering by affiliates of Blackstone, these affiliates of Blackstone may elect to receive, in lieu of annual payments of the management fee, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all then current and future management fees payable under the agreement. The Agreement has a

 

139


Table of Contents

term of up to ten years. The lump sum payment would only be payable to the extent that it is permitted under other agreements governing our indebtedness.

Pursuant to the terms of the transaction and advisory fee agreement with respect to acquisitions, each of Blackstone and an affiliate of Blackstone is entitled to a 1% transaction fee based on the transaction purchase price. Pursuant to such agreement the Company paid $10.0 million to Blackstone and its affiliate in the aggregate in connection with acquisitions during Fiscal 2012.

Other Related-Party Transactions

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

In February 2012 the Company acquired the remaining 49% minority share of the R.P. Scherer business in Eberbach, Germany from Gelita AG. The purchase was comprised of a cash payment and note which is payable over a three year period. The cash paid is reflected in the investing section of our statement of cash flows within the caption ‘cash paid for acquisitions’. The transaction was accounted for as a transaction between shareholders as is reflected as such within our statement of stockholders equity. Concurrent with the completion of the transaction, Gelita AG is no longer considered a related party.

Other Related Party Transactions

The Company has a three year participation agreement with Core Trust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as a supplier of an outsource service for indirect materials. The Company does not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and can terminate participation at any time prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty. The vendors separately pay fees to CPG for access to CPG’s consortium of customers. Blackstone entered into an agreement with CPG whereby Blackstone receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made between the Company and other participants. Purchases from CPG were approximately $7.1 million and $6.2 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company participates in an employer health program agreement with Equity Healthcare LLC (“Equity Healthcare”). Equity Healthcare negotiates with providers of standard administrative services for health benefit plans and other related services for cost discounts and quality of service monitoring capability by Equity Healthcare. Because of the combined purchasing power of its client participants, Equity Healthcare is able to negotiate pricing terms for providers that are believed to be more favorable than the companies could obtain for themselves on an individual basis. In consideration for these services, the Company pays Equity Healthcare a fee of $2.00 per participating employee per month. As of June 30, 2012, we had approximately 2,100 employees enrolled in our health benefit plans in the United States. Equity Healthcare is an affiliate of Blackstone.

In addition, the Company does business with a number of other companies affiliated with Blackstone; we believe that all such arrangements have been entered into in the ordinary course of our business and have been conducted on an arm’s length basis.

 

140


Table of Contents
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Audit and Non-Audit Fees

The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by Ernst & Young for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, and fees billed for other services rendered by Ernst & Young during those periods.

 

     2012      2011  

(in thousands)

             

Audit Fees

   $ 3,437       $ 3,317   

Audit-Related Fees

     2         2   

Tax Fees

     916         552   

All Other Fees

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,355       $ 3,871   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consistent with SEC and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requirements regarding auditor independence, the Audit Committee has responsibility for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of the independent registered public accounting firm. In recognition of this responsibly, the Audit Committee has established a policy to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Prior to engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm for the next year’s audit, management will submit a list of services and related fees expected to be rendered during that year within each of the four categories of services to the Audit Committee for approval.

 

  1. Audit services include audit work performed on the financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, as well as work that generally only the independent registered public accounting firm can reasonably be expected to provide, including comfort letters, statutory audits, and discussions surrounding the proper application of financial accounting and/or reporting standards.

 

  2. Audit-Related services are for assurance and related services that are traditionally performed by the independent registered public accounting firm, including due diligence related to mergers and acquisitions, employee benefit plan audits, and special procedures required to meet certain regulatory requirements.

 

  3. Tax services include all services, except those services specifically related to the financial statements, performed by the independent registered public accounting firm’s tax personnel, including tax analysis; assisting with coordination of execution of tax-related activities, primarily in the area of corporate development; supporting other tax-related regulatory requirements; tax planning; and tax compliance and reporting.

 

  4. All Other services are those services not captured in the audit, audit-related or tax categories.

Prior to engagement, the Audit Committee pre-approves independent public accounting firm services within each category and the fees of each category are budgeted. The Audit Committee requires the independent registered public accounting firm and management to report actual fees versus the budget periodically throughout the year by category of service. During the year, circumstances may arise when it may become necessary to engage the independent registered public accounting firm for additional services not contemplated in the original pre-approval categories. In those instances, the Audit Committee requires specific pre-approval before engaging the independent registered public accounting firm.

The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The member to whom such authority is delegated must report, for informational purposes only, any pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. All of the services under the captions “Audit Fees”, “Audit-Related Fees”, “Tax Fees” and “All-Other Fees” in the table above were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

 

141


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements. The Financial Statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements, filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(a)(2) Financial Statements Schedules. Financial statement schedules are omitted since the required information is either not applicable or is included in our audited consolidated and combined financial statements.

 

(b) Exhibits.

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

2.1

   Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Phoenix Charter LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.01 to Cardinal Health’s Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on April 16, 2007, File No. 1-11373)

2.2

   Amendment No. 1, dated March 9, 2007, to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Phoenix Charter LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.02 to Cardinal Health’s Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on April 16, 2007, File No. 1-11373)

2.3

   Amendment No. 2, dated April 10, 2007, to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Phoenix Charter LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.03 to Cardinal Health’s Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on April 16, 2007, File No. 1-11373)

2.4

   Amendment No. 3, dated June 22, 2007, to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Phoenix Charter LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1.4 to Cardinal Health’s Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, File No. 1-11373)

2.5

   Stock Purchase Agreement date August 19, 2011, by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Aptuit LLC (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 2.5 to Catalent Pharma Solutions Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 16, 2011 File No. 333-147871)

2.6

   Amendment Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2012, between Aptuit, LLC and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2012, File No. 333-147871)

2.7

   Letter Agreement, dated February 17, 2012 between Aptuit LLC and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 11, 2012, File No. 333-147871)

3.1

   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

3.2

   Amended and Restated By-laws of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

4.1

   Senior Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc. and the Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

4.2

   Senior Subordinated Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc. and the Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

4.3

   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities Limited, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, GE Capital Markets, Inc. and GE Corporate

 

142


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

   Finance Bank SAS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

4.4

   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2008, to the Senior Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007, among Catalent US Holding I, LLC, Catalent US Holding II, LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

4.5

   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2008, to the Senior Subordinated Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007, among Catalent US Holding I, LLC, Catalent US Holding II, LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon
   (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

†10.1

   Offer Letter, dated February 29, 2008, between Matthew Walsh and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

†10.2  

   Severance Agreement, dated February 29, 2008, between Matthew Walsh and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

†10.3  

   Form of Severance Agreement between named executive officers and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 filed on September 17, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.4  

   Offer Letter, dated August 25, 2009, between William Downie and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.*

†10.5  

   Offer Letter, dated August 27, 2007, between Samrat S. Khichi and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 28, 2009, File No. 333-147871)

†10.6  

   Letter Agreement, dated November 18, 2010, between Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and William Downie*

†10.7  

   Management Equity Subscription Agreement dated September 8, 2010 by and between PTS Holdings Corp. and Melvin D. Booth (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 filed on September 17, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.8  

   Management Equity Subscription Agreement dated September 8, 2010 by and between PTS Holdings Corp. and Arthur J. Higgins (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 filed on September 17, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

  10.9  

   Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C., Genstar Capital L.L.C. and Aisling Capital, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

  10.10

   Securityholders Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2007, among PTS Holdings Corp., Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC, BHP PTS Holdings LLC and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

†10.11

   Form of Unit Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

†10.12

   Form of Management Equity Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

†10.13

   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (executives) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

†10.14

   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (non-employee directors) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed

 

143


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

   on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

†10.15

   2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

†10.16

   Amendment No. 1 to the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, dated September 8, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 filed on September 17, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.17

   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (executives) approved October 23, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 12, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.18

   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Paul Clark) approved September 8, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 filed on September 17, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.19

   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement Amendment (executives) approved October 23, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 12, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.20

   Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 filed on September 28, 2009, File No. 333-147871)

†10.21

   First Amendment to the Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 17, 2009, File No. 333-147871)

†10.22

   Second Amendment to the Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2010 filed on September 28, 2009, File No. 333-147871)

  10.23

   Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and other Lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

  10.24

   Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

  10.25

   Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of July 1, 2008, to the Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

  10.26

   Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

  10.27

   Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of July 1, 2008, to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

  10.28

   Guaranty, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

  10.29

   Guaranty Supplement, dated as of July 1, 2008, to the Guaranty, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS

 

144


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

   Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Therein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

  10.30

   Employment Agreement, dated February 23, 2009 by and among PTS Holdings Corp., Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and John R. Chiminski (including Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Form of Management Equity Subscription Agreement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 5, 2009, File No. 333-147871)

†10.31

   Letter Agreement, dated October 30, 2009, by and among PTS Holdings Corp., Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and John R. Chiminski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 12, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.32

   Letter Agreement, entered into on June 30, 2010, by and among PTS Holdings Corp., Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and John R. Chiminski (including Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.33

   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (John R. Chiminski) approved October 23, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 12, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

†10.34

   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (John R. Chiminski) approved October 23, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 12, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

  10.35

   Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 1, 2011, relating to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among the Company, PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the administrative agent and swing line lender and other lenders as parties thereto, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2011, File No. 333-147871)

  10.36

   Amendment No. 2, dated as of February 17, 2012, relating to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, as amended, among Catalent, PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 24, 2012, File No. 333-147871)

  10.37

   Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 27, 2012, relating to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, as amended, among the Company, PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2012, File No. 333-147871)

  10.38

   Extension Amendment, dated as of March 1, 2012, relating to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, as amended, among the Company, PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2012, File No. 333-147871)

  10.39

   Amendment No. 4, dated as of April 27, 2012, relating to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, as amended, among the Company, PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as the administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender and other lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2012, File No. 333-147871)

†10.40

   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (Scott Houlton)*

†10.41

   Letter Agreement, entered into on December 12, 2011, by and among PTS Holdings Corp., Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and John R. Chiminski (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 10, 2012, File No. 333-147871)

 

145


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

†10.42

   Employment Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2011, and effective as of September 26, 2011, by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Matthew Walsh (including Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement)*

†10.43

   Amended and Restated Management Equity Subscription Agreement dated as of October 11, 2011 by and between PTS Holdings Corp. and Matthew Walsh*

†10.44

   Offer letter, dated July 29, 2009, between Scott Houlton and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on September 17, 2010, File No. 333-147871)

  12.1  

   Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*

  21.1  

   List of Subsidiaries*

  31.1  

   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended*

  31.2  

   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended*

  32.1  

   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**

  32.2  

   Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**

  101.1  

   The following financial information from Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2012 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheet at June 30, 2012 and 2011:(iii) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (iv) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
Represents a management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to participate.

 

146


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on September 4, 2012.

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:   / S /    S AMRAT S. K HICHI        
Name:   Samrat S. Khichi
Title:  

Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer

General Counsel and Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    J OHN R. C HIMINSKI        

John R. Chiminski

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

  September 4, 2012

/ S /    M ATTHEW M. W ALSH        

Matthew M. Walsh

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   September 4, 2012

/ S /    C HINH E. C HU        

Chinh E. Chu

   Director   September 4, 2012

/ S /    M ICHAEL D AL B ELLO        

Michael Dal Bello

   Director   September 4, 2012

/ S /    B RUCE M C E VOY        

Bruce McEvoy

   Director   September 4, 2012

/ S /    J AMES Q UELLA        

James Quella

   Director   September 4, 2012

/ S /    A RTHUR H IGGINS        

Arthur Higgins

   Director   September 4, 2012

/ S /    M ELVIN B OOTH        

Melvin Booth

   Director   September 4, 2012

/ S /    P AUL C LARK        

Paul Clark

   Director   September 4, 2012

 

147

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO    Catalent Pharma Solutions
   14 Schoolhouse Road
   Somerset, NJ 08873
  

 

T 732 537 6200

   F 732 537 6252
   www.catalent.com

August 25, 2009

Mr. William Downie

[Home Address]

Dear Will:

Congratulations on your offer of employment! Catalent is the leading provider of pharmaceutical development services, drug-delivery technologies, manufacturing and packaging services to the global pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. We take great pride in hiring executives who have talent, drive and commitment, and we are extremely delighted to have you join our team.

Attached is important information about our organization, your individual position, benefits and rewards. I encourage you to review all materials thoroughly.

I am pleased to confirm in writing our offer of employment to you. The major provisions of your offer are:

 

  1. Position: Your position is Group President, Sterile Technologies and Global Sales & Marketing reporting directly to myself.

 

  2. Work Location: Your initial work location will be Swindon, U.K.

 

  3. Pay: Your annual base salary will be 245,000 British Pounds and paid monthly.

 

  4. Sign-On Bonus: You will receive a sign-on bonus of 125,000 GBP to be paid within 30 days from the start of your employment. Please note all applicable taxes and withholdings will apply to this bonus payment. If you voluntarily terminate employment with Catalent or if you are terminated for “Cause” (as defined in the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement) within twelve (12) months of your start date, you will be obligated to repay Catalent the full amount of the sign-on bonus.

 

  5. Performance: Your performance and merit reviews will follow the standard annual review calendar for Catalent.

 

  6. Rewards: Catalent is pleased to offer a comprehensive, competitive compensation program that rewards talented employees for their performance.

 

  a. You will be eligible for participation in our short-term incentive plan, which we call our Management Incentive Plan (MIP). Your target incentive for fiscal year 2010 (July 1, 2009 - June 30, 2010) will be 75 % of your annual base salary. For fiscal year 2010 you will be eligible for a full-year incentive and 50 % of your target incentive will be guaranteed. Annual bonus payments are determined based upon the achievement of specific financial and management agenda objectives. This will be explained to you in more detail when you come on board, but I am happy to answer any questions you may have in the interim.


  b. You will be eligible to participate in U.K. health benefits commensurate with your position, including private health insurance for you and your family. You will receive more information regarding these benefits upon joining Catalent.

 

  c. You will be eligible to receive a car and fuel allowance of 13,000 British Pounds per annum. This allowance is not pension eligible earnings and will be paid to you monthly along with your salary.

 

  d. You will be eligible to join the Catalent Pharma Solutions Group Personal Pension Plan (details enclosed).

 

  e. We will recommend to the Board of Directors of PTS Holdings Corp. (parent entity of Catalent) that you be awarded stock options to acquire 3,000 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. with an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (as such term is defined in me Equity Documents). The grant of your award will be subject to your investment of $225,000 in cash to purchase shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. at a per share purchase price equal to the Fair Market Value: $75,000 of which will be invested within 30 days of the grant date of your options and the remaining portion to be invested following the payment of the MIP bonus (as applicable)associated with the next two fiscal years and per the following amounts: FY2010 ($75,000) and FY2011 ($75,000). (The payment of MIP (as applicable) has historically occurred the beginning of September.)

The grant of your award is also subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of PTS Holdings Corp. and the date of the grant will be the date the Board of Directors approves your award. The timing of the approval of your recommended grant is dependent on your acceptance and start date. The complete terms and conditions of this equity award, including vesting provisions and restrictive covenants such as a non-compete, will be communicated to you as part of the Equity Documents that you will receive, pending approval of the award. Equity Documents as used herein is defined as the PTS Holdings Corp. Management Equity Subscription Agreement, PTS Holdings Corp. Securityholders Agreement, 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock lncentive Plan, and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan.

 

  7. Severance: A separate severance agreement Letter is being prepared that will provide to you severance equal to your annual base salary and MIP target bonus, subject to the terms of the agreement.

 

  8. Relocation: You will be eligible to participate in Catalent’s relocation program; the specific terms of which will be provided to you under separate cover.

 

  9. Paid Time Off: Upon joining Catalent you will be entitled to twenty-four (24) of paid holidays consistent with similarly situated executives in the U.K. The details of each program will be provided to you under separate cover.

 

  10. Conditions of Offer: This offer is subject to a satisfactory medical report. Please complete the enclosed Medical Questionnaire and return it to AXA PPP in the envelope provided.

 

  11. Terms and Conditions of Employment: Enclosed are your Terms and Conditions of Employment, which you should read carefully.

 

  12.

Confidentiality: Catalent does not hire people for the purpose of acquiring their current or former employer’s trade secrets, intellectual property, or other confidential or


  proprietary information, and Catalent does not want access to any materials containing such information. Consequently, any documents, computer discs, etc. containing any such information should be returned to your current or former employer, and in no case may such information be brought to, or used, at Catalent. By signing this offer letter, you hereby represent to Catalent that the performance by you of your duties hereunder will not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any employment agreement or other agreement or policy to which you are a party or otherwise bound.

 

  13. Ethics: As a company founded on a core set of values, we ask you to review the attached Standards of Business Conduct and be prepared to sign a letter of compliance.

 

  14. Orientation: We will prepare for you an on-boarding plan commensurate for your level and position.

 

  15. Start Date: Your first day of employment is to be mutually agreed upon. Please advise us of a start date upon signature of this letter. On your first day of employment, please bring with you proof of your eligibility to work in the U.K. and the necessary identification to fill out your new hire paperwork.

Please fax a signed copy of this offer letter.

If you have any questions, please feel free to call me or Harry Weininger, SVP-Human Resources.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ John Chiminski
John Chiminski
President and Chief Executive Officer
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.

Enclosures

cc: H. Weininger

 

I accept the above offer of employment:

/s/ Will Downie

Will Downie

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO   Catalent Pharma Solutions
  14 Schoolhouse Road
  Somerset, NJ 08873
 

 

T 732 537 6200

  F 732 537 6252
  www.catalent.com

Private  & Confidential

November 18, 2010

Dear Will:

I am pleased to confirm the terms of your assignment and transfer from Swindon to the Somerset, NJ location in your role as Senior Vice President, Global Sales & Marketing.

Salary and MIP

Effective November 1, 2010 your annual base salary of 245,000 British Pounds will be converted to 375,000 US dollars based on the average daily exchange rate during the prior six-month calendar period (i.e., January-June) and administered from Catalent’s U.S. payroll on a bi-weekly basis. You will continue to be eligible to participate in our Management Incentive Plan and your target incentive will remain at 75% of your base salary.

Health and Welfare Plans

Your assignment is effective October 11, 2010 and your anticipated duration is twenty-four (24) months. Your eligibility for the US Benefits plans (Medical, Dental and Vision, Life, Accident and Disability) is effective October 11, 2010. Details of these plans and your entitlements under the plans will be provided under separate cover.

Pension Plan

A “shadow payroll” will be established in Swindon in order to maintain your continued participation in the UK Defined Contribution Pension Plan (the “Fidelity Plan”). This payroll arrangement will also allow you to continue your participation with the UK National Insurance Contribution program (NLC). With assistance from Deloitte, Catalent will ensure that tax relief is provided via the year-end tax filing process for any employee pension contributions made during the assignment period.

Social Securitv Card

Primacy Relocation Services Destination Team will assist you in applying for a U.S. Social Security card which is needed for income tax purposes and for proper enrolment in Catalent U.S. Benefits Plans.


Shipment of Household Goods

Catalent will pay for the movement and storage of your household goods consistent with the Catalent Long-Tern International Assignment Policy for your US assignment and return to the UK.

Housing Accommodations

Catalent will pay your rental lease expenses for a period up to twenty-four (24) months from the effective date of your assignment exclusive of utilities and any other ancillary expenses. Catalent will pay the taxes due as a result of providing this benefit during the rental period.

Car and Fuel Allowance

For the two-year period of your assignment in the United States you will continue to be eligible for your car and fuel allowance which will be converted to U.S. dollars at the same exchange rate in effect for your base salary conversion and paid through the U.S. payroll (13,000 GBP x 1.5306 = 19,900 USD per year). You are responsible for any tax due on the taxable portion of this benefit.

Tax Assistance

A tax orientation meeting with Deliotte will be arranged in the very near future to discuss tax assistance and answer any questions you may have. You will be responsible for paying all taxes in any jurisdiction arising from sources of personal income, as well as your Catalent compensation with the exception of rental lease expenses as described above. The services of Deloitte will be retained to assist with preparing individual income tax returns related to your transfer period. Please note that you are responsible for filing your tax returns on a timely basis with the assistance of Deloitte.

Employment Status

Nothing in the agreement changes your employment status or guarantees continued employment while you are on this assignment. Please contact me if you have any additional questions.

Please contact me if you have any additional questions.

 

Yours sincerely,
/s/ Harry Weininger
Harry Weininger
SVP, Human Resources

Exhibit 10.40

2007 PTS HOLDINGS CORP.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made effective as of [    ] (the “ Date of Grant ”), between PTS Holdings Corp. (the “ Company ”) and the individual named on the signature page hereto (the “ Participant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Plan (as defined below), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Committee (as defined in the Plan) has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the Options (as defined below) provided for herein to the Participant pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

(a) Cause : “Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of Employment between the Participant and the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) the Participant’s willful failure to perform duties which is not cured within 15 days following written notice, (ii) the Participant’s conviction or confessing to or becoming subject to proceedings that provide a reasonable basis for the Company to believe that the Participant has engaged in a (x) felony, (y) crime involving dishonesty, or (z) crime involving moral turpitude and which is demonstrably injurious to the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) the Participant’s willful malfeasance or misconduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (iv) breach by the Participant of the material terms of any agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions thereof. For purposes of this definition, no act or failure to act shall be deemed “willful” unless effected by the Participant not in good faith.

(b) EBITDA Option : An Option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

(c) Expiration Date : The tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

(d) Exit Option : Collectively, the Tier I Exit Option and the Tier II Exit Option.


(e) Fiscal Year : Each fiscal year of the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, ends on or about June 30 th of any given year).

(f) Good Reason : “Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of Employment between the Participant and the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Participant’s consent, (i) a substantial diminution in the Participant’s position or duties, adverse change in reporting lines, or assignment of duties materially inconsistent with the Participant’s position, (ii) any reduction in the Participant’s base salary, (iii) failure of the Company to pay compensation or benefits when due, (iv) moving the Participant’s then-principal business location more than 50 miles or (v) failure to provide the Participant with an annual bonus opportunity at the same level as established for the Participant in connection with the Participant’s commencement of employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as applicable, in each case, which is not cured within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of written notice from the Participant describing the event constituting Good Reason.

(g) Options : Collectively, the Time Option, the EBITDA Option, and the Exit Option to purchase Shares granted under this Agreement.

(h) Plan : The 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

(i) Securityholders Agreement : The Securityholders Agreement dated as of May 7, 2007 among the Company and the other parties thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

(j) Subscription Agreement : The Subscription Agreement entered into between the Company and the Participant in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

(k) Tier I Exit Option : An Option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(c) of this Agreement.

(l) Tier II Exit Option : An Option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(d) of this Agreement.

(m) Time Option : An Option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.

(n) Vested Portion : At any time, the portion of an Option which has become vested, as described in Section 3 of this Agreement.

(o) Vesting Reference Date : [    ].

2. Grant of Options. The Company hereby grants to the Participant the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, all or any part of the number of Shares subject to the Time Option, the EBITDA Option, and the Exit Option set

 

2


forth on Schedule A attached hereto, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan. The Option Price shall be $1300 per Share. The Options are intended to be nonqualified stock options, and are not intended to be treated as an option that complies with Section 422 of the Code.

3. Vesting of the Options .

(a) Vesting of the Time Option . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Time Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to such Time Option on each of the first five anniversaries of the Vesting Reference Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, the Time Option shall, to the extent not then vested or previously forfeited or cancelled, become fully vested and exercisable.

(b) Vesting of the EBITDA Option .

(i) In General . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the EBITDA Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to the EBITDA Option on each of the first five anniversaries of the Vesting Reference Date (each such anniversary, an “ EBITDA Option Performance Vesting Date ”) if, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year ending after the applicable EBITDA Option Performance Vesting Date, the EBITDA goal set forth on Schedule B (the “ EBITDA Goal ”) for the applicable Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded, with the vesting being deemed to occur on the EBITDA Option Performance Vesting Date that occurs immediately prior to the last day of the applicable Fiscal Year.

(ii) Catch-Up . Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, if the portion of the EBITDA Option that is scheduled to vest in respect of a given Fiscal Year does not vest because the EBITDA Goal is not achieved or exceeded in respect of such Fiscal Year (any such Fiscal Year, a “ Missed Year ”), then the portion of the EBITDA Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the failure to achieve or exceed the EBITDA Goal in such Missed Year shall nevertheless vest and become exercisable if the Cumulative EBITDA Goal set forth on Schedule B for any completed Fiscal Year that is subsequent to any Missed Year (any such Fiscal Year, an “ Achieved Year ”) is achieved or exceeded, with vesting being deemed to occur on the EBITDA Option Performance Vesting Date that occurs immediately prior to the last day of the Achieved Year.

Such EBITDA Goals shall be adjusted in good faith to reflect acquisitions, divestitures and other similar corporate transactions that would affect the EBITDA Goals.

(c) Vesting of the Tier I Exit Option . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Tier I Exit Option shall vest on the date, if any, when either (i) Blackstone shall have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in the Company aggregating in excess of 2.5 times the amount of its initial investment in the Company (such initial investment equaling $914,680,907.54) (the “ Initial Investment ”) or (ii) Blackstone shall have received a cash Internal Rate of Return of at

 

3


least 20% on its Initial Investment. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Internal Rate of Return ” means, as of a given date, the internal rate of return compounded annually from April 10, 2007 with respect to the Initial Investment). Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, in the event that the 2.5 multiple hurdle or the 20% Internal Rate of Return hurdle (each as described in this Section 3(c)) is not met, but the 1.75 multiple hurdle or the 15% Internal Rate of Return hurdle (each as described below) is met, the Tier I Exit Option shall vest based on straight line interpolation between the two points.

(d) Vesting of the Tier II Exit Option . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Tier II Exit Option shall vest on the date, if any, when either (i) Blackstone shall have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in the Company aggregating in excess of 1.75 times the Initial Investment or (ii) Blackstone shall have received a cash Internal Rate of Return of at least 15% on its Initial Investment.

(e) Termination of Employment . If the Participant’s Employment terminates for any reason, the Option, to the extent not then vested and exercisable, shall be immediately canceled by the Company without consideration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event of the termination of the Participant’s Employment (i) by the Company without Cause, (ii) by the Participant for Good Reason, (iii) due to death or Disability or (iv) due to the Company’s election not to extend the employment term under any employment agreement in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of Employment between the Participant and the Company, to the extent applicable, the Participant shall be deemed vested in any portion of the Time Option that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following such termination of Employment.

4. Exercise of Options.

(a) Period of Exercise . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the Vested Portion of an Option at any time prior to the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s Employment terminates prior to the Expiration Date, the Vested Portion of an Option shall remain exercisable for the period set forth below:

(i) Death or Disability . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated due to the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an Option for a period ending on the earlier of (A) the one year anniversary of such termination of Employment and (B) the Expiration Date, and, for any portion of the EBITDA Option that is determined to be vested after the date of termination in accordance with Section 3(b), for a period ending on the earlier of (I) the one year anniversary of the date on which such portion of the EBITDA Option vests and (II) the Expiration Date;

(ii) Termination by the Company Other than for Cause or Due to Death or Disability . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated other than by the Company for Cause or due to death or Disability, the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an

 

4


Option that became vested on or prior to the date of termination for a period ending on the earlier of (A) the 90 th day following such termination of Employment and (B) the Expiration Date, and, for any portion of the EBITDA Option that is determined to be vested after the date of termination in accordance with Section 3(b), for a period ending on the earlier of (I) the 90 th day following the date on which such portion of the EBITDA Option vests and (II) the Expiration Date; and

(iii) Termination by the Company for Cause . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Vested Portion of an Option shall immediately terminate in full and cease to be exercisable.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) Subject to Section 4(a) of this Agreement and Section 6(c) of the Plan, the Vested Portion of an Option may be exercised by delivering to the Company at its principal office written notice of intent to so exercise; provided that, the Option may be exercised with respect to whole Shares only. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price. The payment of the Option Price may be made at the election of the Participant (i) in cash or its equivalent ( e.g ., by check), (ii) in Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the Committee; provided, that such Shares have been held by the Participant for more than six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles), (iii) partly in cash and partly in such Shares, (iv) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, to the extent permitted by the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate option price for the Shares being purchased, or (v) using a net settlement mechanism whereby the number of Shares delivered upon the exercise of the Option will be reduced by a number of Shares that has a Fair Market Value equal to the Option Price, provided that the Participant tenders cash or its equivalent to pay any applicable withholding taxes. The Participant shall not have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise of the Option, paid in full for such Shares and, if applicable, has satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, absent an available exemption to registration or qualification, an Option may not be exercised prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of an Option or the Shares under applicable state and federal securities or other laws, or under any ruling or regulation of any governmental body or national securities exchange that the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine to be necessary or advisable; provided, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such

 

5


actions as are necessary and appropriate to register or qualify the Shares subject to the Option so it may be exercised.

(iii) Upon the Company’s determination that an Option has been validly exercised as to any of the Shares, the Company shall issue certificates in the Participant’s name for such Shares. However, the Company shall not be liable to the Participant for damages relating to any delays in issuing the certificates to the Participant, any loss by the Participant of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.

(iv) In the event of the Participant’s death, the Vested Portion of an Option shall remain exercisable by the Participant’s executor or administrator, or the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this Agreement shall pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution as the case may be, to the extent set forth in Section 4(a) of this Agreement. Any heir or legatee of the Participant shall take rights herein granted subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

(v) As a condition to the exercise of any Option evidenced by this Agreement, the Participant shall execute the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement.

5. No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or any Affiliate may at any time dismiss the Participant or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

6. Legend on Certificates . The certificates representing the Shares purchased by exercise of an Option shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed or quoted or market to which the Shares are admitted for trading and, any applicable federal or state or any other applicable laws and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

7. Transferability . An Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. No such permitted transfer of an Option to heirs or legatees of the Participant shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by

 

6


the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions thereof. During the Participant’s lifetime, an Option is exercisable only by the Participant.

8. Withholding . The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or its Affiliates shall have the right and are authorized to withhold any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Option, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under or with respect to an Option and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes. The Participant may elect to pay any or all of such withholding taxes as provided in Section 4 of the Plan.

9. Securities Laws . Upon the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

10. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Chief Financial Officer and a copy to the General Counsel, each copy addressed to the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.

12. Options Subject to Plan, Securityholders Agreement and Subscription Agreement . By entering into this Agreement the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement. The Options and the Shares received upon exercise of an Option are subject to the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Participant further agrees and acknowledges that (x) this Agreement, in addition to any other stock option agreements previously entered into or to be entered into by the Participant at any time following the date hereof, shall be considered a “Stock Option Agreement” under the Subscription Agreement and (y) the Options, in addition to any other stock options previously awarded or to be awarded at any time following the date hereof, shall be considered “Options” under the Subscription Agreement. The terms and provisions of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement, as each may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement will govern and prevail. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision of the Plan and any term or provision of the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, as applicable, will govern and prevail.

 

7


13. Amendment . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall materially adversely affect the rights of the Participant hereunder without the consent of the Participant.

14. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank .]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

PTS HOLDINGS CORP.
By:   /s/ John Chiminski

 

9


By Scott Houlton

/s/ Scott Houlton

 

Option Agreement


Schedule A

The number of Shares subject to each Option is set forth below:

Participant Name: Scott Houlton

Grant Date: [    ]

Time Option: [    ]

EBITDA Option: [    ]

Tier I Exit Option: [    ]

Tier II Exit Option: [    ]

 

Option Agreement


Schedule B

EBITDA Goals

 

Fiscal Year

  

EBITDA Goal

(dollars in millions)

  

Cumulative EBITDA Goal

(dollars in millions)

2013    [    ]    [    ]
2014    [    ]    [    ]
2015    [    ]    [    ]
2016    [    ]    [    ]
2017    [    ]    [    ]

“EBITDA” is defined as internally reported operating earnings increased by depreciation and amortization and is based on fiscal year 2010 internally budgeted foreign exchange rates. Future performance will be translated at constant foreign exchange rates in order to gauge performance against EBITDA goals in consideration of foreign currency fluctuations, which may occur.

 

12

Exhibit 10.42

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

(Matthew Walsh)

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of October 11, 2011 and effective as of September 26, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (together with its successors and assigns, “ Catalent ”) and Matthew Walsh (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, Catalent desires to employ Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept such employment with Catalent and enter into such an agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment . Subject to the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement, Executive shall be employed by Catalent for a period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on September 25, 2014 (the “ Employment Term ”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; provided, however, that commencing with September 26, 2014 and on each September 26 th thereafter (each an “ Extension Date ”), the Employment Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one-year period, unless Catalent or Executive (each, a “ Party ”) provides the other Party hereto sixty (60) days’ prior written notice before the next Extension Date that the Employment Term shall not be so extended.

2. Position .

a. During the Employment Term, Executive shall serve as a Senior Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of Catalent. In such positions, Executive shall have such duties, authority and responsibilities, commensurate with Executive’s positions in a company the size and nature of Catalent and such related duties and responsibilities, as from time to time may be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of Catalent (the “ CEO ”) and the audit committee of the Board of Directors of Catalent (the “ Board ”). Executive shall report directly to the CEO. During the Employment Term, Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at Catalent’s headquarters, currently located in Somerset, New Jersey.

b. During the Employment Term, except during vacations and authorized leave, Executive will devote Executive’s full business time and reasonable best efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or interfere with the rendition of such services either directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the CEO; provided that nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (x) managing his personal and family investments and affairs, (y) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and

 

Option Agreement


(z) subject to the prior approval of the CEO, from accepting appointment to or continuing to serve on any boards of directors or trustees of any business, corporation or charitable organization; provided that, in each case, such activities described in this Section 2(b) do not conflict or interfere in more than a de minimus way with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or violate Sections 8 and 9.

3. Base Salary . During the Employment Term, Catalent shall pay Executive an annual base salary at the annual rate of $600,000, payable in regular installments in accordance with Catalent’s usual payment practices. Executive shall be entitled to such increases, if any, in his base salary as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of the Board. Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, consistent with this Section 3, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Base Salary ”.

4. Annual Bonus . With respect to the 2012 fiscal year and each full fiscal year during the Employment Term, commencing with the 2013 fiscal year, subject to Executive’s continued employment with Catalent through the end of each such fiscal year (except as otherwise provided in Section 7 or as provided for under the terms of Catalent’s Management Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ MIP ”)), Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual cash bonus award (the “ Annual Bonus ”) under the MIP with a target amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the annualized Base Salary received by Executive for such fiscal year (the “ Target Bonus ”), based upon and subject to the achievement of annual performance targets established by the Board under the MIP. As the actual amount payable to Executive as an Annual Bonus will be dependent upon the achievement of performance goals established under the MIP, Executive’s actual Annual Bonus may be less than, greater than or equal to the Target Bonus. The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid to Executive in accordance with the terms and conditions of the MIP. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the MIP to the contrary, Executive’s Annual Bonus, if any, under the MIP, earned in respect of the 2012 fiscal year, will be determined as follows: (i) the portion of Executive’s Annual Bonus, if any, that relates to his employment with Catalent from July 1, 2011 through the day immediately prior to the Effective Date will be calculated by reference to the base salary earned by Executive during such period, and (ii) the portion of Executive’s Annual Bonus, if any, that relates to his employment with Catalent from the Effective Date through the last day of the 2012 fiscal year will be calculated by reference to the Base Salary earned by Executive during such period.

5. Employee Benefits; Equity Awards .

a. During the Employment Term, Executive shall continue to be entitled to participate in all group health, life, disability and other employee benefit and perquisite plans and programs in which other senior executives of Catalent participate, as in effect from time to time, on a basis no less favorable to Executive than that applying generally to other senior executives of Catalent (not taking into account for purposes of the foregoing, any sign-on or initial awards made to other executives), to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable plans and programs.

b. For each full year during the Employment Term, Executive shall continue to be (i) entitled to seven (7) paid company holidays and (ii) eligible to receive twenty-


six (26) days of paid time off, which days will not be permitted to be carried over into a subsequent year unless required by applicable law.

c. As soon as practicable following the Effective Date, in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, PTS Holdings Corp. (“ PTS ”) shall grant Executive (i) 500 restricted stock units in the form of the award agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ RSU Agreement ”) and (ii) options to purchase 1,500 shares of PTS’s common stock in the form of the award agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”). The restricted stock units and options and any shares issued (or issuable) or settled in connection therewith shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Equity Subscription Agreement, by and between Executive and PTS, made as of June 5, 2008, which shall be amended and restated in connection with such equity grants (the “ Management Equity Subscription Agreement ”).

6. Business Expenses . During the Employment Term, reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder shall be reimbursed by Catalent in accordance with Catalent’s policies.

7. Termination . The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by Catalent or Executive at any time and for any reason consistent with this Section 7; provided that, Executive will be required to give Catalent at least sixty (60) days’ advance written notice of any resignation of Executive’s employment without Good Reason (other than due to death or Disability (as defined below)). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 7 shall exclusively govern Executive’s rights upon termination of employment with Catalent.

a. By Catalent For Cause or By Executive Without Good Reason .

(i) The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated for Cause by Catalent or by Executive without Good Reason (other than due to death or Disability).

(ii) If Executive’s employment is terminated by Catalent for Cause or if Executive resigns without Good Reason (other than due to death or Disability), Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(A) Base Salary, accrued through the date of termination, payable in accordance with Catalent’s usual payment practices;

(B) earned, but unpaid Annual Bonus, if any, for the immediately preceding fiscal year, paid in accordance with Section 4 (except to the extent payment is otherwise deferred pursuant to any applicable deferred compensation arrangement with Catalent);

(C) reimbursement, within sixty (60) days following submission by Executive to Catalent, of appropriate supporting documentation, for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Executive in accordance with Catalent’s


policies prior to the date of Executive’s termination of employment; provided claims for such reimbursement (accompanied by appropriate supporting documentation) are submitted to Catalent within ninety (90) days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment; and

(D) all amounts and benefits then or thereafter due to Executive under the then or thereafter applicable terms of any applicable plan, program, agreement or arrangement of Catalent or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, pursuant to the RSU Agreement, the Stock Option Agreement and the Management Equity Subscription Agreement (the amounts described in clauses (A) through (D) hereof being referred to as the “ Accrued Rights ”).

Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Catalent for Cause or by Executive without Good Reason (other than due to death or Disability), except as set forth in this Section 7(a)(ii), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(iii) For purposes of this Agreement, the terms:

(A) “ Cause ” shall mean (I) Executive’s willful failure to perform his duties hereunder, which failure is not cured within fifteen (15) days following written notice from Catalent, (II) Executive’s conviction of or confessing to, or his becoming subject to proceedings that provide a reasonable basis for Catalent to believe that Executive has engaged in a (x) felony, (y) crime involving dishonesty, or (z) crime involving moral turpitude and which is demonstrably injurious to Catalent and its subsidiaries, (III) Executive engages in willful malfeasance or misconduct that, in either case, is demonstrably injurious to Catalent and its subsidiaries, or (IV) a breach by Executive of the material terms of any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions. For purposes of this definition, no act or failure to act by Executive shall be deemed “willful” unless effected by Executive not in good faith.

(B) “ Good Reason ” shall mean, the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent, (I) any substantial diminution in Executive’s position or duties, adverse change in reporting lines, up and down, or the assignment to him of duties that are materially inconsistent with his position, (II) any reduction in Executive’s Base Salary, (III) any failure of Catalent to pay compensation or benefits when due, (IV) Catalent’s failure to provide Executive with an annual bonus opportunity that is at the same level as established in his offer letter, dated February 29, 2008 (the “ Offer Letter ”), or (V) Executive is required to move his principal business location more than fifty (50) miles. No termination of Executive’s employment based on a specified Good Reason event shall be effective as a termination for Good Reason unless (x) Executive gives notice to Catalent of such event within thirty (30) days after he learns that such event has occurred, (y) such Good Reason event is not fully cured within thirty (30) days after such notice (such period, the “ Cure Period ”), and (z) Executive’s employment hereunder terminates within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period.


b. Disability or Death .

(i) The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death and may be terminated by Catalent if Executive becomes physically or mentally incapacitated and is therefore unable for a period of six (6) consecutive months or for an aggregate of nine (9) months in any twenty-four (24) consecutive month period to perform Executive’s duties (such incapacity is hereinafter referred to as “ Disability ”).

(ii) Upon termination of Executive’s employment hereunder due to either Disability or death, Executive or Executive’s estate (as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive:

(A) the Accrued Rights; and

(B) a pro-rata portion of the Annual Bonus, if any, that Executive would have been entitled to receive under the MIP pursuant to Section 4 hereof for the fiscal year of termination based on Catalent’s actual performance in respect of the full fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs, assuming Executive was employed for such full fiscal year, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during which Executive was employed by Catalent in the fiscal year in which Executive’s date of termination occurs, and the denominator of which is 365 (the “ Pro-Rata Bonus ”), with such Pro-Rata Bonus payable to Executive in accordance with the terms and conditions of the MIP as if Executive’s employment had not terminated.

Following Executive’s termination of employment due to death or Disability, except as set forth in this Section 7(b)(ii), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

c. By Catalent Without Cause; Resignation by Executive for Good Reason .

(i) The Employment Term and Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by Catalent without Cause (other than by reason of death or Disability) or by Executive’s resignation for Good Reason.

(ii) If Executive’s employment is terminated by Catalent without Cause (other than by reason of death or Disability) or if Executive resigns for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(A) the Accrued Rights;

(B) the Pro-Rata Bonus, with such Pro-Rata Bonus payable to Executive in accordance with the terms and conditions of the MIP as if Executive’s employment had not terminated;

(C) provided Executive executes and delivers a general release of claims against Catalent and its affiliates, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the


Release ”), on or prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment and does not revoke such Release within the time period provided therein, payment of an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (1) Executive’s then annualized Base Salary and (2) the Target Bonus, payable in equal monthly installments over a two-year period following the date of termination of employment (such two-year period, the “ Severance Period ”), consistent with Catalent’s past payroll practices; provided further that, in either case, Catalent reserves the right to cease making such payments and Executive shall be obligated to repay any such amounts to Catalent already paid if he fails to execute and deliver the Release within the period provided for in this Section 7(c)(ii)(C) or, after timely delivery, revokes it within the time period specified in such Release; and

(D) Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents (to the extent covered immediately prior to such termination) shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of Catalent’s group health plan(s) for which Executive was eligible immediately prior to the date of his termination (or to the extent such coverage is not permissible under the terms of such plan(s), comparable coverage) commencing on the first day of the Severance Period and ending on the earlier to occur of (x) the expiration of the Severance Period and (y) the date Executive is or becomes eligible for coverage under the group health plan(s) of another employer (or comparable coverage to the extent applicable) (such period, the “ Continued Coverage Period ”); provided , however , that if such coverage is longer than eighteen (18) months and such continued coverage cannot be provided under the applicable plan(s), Catalent shall pay Executive, on the first business day of each month, an amount (on a tax grossed-up basis) equal to the premium subsidy Catalent would have otherwise paid on Executive’s behalf for such coverage during the balance of the Continued Coverage Period. The COBRA health care continuation coverage period under Section 4980B of the Code, or any replacement or successor provision of United States tax law, shall run concurrently with the Severance Period. In addition, any tax gross up payment made to Executive hereunder shall be made promptly, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the year in which the applicable taxes are remitted.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Catalent’s obligation to make the payments contemplated under Section 7(c)(ii)(C) above shall cease in the event of Executive’s material breach of Section 8 or 9, which breach remains uncured for a period of ten (10) days following Catalent’s written notice to Executive of such breach.

Following Executive’s termination of employment by Catalent without Cause (other than by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) or by Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 7(c)(ii), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

d. Non-Renewal of Employment Term .

(i) In the event Executive elects not to extend the Employment Term pursuant to Section 1, unless Executive’s employment is earlier terminated pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 7, the expiration of the Employment Term and Executive’s termination of employment hereunder shall be deemed to occur on the close of business on the day immediately


preceding the next scheduled Extension Date and Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights.

Following such termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 7(d)(i), except as set forth in this Section 7(d)(i), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(ii) In the event Catalent elects not to extend the Employment Term pursuant to Section 1, unless Executive’s employment is earlier terminated pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 7, the expiration of the Employment Term and Executive’s termination of employment hereunder shall be deemed to occur on the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled Extension Date and Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Rights.

In addition to the Accrued Rights, as a result of such termination of employment, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(A) the Pro-Rata Bonus, with such Pro-Rata Bonus payable to Executive in accordance with the terms and conditions of the MIP as if Executive’s employment had not terminated;

(B) provided Executive executes and delivers the Release on or prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment and does not revoke such Release within the time period provided therein, payment of an amount equal to two (2) times the sum of (1) Executive’s then annualized Base Salary and (2) the Target Bonus, payable in equal monthly installments over the Severance Period, consistent with Catalent’s past payroll practices; provided further that, in either case, Catalent reserves the right to cease making such payments and Executive shall be obligated to repay any such amounts to Catalent already paid if he fails to execute and deliver the Release within the period provided for in this Section 7(d)(ii)(B) or, after timely delivery, revokes it within the time period specified in such Release; and

(C) Executive and his spouse and eligible dependents (to the extent covered immediately prior to such termination) shall continue to be eligible to participate in all of Catalent’s group health plan(s) for which Executive was eligible immediately prior to the date of his termination (or to the extent such coverage is not permissible under the terms of such plan(s), comparable coverage) during the Continued Coverage Period; provided , however , that if such coverage is longer than eighteen (18) months and such continued coverage cannot be provided under the applicable plan(s), Catalent shall pay Executive, on the first business day of each month, an amount (on a tax grossed-up basis) equal to the premium subsidy Catalent would have otherwise paid on Executive’s behalf for such coverage during the balance of the Continued Coverage Period. The COBRA health care continuation coverage period under Section 4980B of the Code, or any replacement or successor provision of United States tax law, shall run concurrently with the Severance Period. In addition, any tax gross up payment made to Executive hereunder shall be made promptly, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the year in which the applicable taxes are remitted.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Catalent’s obligation to make the payments contemplated under Section 7(d)(ii)(B) above shall cease in the event of Executive’s material breach of Section 8 or 9, which breach remains uncured for a period of ten (10) days following Catalent’s written notice to Executive of such breach.

Following such termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 7(d)(ii), except as set forth in this Section 7(d)(ii), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(iii) Unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing, continuation of Executive’s employment with Catalent beyond the expiration of the Employment Term shall be deemed an employment at-will and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement and Executive’s employment may thereafter be terminated at will by either Executive or Catalent; provided that the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement or Executive’s termination of employment hereunder.

e. Any payments under this Section 7 shall not be taken into account for purposes of any retirement plan (including any supplemental retirement plan or arrangement) or other benefit plan sponsored by Catalent or any of its subsidiaries except as otherwise expressly required by such plans or applicable law.

f. Notice of Termination . Any purported termination of employment by Catalent or by Executive (other than due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination (as defined below) to the other Party in accordance with Section 11(j) hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Notice of Termination ” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment under the provision so indicated.

8. Non-Competition .

a. Executive acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of Catalent and its subsidiaries and accordingly agrees as follows:

(1) During the Employment Term and for a period of two (2) years following the date Executive’s employment ceases for any reason (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive will not, whether on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other business organization, entity or enterprise whatsoever (“ Person ”), directly or indirectly solicit or assist in soliciting in competition with Catalent or any of its subsidiaries, the business of any client or prospective client:

 

  (i) with whom Executive had personal contact or dealings on behalf of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries during the one year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment;

 

  (ii)

with whom employees reporting to Executive have had personal contact or dealings on behalf of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries


  during the one year immediately preceding Executive’s termination of employment; or

 

  (iii) for whom Executive had direct or indirect responsibility during the one year immediately preceding Executive’s termination of employment.

(2) During the Employment Term and for a period of one year following the date Executive ceases to be employed by Catalent for any reason, Executive will not directly or indirectly:

 

  (i) engage in any business that competes with the business of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries, including, contract services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and vitamin/mineral supplements manufacturers related to formulation, analysis manufacturing and packaging and any other product or service of the type developed, manufactured or sold by Catalent or any of its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any other business which Catalent or any of its subsidiaries have plans to engage in as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment) in any geographical area where Catalent or any of its subsidiaries conduct business (a “ Competitive Business ”);

 

  (ii) enter the employ of, or render any services to, any Person (or any division or controlled or controlling affiliate of any Person) who or which engages in a Competitive Business;

 

  (iii) acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

 

  (iv) interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, business relationships (whether formed before, on or after the date of this Agreement) between Catalent or any of its subsidiaries and customers, clients, suppliers, partners, members or investors of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries.

(3) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive may, directly or indirectly, own, solely as an investment, securities of any Person engaged in the business of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or on the over-the-counter market if Executive (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such Person and (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person.

(4) During the Restricted Period, Executive will not, whether on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any Person, directly or indirectly:


  (i) solicit or encourage any employee of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries to leave the employment of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries; or

 

  (ii) hire any such employee who was employed by Catalent or any of its subsidiaries as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment with Catalent or who left the employment of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries coincident with, or within twelve (12) months prior to, the termination of Executive’s employment with Catalent.

(5) During the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage to cease to work with Catalent or any of its subsidiaries any consultant then under contract with Catalent or any of its subsidiaries.

b. It is expressly understood and agreed that although Executive and Catalent consider the restrictions contained in this Section 8 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against Executive, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.

9. Confidentiality; Intellectual Property .

a. Confidentiality .

(i) Executive will not at any time (whether during or after Executive’s employment with Catalent), other than in the ordinary course of business for Catalent or any of its subsidiaries (x) retain or use for the benefit, purposes or account of Executive or any other Person; or (y) disclose, divulge, reveal, communicate, share, transfer or provide access to any Person outside Catalent (other than its professional advisers who are bound by confidentiality obligations), any non-public, proprietary or confidential information of Catalent and its subsidiaries —including without limitation trade secrets, know-how, research and development, software, databases, inventions, processes, formulae, technology, designs and other intellectual property, information concerning finances, investments, profits, pricing, costs, products, services, vendors, customers, clients, partners, investors, personnel, compensation, recruiting, training, advertising, sales, marketing, promotions, government and regulatory activities and approvals — concerning the past, current or future business, activities and operations of Catalent, its subsidiaries or affiliates and/or any third party that has disclosed or provided any of same to


Catalent on a confidential basis (“ Confidential Information ”) without the prior written authorization of the Board.

(ii) “ Confidential Information ” shall not include any information that is (a) generally known to the industry or the public other than as a result of Executive’s breach of this covenant or any breach of other confidentiality obligations by third parties; (b) made legitimately available to Executive by a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation; or (c) required by law to be disclosed or in any judicial or administrative process; provided that, unless prohibited by law or regulation, Executive shall give prompt written notice to Catalent of such requirement, disclose no more information than is so required, and cooperate with any attempts by Catalent to obtain a protective order or similar treatment.

(iii) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with Catalent for any reason, Executive shall (x) cease and not thereafter commence use of any Confidential Information or intellectual property (including, without limitation, any patent, invention, copyright, trade secret, trademark, trade name, logo, domain name or other source indicator) owned or used by Catalent or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates; (y) immediately destroy, delete, or return to Catalent, at its option, all originals and copies in any form or medium (including memoranda, books, papers, plans, computer files, letters and other data) in Executive’s possession or control (including any of the foregoing stored or located in Executive’s office, home, laptop or other computer, whether or not property of Catalent) that contain Confidential Information or otherwise relate to the business of Catalent or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, except that Executive may retain only those portions of any personal notes, notebooks and diaries that do not contain any Confidential Information; and (z) notify and fully cooperate with Catalent regarding the delivery or destruction of any other Confidential Information of which Executive is or becomes aware.

b. Intellectual Property.

(i) If Executive creates, invents, designs, develops, contributes to or improves any works of authorship, inventions, intellectual property, materials, documents or other work product (including without limitation, research, reports, software, databases, systems, applications, presentations, textual works, content, or audiovisual materials), either alone or with third parties, at any time during Executive’s employment by Catalent and within the scope of such employment and/or with the use of any of Catalent’s resources (“ Company Works ”), Executive shall promptly and fully disclose same to Catalent and hereby irrevocably assigns, transfers and conveys, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, all rights and intellectual property rights therein (including rights under patent, industrial property, copyright, trademark, trade secret, unfair competition and related laws) to Catalent to the extent ownership of any such rights does not vest originally in Catalent.

(ii) Executive agrees to keep and maintain adequate and current written records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and any other form or media requested by Catalent) of all Company Works. The records will be available to and remain the sole property and intellectual property of Catalent at all times.


(iii) Executive shall take all requested actions and execute all requested documents (including any licenses or assignments required by a government contract) at Catalent’s expense (but without further remuneration) to assist Catalent in validating, maintaining, protecting, enforcing, perfecting, recording, patenting or registering any of Catalent’s rights in the Company Works. If Catalent is unable for any other reason to secure Executive’s signature on any document for this purpose, then Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Catalent and its duly authorized officers and agents as Executive’s agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in Executive’s behalf and stead to execute any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts in connection with the foregoing.

(iv) Executive shall not improperly use for the benefit of, bring to any premises of, divulge, disclose, communicate, reveal, transfer or provide access to, or share with Catalent any confidential, proprietary or non public information or intellectual property relating to a former employer or other third party without the prior written permission of such third party. Executive shall comply with all relevant policies and guidelines of Catalent, including regarding the protection of confidential information and intellectual property and potential conflicts of interest (the “ Company Policies ”). Executive acknowledges that Catalent may amend any such policies and guidelines from time to time, and that Executive remains at all times bound by their most current version.

c. The provisions of this Section 9 shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason.

10. Specific Performance . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Catalent’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Section 8 or Section 9 would be inadequate and Catalent would suffer irreparable damages as a result of such breach or threatened breach. In recognition of this fact, Executive agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, Catalent, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to (x) obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available and (y) cease making any payments or providing any benefit to the extent provided for in Sections 7(c) and 7(d).

11. Miscellaneous .

a. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

b. Arbitration . Except as otherwise provided in Section 10 of this Agreement, any controversy, dispute or claim arising out of, in connection with, or in relation to, the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, its Exhibits or the Management Equity Subscription Agreement, including, without limitation, the validity, scope and enforceability of this Section, may at the election of either Party, be solely and finally settled by arbitration conducted in New York, New York, by and in accordance with the then existing rules for commercial arbitration of the American Arbitration Association, or any successor organization and with the Expedited Procedures thereof (collectively, the “ Rules ”). Catalent


shall select one arbitrator, Executive shall select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so designated shall select a third arbitrator; provided that such arbitrators shall be experienced in deciding cases concerning the matter which is the subject of the dispute. Each of the Parties further agrees that the determination of the arbitrators shall be by reasoned award and that the arbitrators shall apply the substantive laws of the State of Delaware. Either of the Parties may demand arbitration by written notice to the others and to the Arbitrator set forth in this Section 11(b) (“ Demand for Arbitration ”). Each of the Parties agrees that if possible, the award shall be made in writing no more than thirty (30) days following the end of the proceeding. Any award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered on it in any court of competent jurisdiction sitting in the State of Delaware. Each of the Parties hereto agrees to treat as confidential the results of any arbitration (including, without limitation, any findings of fact and/or law made by the arbitrator) and not to disclose such results to any unauthorized person. The Parties intend that this agreement to arbitrate be valid, enforceable and irrevocable. In the event of any arbitration with regard to this Agreement, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses.

c. Entire Agreement/Amendments . This Agreement, together with its Exhibits contains the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the employment of Executive by Catalent and shall be binding on the Parties as of the Effective Date. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, warranties, covenants or undertakings between the Parties with respect to the subject matter herein other than those expressly set forth herein. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, or amended except by written instrument signed by the Parties hereto.

d. No Waiver . The failure of a Party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such Party’s rights or deprive such Party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or discharged unless such waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing, signed by the Party against whom the waiver or discharge is being enforced, and which specifically references the provision being waived or discharged. No waiver by any Party hereto at any time of any breach by any other Party or compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other Party will be deemed to be a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

e. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

f. Assignment . This Agreement, and all of Executive’s rights and duties hereunder, shall not be assignable or delegable by Executive other than rights that may be transferred by Executive’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Any purported assignment or delegation by Executive in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void ab initio and of no force and effect. This Agreement may be assigned by Catalent to a person or entity which is an affiliate or a successor in interest to substantially all of the business operations of Catalent without the written consent of Executive. Upon such assignment, the rights and


obligations of Catalent hereunder shall become the rights and obligations of such affiliate or successor person or entity.

g. Set Off; Mitigation . Catalent’s obligation to pay Executive the amounts provided and to make the arrangements provided hereunder shall be subject to setoff, counterclaim or recoupment of amounts owed by Executive to Catalent or any of its affiliates. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for pursuant to this Agreement by seeking other employment. Catalent’s obligation to make the payments and provide the benefits required under Section 7 hereof shall not be reduced or otherwise affected by any compensation or benefits paid or provided to Executive as a result of any other employment (except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7(c)(ii)(D) or Section 7(d)(ii)(C) with respect to the time when Catalent’s obligation to provide continued group health coverage ceases).

h. Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and will be interpreted accordingly. References under this Agreement to Executive’s termination of employment shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which Executive has experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of Executive’s termination of employment with Catalent and its affiliates Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then Catalent will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to Executive) until the date that is six months following Executive’s termination of employment with Catalent (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), at which point all payments deferred pursuant to this Section 11(h) shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to Executive under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to Executive in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment made under this Agreement will be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Catalent shall consult with Executive in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 11(h); provided that neither Catalent nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to Executive with respect to thereto.

i. Successors; Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. In the event of Executive’s death while any


payment, benefit or entitlement is due to Executive under this Agreement or any other agreement between or among Executive and Catalent (or any of its affiliates), except as may otherwise be prohibited by the terms of such other agreement, such payment, benefit or entitlement shall be paid or provided to Executive’s designated beneficiary (or if Executive has not designated a beneficiary, to his estate).

j. Notice . For the purpose of this Agreement, notices, consents which are explicitly required to be in writing hereunder and all other communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below in this Agreement, or to such other address as any Party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.


If to Catalent:

14 Schoolhouse Road

Somerset, NJ 08873

Attention: General Counsel

If to Executive:

To the most recent address of Executive set forth in the personnel records of Catalent

k. Executive Representation . Executive hereby represents to Catalent that the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive and the performance by Executive of Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any employment agreement, separation agreement or other agreement or policy to which Executive is a party or otherwise bound.

l. Prior Agreements . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (including the Offer Letter, that certain severance agreement, dated February 29, 2008, by and between the Executive and Catalent and verbal agreements, but not the equity or equity-based agreements) between Executive and Catalent and/or any of its affiliates regarding the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment with Catalent. In the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement, including Exhibit A, and any other provision of any plan, policy, program, arrangement or other agreement of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, this Agreement (or such exhibit) shall control.

m. Further Assurances . The Parties shall, with reasonable diligence, do all things and provide all reasonable assurances as may be required to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each Party shall provide such further documents or instruments required by any other party as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to give effect to this Agreement and carry out its provisions.

n. Cooperation . If and to the extent requested by Catalent, Executive shall provide Executive’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or proceeding) which relates to events occurring during Executive’s employment hereunder relating to Catalent and of which he has knowledge (or reasonably should have had knowledge). This provision shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

o. Survivability . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, upon the expiration of the Employment Term, the respective rights and obligations of the Parties shall survive such expiration to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the Parties as embodied in the rights (such as vested rights) and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement.

p. Withholding Taxes . Catalent may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.


q. Legal Fees . Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by Catalent for the reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with his acceptance of Catalent’s offer of employment hereunder and the review of this Agreement, its Exhibits and the Management Equity Subscription Agreement, subject to (x) receiving customary back-up documentation regarding such fees and expenses and (y) and aggregate cap of $12,000. Reimbursement shall be made within thirty (30) days after receipt of documentation reasonably acceptable to Catalent, but in no event later than the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the expenses were incurred.

r. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank .]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.     MATTHEW WALSH

/s/ John Chiminski

   

/s/ Matthew Walsh

By: John Chiminski

Title:

Agreed to and acknowledged by with respect to

Section 5(c):

 

PTS HOLDINGS CORP.  

/s/ John Chiminski

 
By:    
Title:    


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

This Release and Waiver of Claims (“ Release ”) is entered into as of this      day of                     , 20    , by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“ Catalent ”) and Matthew Walsh (“ Executive ”).

The Executive and Catalent agree as follows:

1. The employment relationship between Executive and Catalent and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, terminated on                                          (the “ Termination Date ”).

2. In accordance with the employment agreement, effective as of September 26, 2011, between Executive and Catalent (the “ Employment Agreement ”), Executive is entitled to receive certain payments and benefits after the Termination Date.

3. In consideration of the above, the sufficiency of which Executive hereby acknowledges, Executive, on behalf of Executive and Executive’s heirs, executors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges Catalent and its members, parents, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, any and all current and former directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors and their heirs and assigns, and any and all employee pension benefit or welfare benefit plans of Catalent, including current and former trustees and administrators of such employee pension benefit and welfare benefit plans (the “ Released Parties ”), from all claims, charges, or demands, in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which may have existed or which may now exist from the beginning of time to the date of this Release, including, without limitation, any claims Executive may have arising from or relating to Executive’s employment or termination from employment with Catalent, including a release of any rights or claims Executive may have under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and the Civil Rights Act of 1991 (which prohibits discrimination in employment based upon race, color, sex, religion, and national origin); the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (which prohibits discrimination based upon disability); the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (which prohibits discrimination based on requesting or taking a family or medical leave); Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866 (which prohibits discrimination based upon race); Section 1985(3) of the Civil Rights Act of 1871 (which prohibits conspiracies to discriminate); the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (which prohibits discrimination with regard to benefits); the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 201 et. seq .; any other federal, state or local laws against discrimination; or any other federal, state, or local statute, or common law relating to employment, wages, hours, or any other terms and conditions of employment. This includes a release by Executive of any and all claims or rights arising under contract, covenant, public policy, tort or otherwise.

4. Executive acknowledges that Executive is waiving and releasing any rights that Executive may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ ADEA ”) and that this Release is knowing and voluntary. Executive and Catalent agree that this Release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the


effective date of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this Release is in addition to anything of value to which Executive is already entitled. Executive further acknowledges that Executive has been advised by this writing that: (i) Executive should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; (ii) Executive has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release, although Executive may, at Executive’s discretion, sign and return this Release at an earlier time; (iii) for a period of 7 days following the execution of this Release in duplicate originals, Executive may revoke this Release, and this Release shall not become effective or enforceable, and Catalent nor any other person is obligated to provide any benefits to Executive until the revocation period has expired; and (iv) nothing in this Release prevents or precludes Executive from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this Release under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. If Executive has not returned the signed Release within the time permitted in the Employment Agreement, then the offer of payments and benefits set forth in the Employment Agreement will expire by its own terms at such time.

5. This Release does not release the Released Parties from (i) any obligations due to Executive under the Employment Agreement or under this Release, (ii) any rights Executive has to indemnification, reimbursement of expenses by Catalent under the Employment Agreement or otherwise or coverage under directors’ and officers’ liabilities insurance policies, (iii) any vested rights Executive has under any employee pension benefit and welfare benefit plans of Catalent in which he participated, or (iv) any vested awards (or awards which may vest) which Executive has under any equity, equity-based, profits interest, stock option or similar plans, agreements and/or notices, which awards shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of such documents.

6. This Release is not an admission by the Released Parties of any wrongdoing, liability or violation of law.

7. Executive waives any right to reinstatement or future employment with Catalent following Executive’s separation from Catalent on the Termination Date.

8. Executive agrees to refrain from making any statement, oral or written, which disparages the relationships between Catalent and its subsidiaries and affiliates and Catalent and its subsidiaries’ employees, customers, suppliers and/or others. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to respond to incorrect, disparaging or derogatory statements about him to the extent reasonably necessary to correct or refute such statements or to make any truthful statement to the extent necessary in connection with any arbitration or litigation involving any agreement between Executive and Catalent or any of its subsidiaries or as required by law or by any court, arbitrator, or administrative or legislative body with apparent or actual jurisdiction to order him to disclose or make accessible any information.

9. Executive shall continue to be bound by Sections 8, 9 and 11(n) of the Employment Agreement.

10. Executive shall promptly return all property in Executive’s possession of Catalent and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, but not limited to, keys, credit cards, cellular phones, computer equipment, software and peripherals and originals or copies of books, records,


or other information pertaining to Catalent or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’ businesses. In addition, Executive shall promptly return all electronic documents or records relating to Catalent or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates that Executive may have saved to any such cellular phone, laptop computer or other electronic or storage device, whether business or personal, including any PowerPoint or other presentation stored in hard copy or electronically. Further, if Executive stored any information relating to Catalent on a personal computer or other storage device, Executive shall permanently delete all such information; provided, however, that, prior to deleting that information, Executive shall print out one copy and provide it to Catalent. Nothing herein shall require Executive to return property, documents or information he is permitted to retain under Section 9 of the Employment Agreement.

11. This Release shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws. Exclusive jurisdiction with respect to any legal proceeding brought concerning any subject matter contained in this Release shall be settled in the manner provided in the Employment Agreement.

12. This Release represents the complete agreement between Executive and Catalent concerning the subject matter in this Release and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral. This Release may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

13. Each of the sections contained in this Release shall be enforceable independently of every other section in this Release, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any section shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other section contained in this Release.

14. The Executive acknowledges that Executive has carefully read and understands this Release, that Executive has the right to consult an attorney with respect to its provisions and that this Release has been entered into voluntarily. Executive acknowledges that no representation, statement, promise, inducement, threat or suggestion has been made by any of the Released Parties to influence Executive to sign this Release except such statements as are expressly set forth herein or in the Employment Agreement.

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank .]


The parties to this Release have executed this Release as of the day and year first written above.

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.     MATTHEW WALSH

 

   

 

By:    
Title:    


Exhibit B

2007 PTS HOLDINGS CORP.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

FORM OF

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of [                            ] (the “ Date of Grant ”), by and between PTS Holdings Corp. (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”) and Matthew Walsh (the “ Participant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Plan (as defined below), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Committee (as defined in the Plan) has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the Restricted Stock Units (as defined below) provided for herein to the Participant pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

Definitions . Any capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as such terms are defined in the Plan.

s. “ 409A Change of Control ” means a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation, in each case, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

t. “ Catalent ” means Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. together with its successors and assigns.

u. “ Effective Date ” shall have the same meaning as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement.

v. “ Employment Agreement ” means the employment agreement entered into by and between Catalent and the Participant, effective as of September 26, 2011, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.


w. “ Employment Term ” shall have the same meaning as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement.

x. “ Plan ” means the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

y. “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a notional unit representing the unfunded, unsecured right to receive one Share on the Settlement Date.

z. “ Settlement Date ” means the earlier to occur of (i) [                    ] or (ii) the date of a Change of Control which also satisfies the definition of a 409A Change of Control.

aa. “ Securityholders Agreement ” means the Securityholders Agreement dated as of May 7, 2007 among the Company and the other parties thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

bb. “ Subscription Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Management Equity Subscription Agreement, effective as of October     , 2011, by and between the Company and the Participant, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Grant and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units .

cc. Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the additional terms set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Participant 500 Restricted Stock Units, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan.

dd. Vesting. Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment with Catalent through the applicable vesting date, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows: (i) 167 of the Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the first anniversary of the Effective Date; (ii)166 of the Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the second anniversary of the Effective Date; and (iii) 166 of the Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Units shall be vest on the third anniversary of the Effective Date.

ee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any Change of Control that occurs during the Employment Term, the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested as of the Change of Control.

12. Termination of Employment . In the event of any termination of the Participant’s Employment for any reason, all then unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited by the Participant without consideration as of the date of such termination, and the Participant shall have no further rights with respect thereto.

13. Settlement of the Restricted Stock Units . On the Settlement Date, the Company shall distribute to the Participant a number of Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

14. No Dividend Equivalents . Unless and until the Participant is the record holder of the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, he is not entitled to the payment of any


dividends (or dividend equivalents) with respect to the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares subject thereto.

15. Limitation on Obligations . The Company’s obligation with respect to the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder is limited solely to the delivery to the Participant of Shares on the date when such Shares are due to be delivered hereunder, and in no way shall the Company become obligated to pay cash in respect of such obligation, unless as otherwise provided for herein. The Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall not be secured by any specific assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

16. No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or any Affiliate may at any time dismiss the Participant or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

17. Legend on Certificates . The certificates representing the Shares issued following the settlement of the vested Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed or quoted or market to which the Shares are admitted for trading and, any applicable federal or state or any other applicable laws and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

18. Transferability . A Restricted Stock Unit may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary or transfer via will shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. No such permitted transfer of a Restricted Stock Unit to heirs or legatees of the Participant shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the Participant’s death, any Restricted Stock Units vesting in accordance with this Agreement shall be delivered on the Settlement Date to the Participant’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries or, if no such beneficiary is so designated, to his estate.

19. Withholding . Upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units in accordance with Section 2 above, the Company will be required to withhold the FICA and medicare withholding taxes due with respect to such vesting. In addition, it shall be a condition of the obligation of the Company upon delivery of Shares to the Participant pursuant to Section 4 above


that the Participant pay to the Company such amount as may be requested by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability for any Federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Company shall be authorized to take such action as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, to satisfy the obligations for payment of the minimum amount of any such taxes. The Participant is hereby advised to seek his own tax counsel regarding the taxation of the grant of Restricted Stock Units made hereunder.

20. Adjustments Upon Certain Events . The Committee shall make certain substitutions or adjustments to any Restricted Stock Units subject to this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(a) of the Plan.

21. Securities Laws . Upon the acquisition of any Shares following settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

22. Rights as Stockholder . The Participant shall not have any rights of a stockholder of the Company as a result of the grant of Restricted Stock Units hereunder unless and until the Participant receives Shares pursuant to Section 4 above.

23. Notice . Any notice under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of the General Counsel, addressed to the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

24. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

25. Restricted Stock Units Subject to Plan, Securityholders Agreement and Subscription Agreement . By entering into this Agreement the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement. A Restricted Stock Unit and the Shares received upon settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit are subject to the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement. The terms and provisions of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement, as each may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement will govern and prevail. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision of the Plan and any term or provision of the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, as applicable, will govern and prevail.


26. Amendment . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall adversely affect the rights of the Participant hereunder without the written consent of the Participant.

27. Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and will be interpreted accordingly. References under this Agreement to the Participant’s termination of employment shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which the Participant has experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company the Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant) until the date that is six months following the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. The Company shall consult with the Participant in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 18; provided that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to the Participant with respect to thereto.

28. Dispute Resolution . Any controversy, dispute or claim relating to this Agreement shall be settled in accordance with Section 11(b) of the Employment Agreement.

29. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

*        *        *

[ Signatures to appear on the following page ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

PTS HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
PARTICIPANT

 


Exhibit C

2007 PTS HOLDINGS CORP.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

FORM OF

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made effective as of                      (the “ Date of Grant ”), between PTS Holdings Corp. (the “ Company ”) and the individual named on the signature page hereto (the “ Participant ”).

R E C I T A L S :

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Plan (as defined below), the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Committee (as defined in the Plan) has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant the Options (as defined below) provided for herein to the Participant pursuant to the Plan and the terms set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

30. Definitions . Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan.

a. Cause : “Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of Employment between the Participant and the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Cause” shall mean (i) the Participant’s willful failure to perform duties which is not cured within 15 days following written notice, (ii) the Participant’s conviction or confessing to or becoming subject to proceedings that provide a reasonable basis for the Company to believe that the Participant has engaged in a (x) felony, (y) crime involving dishonesty, or (z) crime involving moral turpitude and which is demonstrably injurious to the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) the Participant’s willful malfeasance or misconduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company and its Subsidiaries, or (iv) breach by the Participant of the material terms of any agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions thereof. For purposes of this definition, no act or failure to act shall be deemed “willful” unless effected by the Participant not in good faith.

b. EBITDA Option : An Option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.


c. Expiration Date : The tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

d. Exit Option : Collectively, the Tier I Exit Option and the Tier II Exit Option.

e. Fiscal Year : Each fiscal year of the Company (which, for the avoidance of doubt, ends on or about June 30 th of any given year).

f. Good Reason : “Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in any employment agreement in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of Employment between the Participant and the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or, if there is no such employment agreement or such term is not defined therein, “Good Reason” shall mean, without the Participant’s consent, (i) a substantial diminution in the Participant’s position or duties, adverse change in reporting lines, or assignment of duties materially inconsistent with his position, (ii) any reduction in the Participant’s base salary, (iii) failure of the Company to pay compensation or benefits when due, (iv) moving the Participant’s then-principal business location more than 50 miles or (v) failure to provide the Participant with an annual bonus opportunity at the same level as established for the Participant in connection with his commencement of employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as applicable, in each case, which is not cured within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of written notice from the Participant describing the event constituting Good Reason.

g. Options : Collectively, the Time Option, the EBITDA Option, and the Exit Option to purchase Shares granted under this Agreement.

h. Plan : The 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

i. Securityholders Agreement : The Securityholders Agreement dated as of May 7, 2007 among the Company and the other parties thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

j. Subscription Agreement : The Amended and Restated Subscription Agreement, effective as of                     , 2011, by and between the Company and the Participant, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

k. Tier I Exit Option : An Option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(c) of this Agreement.

l. Tier II Exit Option : An Option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(d) of this Agreement.

m. Time Option : An Option with respect to which the terms and conditions are set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.

n. Vested Portion : At any time, the portion of an Option which has become vested, as described in Section 3 of this Agreement.

o. Vesting Reference Date : [    ]


31. Grant of Options. The Company hereby grants to the Participant the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, all or any part of the number of Shares subject to the Time Option, the EBITDA Option, and the Exit Option set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Plan. The Option Price shall be $[    ] per Share. The Options are intended to be nonqualified stock options, and are not intended to be treated as an option that complies with Section 422 of the Code.

32. Vesting of the Options .

a. Vesting of the Time Option . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Time Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Shares subject to such Time Option on each of the first three anniversaries of the Vesting Reference Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, the Time Option shall, to the extent not then vested or previously forfeited or cancelled, become fully vested and exercisable.

b. Vesting of the EBITDA Option .

(i) In General . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the EBITDA Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Shares subject to the EBITDA Option on each of the first three anniversaries of the Vesting Reference Date (each such anniversary, an “ EBITDA Option Performance Vesting Date ”) if, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year ending immediately prior to the applicable EBITDA Option Performance Vesting Date, the EBITDA goal set forth on Schedule B (the “ EBITDA Goal ”) for the applicable Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded.

(ii) Catch-Up . Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, if the portion of the EBITDA Option that is scheduled to vest in respect of a given Fiscal Year does not vest because the EBITDA Goal is not achieved or exceeded in respect of such Fiscal Year (any such Fiscal Year, a “ Missed Year ”), then the portion of the EBITDA Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the failure to achieve or exceed the EBITDA Goal in such Missed Year shall nevertheless vest and become exercisable if and when the Cumulative EBITDA Goal set forth on Schedule B for any completed Fiscal Year that is subsequent to any Missed Year (any such Fiscal Year, an “ Achieved Year ”) is achieved or exceeded, with vesting to occur on the EBITDA Option Performance Vesting Date that occurs immediately following the last day of the Achieved Year.

Such EBITDA Goals shall be adjusted in good faith to reflect acquisitions, divestitures and other similar corporate transactions that would affect the EBITDA Goals.

c. Vesting of the Tier I Exit Option . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Tier I Exit Option shall vest on the date, if any, when either (i) Blackstone shall have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in the Company aggregating in excess of 2.5 times the amount of its initial investment in the Company (such initial investment equaling $914,680,907.54) (the


Initial Investment ”) or (ii) Blackstone shall have received a cash Internal Rate of Return of at least 20% on its Initial Investment. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Internal Rate of Return ” means, as of a given date, the internal rate of return compounded annually from April 10, 2007 with respect to the Initial Investment). Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, in the event that the 2.5 multiple hurdle or the 20% Internal Rate of Return hurdle (each as described in this Section 3(c)) is not met, but the 1.75 multiple hurdle or the 15% Internal Rate of Return hurdle (each as described below) is met, the Tier I Exit Option shall vest based on straight line interpolation between the two points.

d. Vesting of the Tier II Exit Option . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment through the applicable vesting date, the Tier II Exit Option shall vest on the date, if any, when either (i) Blackstone shall have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in the Company aggregating in excess of 1.75 times the Initial Investment or (ii) Blackstone shall have received a cash Internal Rate of Return of at least 15% on its Initial Investment.

e. Termination of Employment . If the Participant’s Employment terminates for any reason, the Option, to the extent not then vested and exercisable, shall be immediately canceled by the Company without consideration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event of the termination of the Participant’s Employment (i) by the Company without Cause, (ii) by the Participant for Good Reason, (iii) due to death or Disability or (iv) due to the Company’s election not to extend the employment term under any employment agreement in effect at the time of the Participant’s termination of Employment between the Participant and the Company, to the extent applicable, the Participant shall be deemed vested in any portion of the Time Option that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following such termination of Employment.

33. Exercise of Options.

a. Period of Exercise . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant may exercise all or any part of the Vested Portion of an Option at any time prior to the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant’s Employment terminates prior to the Expiration Date, the Vested Portion of an Option shall remain exercisable for the period set forth below:

(i) Death or Disability . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated due to the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an Option for a period ending on the earlier of (A) one year following such termination of Employment and (B) the Expiration Date;

(ii) Termination by the Company Other than for Cause or Due to Death or Disability . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated other than by the Company for Cause or due to death or Disability, the Participant may exercise the Vested Portion of an Option that became vested on or prior to the date of termination for a period ending on the earlier of (A) 90 days following such termination of Employment and (B) the Expiration Date; and


(iii) Termination by the Company for Cause . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Vested Portion of an Option shall immediately terminate in full and cease to be exercisable.

b. Method of Exercise .

(i) Subject to Section 4(a) of this Agreement and Section 6(c) of the Plan, the Vested Portion of an Option may be exercised by delivering to the Company at its principal office written notice of intent to so exercise; provided that, the Option may be exercised with respect to whole Shares only. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price. The payment of the Option Price may be made at the election of the Participant (i) in cash or its equivalent ( e.g ., by check), (ii) in Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the Committee; provided, that such Shares have been held by the Participant for more than six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles), (iii) partly in cash and partly in such Shares, (iv) if there is a public market for the Shares at such time, to the extent permitted by the Committee and subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate option price for the Shares being purchased, or (v) using a net settlement mechanism whereby the number of Shares delivered upon the exercise of the Option will be reduced by a number of Shares that has a Fair Market Value equal to the Option Price, provided that the Participant tenders cash or its equivalent to pay any applicable withholding taxes. The Participant shall not have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise of the Option, paid in full for such Shares and, if applicable, has satisfied any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, absent an available exemption to registration or qualification, an Option may not be exercised prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of an Option or the Shares under applicable state and federal securities or other laws, or under any ruling or regulation of any governmental body or national securities exchange that the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine to be necessary or advisable; provided, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such actions as are necessary and appropriate to register or qualify the Shares subject to the Option so it may be exercised.

(iii) Upon the Company’s determination that an Option has been validly exercised as to any of the Shares, the Company shall issue certificates in the Participant’s name for such Shares. However, the Company shall not be liable to the Participant for damages relating to any delays in issuing the certificates to the Participant, any loss by


the Participant of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.

(iv) In the event of the Participant’s death, the Vested Portion of an Option shall remain exercisable by the Participant’s executor or administrator, or the person or persons to whom the Participant’s rights under this Agreement shall pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution as the case may be, to the extent set forth in Section 4(a) of this Agreement. Any heir or legatee of the Participant shall take rights herein granted subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

(v) As a condition to the exercise of any Option evidenced by this Agreement, the Participant shall execute the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement.

34. No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to be retained in the employ of, or in any consulting relationship to, the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or any Affiliate may at any time dismiss the Participant or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

35. Legend on Certificates . The certificates representing the Shares purchased by exercise of an Option shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares are listed or quoted or market to which the Shares are admitted for trading and, any applicable federal or state or any other applicable laws and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

36. Transferability . An Option may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. No such permitted transfer of an Option to heirs or legatees of the Participant shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions thereof. During the Participant’s lifetime, an Option is exercisable only by the Participant.

37. Withholding . The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or its Affiliates shall have the right and are authorized to withhold any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Option, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under or with respect to an Option and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding


taxes. The Participant may elect to pay any or all of such withholding taxes as provided in Section 4 of the Plan.

38. Securities Laws . Upon the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

39. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Chief Financial Officer and a copy to the General Counsel, each copy addressed to the principal executive office of the Company and to the Participant at the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company for the Participant or to either party at such other address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other. Any such notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt thereof by the addressee.

40. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.

41. Options Subject to Plan, Securityholders Agreement and Subscription Agreement . By entering into this Agreement the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement. The Options and the Shares received upon exercise of an Option are subject to the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Participant further agrees and acknowledges that (x) this Agreement, in addition to any other stock option agreements previously entered into or to be entered into by the Participant at any time following the date hereof, shall be considered a “Stock Option Agreement” under the Subscription Agreement and (y) the Options, in addition to any other stock options previously awarded or to be awarded at any time following the date hereof, shall be considered “Options” under the Subscription Agreement. The terms and provisions of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement and the Subscription Agreement, as each may be amended from time to time are hereby incorporated by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement will govern and prevail. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision of the Plan and any term or provision of the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, the applicable terms and provisions of the Securityholders Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, as applicable, will govern and prevail.

42. Amendment . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall materially adversely affect the rights of the Participant hereunder without the consent of the Participant.


43. Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

[ The remainder of this page intentionally left blank .]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

PTS HOLDINGS CORP.
By  

 

Its  

 

MATTHEW WALSH

 

Exhibit 10.43

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MANAGEMENT EQUITY SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT EQUITY SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 11, 2011 by and between PTS Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), and Matthew Walsh (“ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, Executive (i) purchased shares of common stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) and (ii) received an option to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “ Option ”), in each case, as set forth on Exhibit A, pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the Plan (as defined below), the Stock Option Agreement (as defined below), and the Securityholders Agreement (as defined below);

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, the Company and Executive entered into that certain Management Equity Subscription Agreement, made as of June 5, 2008 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Executive has been selected by the Company to receive (x) an additional option to purchase shares of Common Stock and (y) restricted stock units, each of which represents the right to receive one share of Common Stock (the “ RSUs ”), in each case, pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the Plan (as defined below), a stock option agreement, the RSU Agreement (as defined below) and the Securityholders Agreement;

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Company desires to issue and provide to Executive, the additional option to purchase shares of Common Stock and the RSUs, in each case, as set forth on Exhibit B, as hereinafter set forth; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto now desire to (x) amend the Prior Agreement in certain respects effective on and after the date hereof, the effect of which will be that this Agreement will supersede the Prior Agreement in its entirety on and after the date hereof and (y) restate the Prior Agreement in the form of this Agreement to read in its entirety as follows.

NOW, THEREFORE, in order to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 Affiliate . The term “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

1.2 Agreement . The term “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

1.3 Applicable Federal Rate . The term “Applicable Federal Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1274 of the Code.


1.4 Blackstone . The term “Blackstone” means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates.

1.5 Board . The term “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

1.6 Call Notice . The term “Call Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

1.7 Catalent . The term “Catalent” shall mean Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

1.8 Cause . The term “Cause” shall have the meaning set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.

1.9 Closing Date . The term “Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

1.10 Code . The term “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.11 Common Stock . The term “Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

1.12 Company . The term “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

1.13 Competitive Business . The term “Competitive Business” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a)(ii)(1).

1.14 Confidential Information . The term “Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

1.15 Cost . The term “Cost” means the purchase price per Share, if any, paid by Executive.

1.16 Disability . The term “Disability” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

1.17 Employment Agreement . The term “Employment Agreement” means the employment agreement entered into by Catalent and Executive, effective as of September 26, 2011, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

1.18 Executive . The term “Executive” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

1.19 Fair Market Value . The term “Fair Market Value” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

1.20 Family Group . The term “Family Group” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securityholders Agreement.

1.21 Financing Default . The term “Financing Default” means an event which would constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) an event of default under any

 

2


of the financing documents of the Company or its Affiliates from time to time and any restrictive financial covenants contained in the organizational documents of the Company or its Affiliates.

1.22 Lapse Date . The term “Lapse Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securityholders Agreement.

1.23 Option . The term “Option” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

1.24 Put Notice . The term “Put Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).

1.25 Person . The term “Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a)(i).

1.26 Plan . The term “Plan” means the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

1.27 Purchase Price . The term “Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

1.28 Restricted Period . The term “Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

1.29 RSU . The term “RSU” shall have the meaning set forth in the preface.

1.30 RSU Agreement . The term “RSU Agreement” means the RSU Agreement, dated as of October     , 2011, among Executive and the Company, as it may be amended or supplemented thereafter from time to time.

1.31 RSU Shares . The term “RSU Shares” means shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon settlement of the RSUs.

1.32 Securities Act . The term “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.33 Securityholders Agreement . The term “Securityholders Agreement” means the Securityholders Agreement dated as of May 7, 2007 among the Company and the other parties thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented thereafter from time to time.

1.34 Shares . The term “Shares” means any shares of Common Stock acquired by Executive, including Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of the Option and RSU Shares.

1.35 Stock Option Agreement . The term “Stock Option Agreement” means the Stock Option Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2008, among Executive and the Company, as it may be amended or supplemented thereafter from time to time.

1.36 Subsidiary . The term “Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

3


1.37 Termination Date . The term “Termination Date” means the date upon which Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates.

2. Subscription for Shares; Grant of Option and RSUs.

2.1 Purchase of Shares . Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Executive subscribed for and purchased, and the Company issued to Executive, on June 5, 2008 (the “ Closing Date ”), the number of Shares set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto in exchange for the purchase price (the “ Purchase Price ”) set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

2.2 Issuance of Option . Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, as of April 17, 2008, the Company granted to Executive an Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto at an exercise price per Share equal to the amount set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

2.3 Issuance of Option and RSUs . Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Plan, the stock option agreement and the RSU Agreement, as of October     , 2011, the Company shall grant to Executive (x) an additional option to purchase the number of Shares set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto at an exercise price per Share equal to the amount set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto and (y) a number of RSUs as set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto.

3. Investment Representations and Covenants of Executive.

3.1 Shares Unregistered . Executive acknowledges and represents that Executive has been advised by the Company that:

(a) the offer and sale of Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act;

(b) the Shares must be held indefinitely and Executive must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Shares unless the offer and sale of the Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available;

(c) there is no established market for the Shares and it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Shares in the foreseeable future;

(d) a restrictive legend in the form set forth below and the legends set forth in Section 7.2 of the Securityholders Agreement shall be placed on the certificates representing the Common Stock:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE OPTIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN AN AMENDED AND RESTATED MANAGEMENT EQUITY SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WITH THE ISSUER DATED AS OF OCTOBER     ,

 

4


2011, AS AMENDED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER HEREOF AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS WITHOUT CHARGE”; and

(e) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if the Company should at some time in the future engage the services of a securities transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Shares.

3.2 Additional Investment Representations . Executive represents and warrants that:

(a) Executive’s financial situation is such that Executive can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for Executive’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of Executive’s investment in the Shares;

(b) Executive’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that Executive is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares;

(c) Executive understands that the Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of Executive’s investment therein, there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares and, on the Closing Date and for an indefinite period following the Closing Date, there will be no public market for the Shares and, accordingly, it may not be possible for Executive to liquidate Executive’s investment in case of emergency, if at all;

(d) the terms of this Agreement provide that, with respect to the Shares received upon exercise of any options to purchase shares of Common Stock, including, without limitation, the Option, and RSU Shares only, if Executive ceases to be an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries, the Company and its Affiliates have the right to repurchase such Shares at a price which may, under certain circumstances, be less than the Fair Market Value thereof;

(e) Executive understands and has taken cognizance of all the risk factors related to the purchase of the Shares and, other than as set forth in this Agreement, no representations or warranties have been made to Executive or Executive’s representatives concerning the Shares or the Company or their prospects or other matters;

(f) Executive has been given the opportunity to examine all documents and to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, the Company and its representatives concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, the RSU Agreement, the Securityholders Agreement, the Company’s organizational documents and the terms and conditions of the purchase of the Shares and to obtain any additional information which Executive deems necessary; and

 

5


(g) all information which Executive has provided to the Company and the Company’s representatives concerning Executive and Executive’s financial position is complete and correct as of the date of this Agreement.

4. Certain Sales Upon Termination of Employment.

4.1 Put Option .

(a) If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates due to the Disability or death of Executive prior to the Lapse Date, Executive and Executive’s Family Group shall have the right, subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, for one year following the later of (x) the Termination Date or (y) the date of receipt of the RSU Shares and/or the Shares following exercise of the Option, as applicable, to sell to the Company, and the Company shall be required to purchase (subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof), on one occasion from Executive, all (or any portion) of Executive’s Shares at a price per Share equal to Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date); provided that the exercise of such right may be delayed by the Company to the extent any such delay is necessary to avoid the application of adverse accounting treatment to the Company.

(b) If Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, desires to exercise its option to require the Company to repurchase Shares pursuant to Section 4.1(a), Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, shall send written notice to the Company setting forth Executive’s or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, intention to sell all of his or their Shares, as applicable, pursuant to Section 4.1(a) (the “ Put Notice ”). Subject to the provisions of Section 5, the closing of the purchase shall take place at the principal office of the Company on a date specified by the Company no later than the 60th day after the giving of such notice.

4.2 Call Option .

(a) If Executive’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any of the reasons set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) below prior to the Lapse Date, the Company shall have the right and option, but not the obligation, to purchase any or all of Executive’s RSU Shares and Shares acquired following exercise of the Option, in each case, for a period of 181 days (or such longer period as is necessary in order to avoid the application of adverse accounting treatment to the Company) following the later of (x) the Termination Date or (y) the date of receipt of such Shares, in each case, at a price per Share equal to the applicable purchase price determined as follows:

(i) Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with Catalent is terminated by Catalent for Cause, the purchase price per Share will be the lesser of (A) Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date) and (B) Cost; or

(ii) Termination of Employment Other than for Cause . If Executive’s employment with Catalent terminates for any reason other than by Catalent for Cause, the purchase price per Share will be Fair Market Value (measured as of the purchase date).

 

6


(b) If the Company desires to exercise its option to purchase such Shares pursuant to Section 4.2(a), the Company shall, not later than 181 days following the later of (x) the Termination Date or (y) the date of receipt of such Shares, send written notice to Executive of its intention to purchase such Shares, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased (the “ Call Notice ”). Subject to the provisions of Section 5, the closing of the purchase shall take place at the principal office of the Company on a date specified by the Company no later than the 30th day after the giving of the Call Notice.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company elects not to exercise its option to purchase such Shares pursuant to this Section 4.2 and Executive’s employment with Catalent terminates for any of the reasons set forth in clauses (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above prior to the Lapse Date, Blackstone may elect to purchase such Shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4.2 by providing written notice to Executive of its intention to purchase such Shares within 30 days after the expiration of the Company’s 181 day call window following the later of (x) the Termination Date or (y) the date of receipt of the such Shares.

5. Certain Limitations on the Company’s Obligations to Purchase Shares .

5.1 Deferral of Purchases .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be obligated to purchase any Shares at any time pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, regardless of whether it has delivered a Call Notice or received a Put Notice, (i) to the extent that the purchase of such Shares would result in (A) a violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, policy, order, writ, injunction, decree or judgment promulgated or entered by any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental authority applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their property or (B) after giving effect thereto, a Financing Default, (ii) if immediately prior to such purchase there exists a Financing Default which prohibits such purchase, or (iii) to the extent that there is a lack of available cash on hand of the Company and no cash is available to the Company. The Company shall, within fifteen (15) days of learning of any such fact, so notify Executive that it is not obligated to purchase hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.1 or 4.2, provided the Lapse Date has not occurred, any Shares which Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, has elected to sell or the Company has elected to purchase, but which in accordance with Section 5.1(a) is not purchased at the applicable time provided in Section 4.1 or 4.2, shall be purchased by the Company (x) by delivery of a note for the applicable purchase price payable in equal installments of up to three (3) years, bearing interest at the prime lending rate in effect as of the date of the exercise of the call right or at the applicable Applicable Federal Rate at such time, if greater; provided, however, that the Company shall fully satisfy its obligation under the note sooner if the purchase price is no longer restricted under Section 5.1(a), with such amount paid to Executive or Executive’s Family Group, as applicable, within fifteen (15) days after the date the prohibition is lifted or (y) if purchase by delivery of a note as described in clause (x) is not permitted due to the terms of any outstanding Company indebtedness, or otherwise, then, for the applicable purchase price (measured as of the actual purchase date) on or prior to the fifteenth (15 th ) day after such date or dates that the purchase of such Shares are no longer prohibited under Section 5.1(a) and the Company shall give Executive

 

7


five (5) days’ prior notice of any such purchase. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to the payment of the purchase price under this Section 5.1, Executive or Executive’s Family Group may withdraw the Shares subject to the put option described in Section 4.1.

5.2 Payment for Shares . If at any time the Company elects to purchase any Shares pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, unless otherwise provided for herein, the Company shall pay the purchase price for the Shares it purchases (i) first, by the cancellation of any indebtedness owing from Executive to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) then, by the Company’s delivery of a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds for the remainder of the purchase price, if any, against delivery of the certificates or other instruments representing the Shares so purchased, duly endorsed.

6. Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation; Confidentiality.

6.1 Competitive Activity .

(a) During the period that commenced on the Closing Date and ends on the date that is two (2) years after the date Executive’s employment with Catalent terminates for any reason (the “ Restricted Period ”), Executive will not, whether on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation or other business organization, entity or enterprise whatsoever (“ Person ”), directly or indirectly, solicit or assist in soliciting in competition with Catalent or any of its subsidiaries, the business of any client or prospective client:

(i) with whom Executive had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries during the one year period preceding Executive’s termination of employment;

(ii) with whom employees reporting to Executive have had personal contact or dealings on behalf of Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries during the one year immediately preceding Executive’s termination of employment; or

(iii) for whom Executive had direct or indirect responsibility during the one year immediately preceding Executive’s termination of employment.

(b) During the period that commenced on the Closing Date and for a period of one year following the date Executive ceases to be employed by Catalent for any reason, Executive will not directly or indirectly:

(i) engage in any business that competes with the business of Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries, including, contract services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and vitamin/mineral supplements manufacturers related to formulation, analysis manufacturing and packaging and any other product or service of the type developed, manufactured or sold by Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, any other business which Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries have plans to engage in as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment) in any geographical area where Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries conduct business (a “ Competitive Business ”);

 

8


  (1) enter the employ of, or render any services to, any Person (or any division or controlled or controlling Affiliate of any Person) who or which engages in a Competitive Business;

 

  (2) acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

 

  (3) interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, business relationships (whether formed before, on or after the date of this Agreement) between Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries and customers, clients, suppliers, or investors of Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive may, directly or indirectly own, solely as an investment, securities of any Person engaged in the business of Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or on the over-the-counter market if Executive (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such Person and (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person.

(c) During the Restricted Period, Executive will not, whether on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any Person, directly or indirectly:

(i) solicit or encourage any employee of Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries to leave the employment of Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(ii) hire any such employee who was employed by Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment with Catalent or who left the employment of Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries coincident with, or within twelve (12) months prior to, the termination of Executive’s employment with Catalent.

(d) During the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage to cease to work with Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries any consultant then under contract with Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e) It is expressly understood and agreed that although Executive and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section 6.1 to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against Executive, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein

 

9


6.2 Confidentiality .

(a) Executive will not at any time (whether during or after Executive’s employment with Catalent), other than in the ordinary course of business for Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries (x) retain or use for the benefit, purposes or account of Executive or any other Person; or (y) disclose, divulge, reveal, communicate, share, transfer or provide access to any Person outside Catalent (other than its professional advisers who are bound by confidentiality obligations), any non-public, proprietary or confidential information of Catalent and its Subsidiaries —including without limitation trade secrets, know-how, research and development, software, databases, inventions, processes, formulae, technology, designs and other intellectual property, information concerning finances, investments, profits, pricing, costs, products, services, vendors, customers, clients, partners, investors, personnel, compensation, recruiting, training, advertising, sales, marketing, promotions, government and regulatory activities and approvals — concerning the past, current or future business, activities and operations of Catalent, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and/or any third party that has disclosed or provided any of same to Catalent on a confidential basis (“ Confidential Information ”) without the prior written authorization of the Board.

(b) “ Confidential Information ” shall not include any information that is (a) generally known to the industry or the public other than as a result of Executive’s breach of this covenant or any breach of other confidentiality obligations by third parties; (b) made legitimately available to Executive by a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation; or (c) required by law to be disclosed or in any judicial or administrative process; provided that, unless prohibited by law or regulation, Executive shall give prompt written notice to Catalent of such requirement, disclose no more information than is so required, and cooperate with any attempts by Catalent to obtain a protective order or similar treatment.

(c) Upon termination of Executive’s employment with Catalent for any reason, Executive shall (x) cease and not thereafter commence use of any Confidential Information or intellectual property (including, without limitation, any patent, invention, copyright, trade secret, trademark, trade name, logo, domain name or other source indicator) owned or used by Catalent or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (y) immediately destroy, delete, or return to Catalent, at its option, all originals and copies in any form or medium (including memoranda, books, papers, plans, computer files, letters and other data) in Executive’s possession or control (including any of the foregoing stored or located in Executive’s office, home, laptop or other computer, whether or not property of Catalent) that contain Confidential Information or otherwise relate to the business of Catalent or any of its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, except that Executive may retain only those portions of any personal notes, notebooks and diaries that do not contain any Confidential Information; and (z) notify and fully cooperate with Catalent regarding the delivery or destruction of any other Confidential Information of which Executive is or becomes aware.

6.3 Repayment of Proceeds . If Executive breaches in any material way (x) the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions of Section 6.1 or the confidentiality provisions of Section 6.2 or (y) the non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions of the Employment Agreement and, in either case, Executive does not cure such breach within ten (10) days following receipt of notice from the Company of such breach, then Executive shall be

 

10


required to pay to the Company, within ten (10) business days following the first date on which Executive first breaches such provisions, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate proceeds Executive received upon the sale or other disposition of, or distributions in respect of, Executive’s Shares over (B) the aggregate Cost of such Shares.

6.4 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of any conflict between the terms of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 and the terms of any employment, non-competition or confidentiality agreement between Executive and the Company and its Subsidiaries, the terms of such employment, non-competition or confidentiality agreement shall govern.

7. Miscellaneous.

7.1 Transfers to Permitted Transferees . Prior to the transfer of Shares, to the extent permitted under the terms of the Securityholders Agreement, Executive shall deliver to the Company a written agreement of the proposed transferee (a) evidencing such Person’s undertaking to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and (b) acknowledging that the Shares transferred to such Person will continue to be Shares for purposes of this Agreement in the hands of such Person. Any transfer or attempted transfer of Shares in violation of any provision of this Agreement or the Securityholders Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Shares as the owner of such Shares for any purpose.

7.2 Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. Affecting Shares . The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Shares, to any and all securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of the Shares, by reason of any dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, issuance of shares of Common Stock, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

7.3 Executive’s Employment by the Company . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to obligate the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to employ Executive in any capacity whatsoever or to prohibit or restrict the Company (or any such Subsidiary) from terminating the employment of Executive at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause.

7.4 Cooperation . Executive agrees to cooperate with the Company in taking action reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.5 Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that no transferee shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has executed and delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement; and provided further that Blackstone is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement and shall have the right to enforce the provisions hereof.

 

11


7.6 Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the parties hereto. No waiver by any party hereto of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless set forth in a writing executed by the party so waiving.

7.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

7.8 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, telecopied (with confirmation of receipt), one day after deposit with a reputable overnight delivery service (charges prepaid) and three days after deposit in the U.S. Mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) to the address set forth below or such other address as the recipient party has previously delivered notice to the sending party.

(a) If to the Company:

PTS Holdings Corp.

c/o Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.

14 Schoolhouse Road Somerset, NJ 08873

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy to:

c/o The Blackstone Group

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Chinh Chu

Fax: (212) 583-5722

and

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017-3954

Attn: Wilson Neely and Brian Robbins

Fax: (212) 455-2502

(b) If to the Executive, to the address as shown on the stock ledger of the Company.

7.9 Integration . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. There are no restrictions, agreements, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings with respect to the subject matter hereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including, without limitation, the Prior Agreement, other than as specifically provided for herein.

 

12


7.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

7.11 Injunctive Relief . Executive and any permitted transferee each acknowledges and agrees that a violation of any of the terms of this Agreement will cause the Company irreparable injury for which adequate remedy at law is not available. Accordingly, it is agreed that the Company shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States or any state thereof, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or equity. If equitable relief is not available, then the parties agree that any controversy, dispute or claim arising out of, in connection with, or in relation to this Agreement shall be settled in accordance with Section 11(b) of the Employment Agreement.

7.12 Rights Cumulative; Waiver . The rights and remedies of Executive and the Company under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which either would otherwise have hereunder or at law or in equity or by statute, and no failure or delay by either party in exercising any right or remedy shall impair any such right or remedy or operate as a waiver of such right or remedy, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude such party’s other or further exercise or the exercise of any other power or right. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

*     *     *     *     *

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PTS HOLDINGS CORP.
By:  

/s/ John Chiminski

Name:   John Chiminski
Title:  

/s/ Matthew Walsh

MATTHEW WALSH

Subscription Agreement


CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                     , the undersigned spouse of Executive, hereby acknowledge that I have read the foregoing Amended and Restated Management Equity Subscription Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time (the “ Agreement ”) and that I understand its contents. I am aware that the Agreement provides for the repurchase of my spouse’s RSU Shares (as defined in the Agreement) and Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of the Option (as defined in the Agreement) under certain circumstances and imposes other restrictions on the transfer of such Shares. I agree that my spouse’s interest in the Shares is subject to the Agreement and any interest I may have in such Shares shall also be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and, further, that my community property interest in such Shares, if any, shall be similarly bound by the Agreement.

I am aware that the legal, financial and other matters contained in the Agreement are complex and I am encouraged to seek advice with respect thereto from independent legal and/or financial counsel. I have either sought such advice or determined after carefully reviewing the Agreement that I hereby waive such right.

 

Acknowledged and agreed this      day of                     , 2011.

 

Name:

 

 

 

Witness

Subscription Agreement – Consent of Spouse


EXHIBIT A

Shares of Common Stock purchased on the Closing Date: 400

Purchase Price for Shares: $1,000

*    *    *    *

Number of Shares subject to the Option granted on April 17, 2008: 4,000

Exercise Price of Shares subject to such Option: $1,000

In connection with the option exchange that occurred in October 2009, Executive elected to exchange his 3733 unvested options for 3734 new options with a lower per share exercise price of $750 per share.

Exhibit A to Subscription Agreement


EXHIBIT B

Number of Shares subject to the additional option: 1,500

Exercise Price of Shares subject to the additional option: $1,040

Number of RSUs: 500

Exhibit B to Subscription Agreement

Exhibit 12.1

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

(in millions, except for ratios)

   For the
Fiscal
Year
Ended
2012
     For the
Fiscal
Year
Ended
2011
    For the
Fiscal
Year
Ended
2010
    For the
Fiscal
Year
Ended
2009
    For the
Fiscal
Year
Ended
2008
 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interest

   $ 18.6       $ (5.4   $ (215.4   $ (180.6   $ (247.0

Plus Fixed Charges:

           

Interest expense

     185.1         166.0        161.6        183.2        204.3   

Capital interest

     0.6         0.1        1.4        —          —     

Estimated interest within rental expense

     4.7         5.5        6.0        6.3        6.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Fixed Charges

     190.4         171.6        169.0        189.5        210.9   

Plus: amortization of capitalized interest

     1.0         1.5        2.5        2.5        2.5   

Less: Interest expense capitalized

     0.6         0.1        1.4        —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings

     209.4         167.6        (45.3     11.5        (33.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     1.1            

Shortfall

        (4.0     (214.3     (178.1     (244.5

EXHIBIT 21.1

EX-21.1 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC. SUBSIDIARIES

(AS OF JUNE 30, 2012)

NAME (STATE OF ORGANIZATION)

WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.

 

1. Allcaps Weichgelatinekapseln GmbH & Co. KG (GERMANY)
2. Allcaps Weichgelatinekapseln Verwaltungs GmbH (GERMANY)
3. Catalent Argentina S.A.I.C. (ARGENTINA)
4. Catalent Australia Holding Pty Ltd. (AUSTRALIA)
5. Catalent Australia Pty Ltd. (AUSTRALIA)
6. Catalent Belgium Holding S.A. (BELGIUM)
7. Catalent Belgium S.A. (BELGIUM)
8. Catalent Brasil Ltda. (BRAZIL)
9. Catalent Cosmetics AG (SWITZERLAND)
10. Catalent CTS Holdings, Inc. (DELAWARE)
11. Catalent CTS Informatics, Inc. (DELAWARE)
12. Catalent CTS Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (DELAWARE)
13. Catalent CTS, Inc. (DELAWARE)
14. Catalent CTS (Kansas City), LLC (DELAWARE)
15. Catalent CTS (Singapore) Private Limited (SINGAPORE)
16. Catalent CTS (Wales) Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)
17. Catalent CTS (Edinburgh) Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)
18. Catalent France Beinheim S.A. (FRANCE)
19. Catalent France Limoges Holding S.A.S. (FRANCE)
20. Catalent France Limoges S.A.S. (FRANCE)
21. Catalent Germany Holding II GmbH (GERMANY)
22. Catalent Germany Holding III GmbH (GERMANY)
23. Catalent Germany Schorndorf GmbH (GERMANY)
24. Catalent Italy Holding S.r.l. (ITALY)
25. Catalent Italy S.p.A. (ITALY)
26. Catalent Japan K.K. (JAPAN)
27. Catalent Netherlands Holding B.V. (NETHERLANDS)
28. Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC (DELAWARE)
29. Catalent Pharma Solutions GmbH (SWITZERLAND)
30. Catalent Pharma Solutions Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)
31. Catalent Pharmaceutical Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd (CHINA)
32. Catalent PR Humacao, Inc. (PUERTO RICO)
33. Catalent U.K. Swindon Holding II Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)
34. Catalent U.K. Swindon Encaps Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)
35. Catalent U.K. Swindon Zydis Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)
36. Catalent U.K. Packaging Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)
37. Catalent USA Packaging, LLC (DELAWARE)
38. Catalent USA Woodstock, Inc. (ILLINOIS)
39. Catalent US Holding I, LLC (DELAWARE)
40. Catalent US Holding II, LLC (DELAWARE)
41. Catalent Uruguay S.A. (URUGUAY)
42. F&F Holding GmbH (GERMANY)
43. Glacier Corporation (VERMONT)
44. R.P. Scherer DDS B.V. (NETHERLANDS)
45. R.P. Scherer GmbH & Co. KG (GERMANY)
46. R.P. Scherer Technologies, LLC (NEVADA)
47. R.P. Scherer Verwaltungs GmbH (GERMANY)

Exhibit 31.1

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, John R. Chiminski, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2012 of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: September 4, 2012

 

/s/ John R. Chiminski

John R. Chiminski

President and

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Matthew M. Walsh, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2012 of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: September 4, 2012

 

/s/ Matthew M. Walsh

Matthew M. Walsh

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John R. Chiminski, Chief Executive Officer of the Company certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: September 4, 2012

 

/s/ John R. Chiminski

John R. Chiminski

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Matthew M. Walsh, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: September 4, 2012

 

/s/ Matthew M. Walsh

Matthew M. Walsh

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer